[ / / / / / / / / / / / / / ] [ dir / delete / horse / lovelive / shinra / vor ][Options][ watchlist ]

/monster/ - The Last Bastion of Romance

Monstergirls
You can now write text to your AI-generated image at https://aiproto.com It is currently free to use for Proto members.
Name
Email
Subject
Comment *
File
Select/drop/paste files here
* = required field[▶ Show post options & limits]
Confused? See the FAQ.
Expand all images

File (hide): 7b85935ea52ef02⋯.jpg (1.43 MB, 3251x1724, 3251:1724, Crazy Fairies - Arabian Ni….JPG) (h) (u)

[–]

24ca18 (140) No.323747[Watch Thread][Show All Posts]

Also known as Wizardquest 2

Welcome back to Deleor, a country of men, magic, and Monsters!

It is twenty years after the events of the first story and the land has changed greatly.

Monsters are widely accepted and integrated into the land and Wizards have left their rooms, sparking a massive revolution in Magitechnology or Magitek. Life is good for most people and Monsters in the ancient human nation.

But all is not well, for the Monsters of Galmathoria eye their neighbors with jealous lust and rumors come of unrest from the sands to the east. Internal strife threatens to boil to the surface as the exterior threats loom large.

But that doesn't concern you, for you are a new Wizard, barely grown into your magic. While the restrictions on sex have been lifted, such things come with other consequences…

Now, step into the role of a new Wizard as you embark upon a new quest, and return to the realm of Deleor!

How to play: When prompted, insert any request for the player action you'd like. All requests will be considered, and I try to make them work, depending on the number of answers. Let's have some fun!

Thread 1: https://archive.is/bZuIt

Thread 2: https://archive.is/Y8Pls

Thread 3: https://archive.is/Bpyiu

Thread 4: https://archive.is/S2z3K

Thread 5: https://archive.is/gqlxT

Thread 6: https://archive.is/t7O7e

Important people, current items, spell list, story synopsis: https://pastebin.com/7LpDuf1N

For those new to this quest, if you wish to read up on the first wizardquest, this archive link has all the 8chan threads:

https://archive.is/eBiCg

For those interested in Illusionistquest (Colorfully called: Wizardquest 1.5) the archive link is here:

https://archive.is/jZGls

You can also find the stories on Touch Fluffy Tail. Please remember on Touch Fluffy Tail to watch the tags before reading any story. You'll thank me later.

http://touchfluffytail.org/

24ca18 (140) No.323749>>323750

>Story continue

The morning comes and for once in what feels like eternity, you feel well rested. Stretching, you notice no one else is awake when you're up beyond Erwin. Shrugging, you get up and decide to do some stretches, practicing your Geoflexing.

As you move through the various forms, you move the earth in small amounts, getting a better feeling again for the actions. May not be as great as your normal magic, but it's rhythmic, and you almost go into a trance-like state as you do so.

"Morning Rommel." Alice says as you go through your motions, eyes closed.

"Morning Alice." You murmur, not really hearing the words.

"Oh, morning stretches, that sounds like a good idea, mind if I join you?"

"Not at all." You say, continuing.

Alice's presence appears beside you and you hear her breathing as she moves. Keeping your eyes closed, you follow-through the motions, feeling the power of the earth in your core. Your legs feel solid with the ground, your heart beats with the rumbling of the earth, and your hands move as steady as stone. Feeling steady and one with the earth, you continue on, knowing that should you wish it, the earth will follow.

"Rommel?" Sophie yawns.

"Yes Sophie?" You respond, oneness in your heart.

"Why are you swaying like a buffoon while Alice is half-naked next to you?"

Furrowing your brow, you open your eyes for the first time to see Alice standing next to you, clothed only in her smallclothes. She follows your motions with some derivations of her own, her breathing making her chest rise and fall with rhythmic motions. Her toned physique is odd to behold with her tanned face and white body, seeming almost comical.

Turning your head slowly forward and bringing Alice out of your peripheral vision, you close your eyes again and continue to stretch. You say nothing, returning to your zen as you forget that Alice has no personal boundaries. Instead, you are thankfully that she deigned to wear any clothing at all. Yes, today truly shall be a good day.

You hear the door open again and Sylphie say, "What the fuck is this." A moment later Ebe and Zoras enter from the other room, the Girtablilu snickering while the Ghandharva gasps.

"It appears." Alice says. "That they do not appreciate stretching."

"Alice." You say, keeping your calm. "Put your clothes on."

"Fair enough."

And that like, she stops and returns to her room to dress. Taking a deep breath, you return to a neutral position and look out at the stunned Monsters all around you and realize that you've worked up a light sweat. Wiping your forehead you ask, "Something interesting?"

"Well…" Zoras says, tapping her chin, but Ebe elbows her, making her quiet down.

"It's just different, is all." Ebe says, looking a little worried. "Didn't expect to see you so calm when… you know."

"Maybe he's growing some." Tabitha says, wearing only her tight fitting undershirt and shorts (as if she had any legs to really cover). Nodding her head, she says, "Good form. Interesting style still."

"Thanks I-" You begin, but cut off as the door to Polah's room opens. She walks out, yawning and scratching her head before pausing as she notices you. Eyes going wide, she looks down at herself and finds that she's not wearing a scrap of clothing. Slowly, she covers herself with her wings and sends to you,

{What are you looking at?}

"Ehm. Nothing?" You say, wincing.

Polah's cheeks darken and she glares at you. {I had forgotten you were here.}

"We just… got here yesterday." You say, to the confusion of your party, who was not privy the conversation.

{Bah. Well then, you'll be happy to know I've had my familiars find a way into the dungeons. However I have no discernible method which would be safe for larger creatures to enter.} Frowning, you rub your chin and begin to speak when Polah holds up a claw. {Just wait. I will have the information for you soon enough.}

"I see." You say, nodding your head slowly. Feeling a little unsure, you ask, "Have you heard anything about the Royal Guard?"

{There is a rumor a contingent is returning from some escapade, that is all I can tell. Is there something else you know?} After you tell her about what you heard yesterday she nods her head and sends, {One moment.} Furrowing her brow, she thinks on something before nodding her head. {It is asked. Should there be a swifter return, we shall be aware.}


24ca18 (140) No.323750>>323751

>>323749

"What happens if they return and decide to go on a sweep for the Violet Sands, entering every building?"

Polah is silent on this for a long while before saying, {That is your problem. Not mine. I merely was contracted to get you into the Palace. Should they find you here, it is your concern. Besides, they will easily find the Violet Sands in the Mushtarak district anyway. They do not hide well enough from me.}

Blinking in surprise, you make to ask her more but she walks into her room again and closes the door, leaving the room in silence. Turning to the others, you see Alice walk back out of her little room and ask, "Oh, she was doing the freaky mind thing again, wasn't she?"

"Yes, Alice." Sylphie sighs. "The freaky mind thing."

"Ah, well is what it is." Alice sits down on the ground, pulls out her sword, and begins to polish it. "So, what's the plan? Is the today the day that we save your parents?"

"Not quite." Sophie says, giving you a questionable look. "That is what I assume, yes?"

"Yes." You sigh. "That is correct. It appears that Polah found a way in, but that it isn't the best for us since we're too big. Apparently."

Erwin snickers and you glare at him before he shakes his head and prances about. Grumbling at him, you turn as Sylphie asks, "So what, we're just sitting here again?"

"Seems that way." You sigh. "I believe that we don't have many other options, all things considered."

"Could always go back out into the city?" Ebe asks, cocking her head. "Find a little more information, get a better lay of the land?"

Though this thought had occurred to you, it still seems a far too risky and dangerous to get involved with. Better just still until Polah has a better idea for you. No sense risking anything if you don't have to. Besides, you have Zoras to help you! Turning to the Girtablilu, you ask more about the city- especially about the violet sands.

Zoras leans back, crosses her claws, and says, "Bloody cultists… yes, as far as I know, the Violet Sands are said to be hiding within the Mushtarak district, though of course I don't know where. I've been out of the loop on most of the happenings here, but I've been told there's been the occasional theft, murder, etc that looks far out of place, even for the capital, as well as people moving about at strange times of night."

She shrugs. "Pretty bloody non-specific if you ask me."

"Still." You sigh. "It sounds more like cultist behavior. No smoke without fire they say."

The Girtablilu rubs her chin, "True enough, if I've learned anything from Ammon or treasure hunting. Might not be what you're looking for, but it bloody well beats nothing. Still…" She shakes her head. "Sounds a little dangerous to go asking around about the Cult if you ask me. On one hand, you might find them. On the other hand, you might find a bloody spear in your chest."

"Uhm." Ebe says, raising a wing. "I change my vote."

"Yeah." You say, rubbing at your head. "Probably for the best to stay put."

The room grows quiet as everyone looks about with awkward gazes, not certain what to do next. It's been awhile since you've really had nothing at all to do. Even the boat adventure you still had something to look forward to, or were recovering from injuries, etc, etc. The anticipation on top of all of this of finally reaching your destination makes it all the harder too.

It's Tabitha who breaks the silence by clapping her hands together. "Right then, we have time on our hands so we best prepare and train." Looking over everyone she continues, "Everyone here has something to practice so we're in top form for when we enter the Palace. Right?"

The party looks at each other and then to Tabitha before nodding their heads. You find yourself getting into it too, smirking at her rousing speech. Nodding herself, she puts her hands on her hips and says, "First things first, we need breakfast."

Sophie cocks her head, "I've been wondering, but does this place even have a kitchen? Wasn't an issue last night, but today…" She trails off as a rat squeaks at Mr. Ed. The horse snorts and Sylphie cocks her head before translating..


24ca18 (140) No.323751>>323752

>>323750

"Nope. Apparently they just bring whatever food Polah and they need into the place and dispose of it later. Polah doesn't even know how to cook it seems."

Her twin sighs. "Well, we have some rations which will work uncooked I suppose, though I'd rather be able to make a fire."

"Ehhh, really?" Sylphie blurts out, looking down at one of the cats. "Apparently it's fine to just go ahead and do whatever we want in here. We can make a campfire as long as we don't burn everything to the ground."

"What do we do about the smoke?" Sophie asks, raising an eyebrow. "And what tinder would we use?"

Sylphie smirks. "He says, and I quote, 'Shit, aren't you fuckers mages or something? Figure it out yourselves, fuck.'"

Sophie hisses at the cat who hisses back, though his hiss carries a distinct smugness to it. The Cat o'Ninetails pulls back and blinks in surprise, as if she was slapped across the face. Blushing, she turns her head to the side and huffs before saying, "Sylphie, be a dear and make a fire for me once I get things set up here."

"Pfff, okay sis." The other Cat o'Ninetails continues to snicker as her sister gets food ready and soon enough the place smells of good cooking. All the familiars save the goat line the little cooking set up, staring in wonder at the smells. When Sophie does eventually serve out the meal of simple cooked lamb, eggs, and bread, she hands some to them- all save for the cat whom she smirks at until he bows down and apologizes. The only other person not to partake is Polah, who stays in her room the whole time.

Once that's accomplished, everyone moves out to their own task. Alice and Tabitha clear a space where they can practice their swordsmanship while Sophie sits nearby, watching with her tails performing various tasks seemingly without her notice. Ebe tunes her guitars and hums a new melody, shaking her head at intervals when she apparently doesn’t enjoy it.

For you and Sylphie, it's magic practice time. Clearing away a big area of anything flammable, you confide in her that we want to practice more Pyromancy before entering the Palace.

"You know, not certain how much more useful that's going to be than your Cryomancy." Sylphie says, shrugging. "Pyromancy is similar to Luxmancy, so I'm pretty good at it, though of course I am my Father's daughter and Fulgromancy is my speciality."

"Wasn't the Monster Lady particularly good at Pyromancy?"

Sylphie's lip twitches. "A little bit. She's basically good at everything to be honest, but I digress." Tapping her head for a moment, she snaps her fingers. "[Flame Lance]."

"That sounds… suitably strong."

"Oh yeah, it's pretty wicked." Sylphie chuckles. "I haven't cast it in awhile, but now's as good as ever." Looking off to the corner where there's no flooring save dirt, she points at it and asks you to pull up a wall. After doing so, she takes up her staff and closes her eyes, channeling mana. After a few seconds she thrusts out her arm and a searing hot beam of fire erupts from her staff. It flies in a straight line faster than you can track and bores into the rock, melting a hole into it before dissipating.

"Haaaa, ouch." Sylphie says, rubbing at her shoulder. "Tch, can I just not do dramatic flair anymore? Maybe I should ask Dad for a magitek arm or something."

"Don't joke about that." You say in a stern voice. Her ears go up at this before flatting down.

"R-Right. Sorry." Sylphie looks like a sad kitten for a moment before taking a deep breath and saying, "Anyway… that skill will bore through most enemies without much issue, great at melting through armor, but it's so concentrated that any deviation and it loses it's power."

Nodding your head, you practice with Sylphie until you get the hang of it, at once increasing your [Fireball] proficiency and learning how to better manipulate the raging powers of Pyromancy.

>You learn [Flame Lance]

>By focusing the powers of fire into a singular point, you create a lance of flame with extreme penetrating power.


24ca18 (140) No.323752>>323753

>>323751

Feeling pretty good about it, you decide to lower your target when you notice the molten rock and sand on the floor. It glows faintly red before cooling, making you cock your head to look at it. It's been awhile since you've seen similar down in Blackfire Reach, though thankfully the volcano wasn't active. However this molten rock, this lava still invokes a certain form of fear within people for how devastating it is. Thinking on it you try to control it with your Geomancy but find it cools down, while controlling the flames with Pyromancy will make it heat up, but won't move.

"Oh,I see what you're trying to do here." Sylphie says, pointing at the recently heated rock. "I think you're going to have to combine the two disciplines like with [Pebble Gun]. She concentrates and holds out her good hand. The molten rock shifts and then slides across the ground, leaving a steaming trail behind it. She spreads it out before pulling it back and cooling it off, sighing.

"That certainly takes a lot out of you."

"Hrm." You say, trying it yourself. Keeping the two disciplines in check is rather difficult, especially since you want to focus one on moving and the other on heating. Difficult to do in the din of battle you'd assume. If you could only focus on one thing then-

Both you and Sylphie snap your fingers at the same time and say, "Combo."

"I can move the rock." You say.

"I can supply the heat." She replies. Digging in her pocket for a mana potion, she downs it straight, not even commenting on the taste and licking her lips before holding out her staff. "Ready?"

"Ready." You say. First off, Sylphie focuses concentrated blasts of heat onto the rock, making it melt. Using your magic you manipulate the rock to make it flow and melt easier until it's similar to lava. Moving to the side, the lava flows like a liquid while Sylphie continues a consistent heat upon the lava, following you in turn. Swirling the lava upward, you stop it in an arch and Sylphie abruptily removes all the heat, cooling the rock down quickly.

It stays in the shape of the arch, cracking and dripping errant pieces of stone. The two of you smile and high-five, to which Sylphie winces and rubs at her other shoulder from the shock of it. Apologizing, you look back at the work and say, "I think this could be very useful, especially on a large scale."

"Soooo, I did good?" Sylphie says, leaning her head toward you, ears twitching. Her tails wag behind her and it's obvious what she wants. Sighing, you place your hand atop her head and let the dark magicks take effect.

"Awww yeah, that's the stuff." She moans softly while you look over the handiwork of your spell before returning Polah's floor to how it started.

>You learn [Lava Flow]

>Rapid melting of rock leads to molten lava, allowing manipulation of this deadly substance. Limited control if moving both yourself, very good control if you only do one part.

Sylphie sighs as you finish your headpat. Her ears flip up and she has a goofy smile on her face as you wave her away. Nodding her head, she wanders over to Ebe and sits down, staring off into space as the Ghandharva works, seemingly oblivious to her.

Shaking your head, you turn back to ponder the uses of this when Erwin walks up. {Neat stuff you got there. Surprised you didn't burn the whole place down.}

{We had it under control.} You say, waving your hand. To be fair, you PROBABLY did anyway.

The rat from last evening cuts into your conversation. {Sure you did, wanted to cook us alive ya did.}

Erwin glares at the rat before huffing. {Honestly, I'm getting sick of others listening in to us, how do we fix that?}

{Strengthen our bond, I guess.} You say, shrugging.

{What does that even mean? How do we do that?} Erwin sends, exasperated. He walks over to you as you look through [Familiarity with your Familiar], finding nothing of much value here. Closing the book you shake your head.

{I don't know, I mean, we got the trust issues over with, right?}

{I mean, I thought so.} He says, cocking his head. {We've done the transformation thing, so like… what's left?}

Distantly the rat snickers and you hear Erwin growl at him before you put a hand on his head. Instinctively you begin to rub his head and he cools down before rolling onto his belly, turning it into a belly-rub. {Damnit this is frustrating.}

{I hear you.} You mentally sigh. Looking over at the door to Polah's room, you furrow your brow. Sylphie knows a lot about familiars but Polah… this is the only magic she can cast. With so many familiars of such strong bonds, she clearly has far more experience than the young witch.


24ca18 (140) No.323753>>323754

>>323752

Standing up slowly, you walk toward the door and raise your hand to knock. Before you can, however, it opens inward and the Shoebill stands before you, the incredibly tall bird looking at you with that piercing gaze.

{May I help you?}

"Uh… I wanted to ask Polah a question."

{After you almost burned her home down?}

"We didn't… agh, look it's about familiar links, alright?"

The Shoebill looks lost in thought for a moment, although that’s difficult to tell to be honest. Eventually she sighs and sends, {Very well then. Polah will allow it.}

She opens the door further for you and the two of you enter into a dark chamber. It's larger than the other rooms and is just as sparsely decorated. Against one wall is a neatly made bed while on the opposite wall a bookshelf has a few, meager books. A chest sits at the foot of the best but otherwise the only other accessories to the room is a pile of cushions upon which Polah lays, naked save for cushions over her chest and nether regions.

Wings spread out in an arc behind her, she creates an imposing figue. Not even looking up as you enter, she sends, {Better make this quick, I'm coordinating.}

"Ah… sorry." You say before coughing into your hand and not looking directly at her. "Erwin and I wanted to as-"

{About your familiar bond. Why it's so shoddy, right?}

{Yeah, that's a harsh way to put it, I guess.} Erwin sends, frowning. {Any ideas?}

Polah sighs before mentally doing the same. {This isn't exactly advice you can really give to someone. The magic for animal empathetics is difficult and you have to be one, heart to heart with your familiar to truly create a good bond.}

"I'd say we trust each other well." You say, nodding your head. "We can successfully perform [Metamorphosis.]"

{Child's play.} Polah sends. She raises a clawed hand and snaps her fingers. The Shoebill next to you suddenly and explosively grows in size, towering over the two of you. her eyes glow a deep red with the malice of a thousand suns and she breaths upon both of you before shrinking down to her normal state and preening her feathers.

Polah mentally chuckles, {Anyone can do that with little work. The true way to develop a familiar bond is yes, through trust, however not a simple trust.}

When you're about to ask what she means, the shoebill says, {What happens when a familiar dies?}

Pausing, you look to Erwin before saying, "The… one they are bonded to takes a severe mental and emotional shock, sometimes leading to death if it's a violent death."

{Indeed. And what happens to the familiar with their practitioner dies?}

Erwin answers, {Oftentimes death as well, however some can survive and will end up losing their imbued consciousness.}

The Shoebill nods her head. {Indeed. Does this scare you?}

"Well, of course." You say, shrugging. "The thought of such a thing happening… that's terrible."

{Yeah, how can you ask that? Going back to the way I was… erm…}

Polah mentally sighs. {And there's your issue. You two trust each other in battle, however when it comes down to it, you're afraid of what will happen when the other dies. You're not actually afraid for what it means to lose the other.}

"I don't…" You begin before your eyes go wide. "Oh."

Erwin looks down and sends, {Oh.}


24ca18 (140) No.323754>>323757 >>323772 >>323804 >>323825 >>323888 >>324050

>>323753

The Shoebill shakes her head. {Do you get it now? A bond is more than just convenient, it's a bond greater than even marriage. You two share one life now, what will happen if one part of that life is gone?}

"I… I'd imagine I'd feel hollow." You say, feeling a little dazed as you think over so simple an explanation.

{And that.} Polah sends. {Is the essence of why the mental trauma is so bad when a familiar dies. It's like ripping a part of your heart asunder violently. For most people who don't have time to prepare, it's too much to bear, however…} Pointing her claw at you, she sends,

{Until you can accept that, your bond will be weak.}

Looking down at Erwin, you catch eyes with the fox. He looks down for a moment before looking back up to you and saying, {You know, I always thought every time you did something stupid that I didn't want you to die because I was scared for myself. Yet now that I think about it, I'm afraid of what life would be like without you man.}

Sighing, you rub your head as you think it over. Though before you'd spoken about trust in battle and trust this, trust that, you never really thought over the implications of it. You never really thought much into if Erwin died to be honest. Sure, you were afraid that Erwin would die but you never really thought that he actually would. So the implications of that is… if he actually did die though…

Taking a deep breath, you rub the back of your head and look at Erwin. "I guess I never thought you'd die, that you'd be around forever. Even before the bond you were such a big part of my life and now with you gone… Gods what would that even be like? Missing a part of my soul? I don't even want to imagine it but…" Feeling a tightness in your chest, you gulp. "Fuck."

A chuckle comes from the room as Polah audibly laughs. "Can you hear me?"

Cocking your head, you look at her and say, "Uh… yes?"

"No, not… like that."

Eyes going wide, you realize she means mentally. Smirking, you look down at Erwin who realizes it as well. Holding out your hands, the little guy jumps into your arms and nuzzles your cheek before standing on your shoulders. Smirking, you walk over to Polah and lean down to say, "Thank you."

"It's… nothing." She murmurs, wings folding up around her.

Reaching a hand out toward her head as repayment, she suddenly sits up, wings splaying out to smack you across the face. Sprawling backward, you hit the ground and blink before pushing yourself up and looking at her.

Polah sits there, top entirely exposed as she focuses on something. She turns her gaze to you and, despite what she just said, sends {The Royal Guard are due to enter the city within the hour. The people are scrambling to get ready for the parade, the normal guard are going on high alert, and…} Polah looks you in the eyes,

{The Violet Sands are falling back somewhere, gathering together. Something big is about to happen… what trouble have you brought me?}

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.323755

OKIE DOKIE

Here we go, we're back in action and everything is looking good! Sorry about that delay, I hope things don't get in the way again, I really do.

Anywayyyyyy, you learned a cool new skill or two! You strengthened your bond with Erwin! You're all going to die!

Wait, what?

Ignore that last one.


725c56 (20) No.323757>>323772 >>323774

>>323754

Well shit

Wait we mentioned they were coming here and might fuck with the violet sands, how is she gonna get mad at us?

Anyways, lets warn the rest of the party, get sylpie to get ready to cast trick of the light and for us to use privacy barrier in case they come to polah's house, could also leave the house and use it to spy, but I think that might be a bad idea

Last idea I have is we could just sneak in to the dungeon while the parade is going on, but I'd rather wait to see what everyone else thinks of that idea before we decide on it


7b8d52 (11) No.323772>>323774 >>323888 >>324018

File (hide): d877430407d18fe⋯.jpg (41.21 KB, 431x450, 431:450, 130185650761.jpg) (h) (u)

>>323754

>tfw you were forced to go offline for four months and missed on most of the fun

At least I managed to arrive just in time for the last portion of the third act and the Tabitha autist managed to carry on the waifu war to victory successfully.

Anyways, I say we go out and join up with the Violet sands. I was forced to read through the story on a short notice but the fact that the Pharaoh soldiers are back with spoils of war means that their mission to the chasm was successful.

>"By the Decree of The Prophet of the Twins,

Your orders are to assemble at the Chasm of Regret. You will be one of four teams under Handmaiden Yu'hekt heading to the Chasm to stop this Cult of the Violet sands at their source. You will enter any town or village along the way and root out signs of sedition, killing or capturing those you deem traitors. Priority will be put to capture for judgment before Prophet.

Once arriving at the Chasm, destroy all signs of the Cult present and retrieve any and all artifacts for purification. If the leader, Liala is present, she is to be captured at all costs. The magicks of the Apophis will drive them to be reckless, fearless even. They will attempt vile rituals to undermine the rule of the Pharaoh. This cannot be tolerated. When success of your mission reaches the capital, we will commence a purge of the remainder of these traitors.

This means that there is a near 100% chance that Helene did not manage to transform into an Apophis in time and was captured along with her associates and the cult's artifacts.

This means that we have two primary options here:

1)Use the distraction to our advantage and rush the rescue plan right off the bat while everyone is preoccupied like this smart anon said >>323757

2)Regroup with the local cell members to figure out a rescue plan for our somewhat forcefully written back story character.

Both options have their merits. The first one means that we will have access to two level twenty magic wielding powerhouses who can turn the palace to dust when unbound if necessary. This will make rescuing our sister later much easier providing she won't get executed before we are done.

The second option will give us an option for forcing our entrance instead of using stealth as well as having a level twenty grape snake neesan to back us up providing the spirit possessing her isn't too malicious and won't entirely absorb her personality. Even if it does, with all our rep it's a safe bet to assume she will allow us to take our POW's and fuck off back home. After all this shit, Ectria won't be able to mount an offense for quite some time either way, so international political fallout will be the least of our problems when Phalia comes crawling out of the Craddle to fuck everything up and throw humanity back into the dark ages.

With said, I suggest telling Polah to use her familiars to deliver GW and Selene a message that help is coming and put their rescue on hold. The twins and Tabitha will protest but they will understand since Helene is in immediate danger while the parents are unlikely to be executed any time soon.

Then we ask Polah where their HQ is. She knows it without a doubt. And then we beeline straight toward there and offer our services.


24ca18 (140) No.323774>>323775

>>323757

Doesn't sound like this purge will be immediate, but it's not going to be easy to go outside. It may happen soon though, probably depends on how this parade goes.

>>323772

I will read through all of this later but I will say that Helene's cell was nowhere near the Chasm of Regret. They're supposedly around the Capital. At the moment they haven't gone arresting anyone except perhaps this, "Liala."


7b8d52 (11) No.323775>>324018

>>323774

In that case, there is no urgency so let's just rush the rescue plan during the parade.


ef42d2 (4) No.323804

>>323754

>it's a bond greater than even marriage

Ace browses /zoo/ confirmed

I guess Erwin is basically our one ring, (or horcrux if your a pleb)


0c6eca (17) No.323825>>324050

>>323754

>Reaching a hand out toward her head as repayment, she suddenly sits up, wings splaying out to smack you across the face.

Why'd you patblock me, Ace?

Hopefully a stronger bond with Erwin won't mess with our ability to communicate mentally with Sylphie. It would be nice to coordinate a [Lava Flow] without giving away our plans to anyone who has ears.


07a268 (4) No.323888>>323938 >>323951 >>323974 >>324018

>>323772

>He thinks the waifu war is over.

Guess again Tabithafag. It's over when we romance Ebe.

>>323754

Figures that Polah would know more than she was letting on, we didn't really get a chance to question her. Her familiars would be useful scouts to access the situation, provided she's even willing to help us out.

Contacting the Violet Sands in the city is our best present option. Even if we're able to sneak into the palace and break the GW and Selene out, they'll most likely be in no condition to fight. We're short on manpower, and if the guards sound the alarm it's all over. If we can ally with the cult, they can either serve as a distraction and force the guards to leave the palace exposed. Or we can team up and start a blitzkrieg before the Pharaoh has time to react and come at us full force. We should get our teammates opinion either way.


aaf2c9 (15) No.323938>>323951 >>323974

>>323888

>it's over when we romance ebe

That will never happen. That hope is dead. Tabitha is the best girl.


7e1933 (5) No.323951>>323974

>>323888

>>323938

RockCollection4lyfe, nerds.


605a83 (8) No.323974>>324018

>>323951

>>323938

>>323888

Ebe plays rock. This makes her the only waifu worth considering.


004ade (2) No.324014>>324015 >>324018 >>324036 >>324188

Ah, just to confirm when i start writing tonight, looks like majority opinion is that we want to meet up with the Violet Sands and also that Ebefags btfo?

Just want to make sure no one else has anything to say because this is important


1fcc6a (1) No.324015>>324051

>>324014

but wizard benis in bird bagina :DDD


63a8b1 (6) No.324018>>324023 >>324024

>>324014

Only >>323888 is actually behind visiting the cultists, because >>323772 changed his mind >>323775 here and no one else has said anything. On that topic, putting my vote for not visiting the cultists and instead talking to Polah to see if she can find us an opening for breaking into the palace when the cultists do their thing and all the guards are distracted, because trying to find the cultists just before the purge begins is silly.

>>323974

Ebe doesn't play rock, Sveth does. Why do you think she goes into a trance whenever she starts playing crusader's call? Besides, Tabitha has metal legs so she's technically partially made of rock, checkmate Ebefags.


725c56 (20) No.324022>>324051

File (hide): 5081c9e1c0ac23b⋯.jpg (38.67 KB, 600x766, 300:383, DOKvg0_V4AA5Z38.jpg) (h) (u)

I have a bad feeling that rommel's sister is here and might do something stupid, maybe we should see if polah can find out if she is in town and locate her


24ca18 (140) No.324023

>>324018

Oh, I misread.

I see.


928e7c (5) No.324024

>>324018

>Tabitha has metal legs

Imagine how it will feel when she uses them to leg lock Rommel during missionary. He will be trapped like in a vise. Creampies will be mandatory.


605a83 (8) No.324036>>324045 >>324051

>>324014

I see how it is Ace… There are about the same amount of Ebefags as there are Tabithafags… but once again you hand us out to the original WizardQuest cast… I'm on to you


004ade (2) No.324045>>324046 >>324081

>>324036

Shit man, the tabithafags are more numerous, or appear to be. You want a tender scene drawn between Ebe and Rommel then? Is that what you want?

You want me to dig further down the commissiom rabbit hole? Don't tempt me bro, im crazy.

Really though it reads lke just one guy and its hard to figure out what true interest levels are. Maybe we'll just be like Bearson.

Nevermind


725c56 (20) No.324046>>324051 >>324106

>>324045

I think there is a sizable amount of us that want rommel to not waifu anyone, personally I haven't really felt like either girl has a great interest in rommel and it would kinda just feel forced I guess


ecacb2 (31) No.324050

>>323754

Before we do anything else, we need to remove all evidence of us being occupants of this building before the guards come knocking. Even if we leave the building so that the guards don't find us, if they see anything that could indicate that we may have been here previously then they are liable to raise alarms and probably interrogate Polah for information about suspicious individuals she may have been hiding in her home, both of which are bad for us and our mission and for Polah. As such, we should gather up all of our equipment that is currently laying about the place and fix any damage we've made to the building with our magic, such as the floor following our experiments that taught us [Lava Flow].

With that out of the way, we need to prepare for when the guards start searching the area for cultists because they are now in the capital and it's only a matter of time before they get here. Having thought about it more, I'm personally advocating for [Build the Wall] to make a hidden room with no entrances while Erwin stays outside to blend in with the rest of Polah's familiars and keep us updated about the situation on the other side, as the wall and a slightly smaller room wouldn't look out of place, the guards don't have the blueprints for the house and thus will be none the wiser about the room size being smaller than it should be, and other methods of hiding ourselves are either unreliable [Trick of the Light] comes to mind here, more so if the guards come close or obvious [Trench] would leave traces of digging and simply covering the traces won't work if the guards do a thorough inspection. That said, I'm not opposed to other methods if they work.

Moving on, I believe it would be for the best if we just stay put for now and observe the outside world to figure out what to do next. If nothing happens, then we're safely hidden and can put our plans into action the following day when Polah has a good amount of information to make use of as per the original plan. If something does happen, like the cultists make an aggressive move against the Prophet's forces, then we can abuse this opportunity of the bulk of the guards being distracted by the power move to set our rescue mission into action though we might want to talk to Polah about what information she was able to discover first so we have some plan for how to infiltrate. Trying to make contact with the cultists will at best rope us into their assault and at worst lead to us being caught by the guards in the city, so I'd advise against it.

One final thing unrelated to the situation at hand concerns our familiar bond. As >>323825 points out, our bond's new found strength probably has the side effect of cutting out Sylphie from any conversations, so we need to fix that as soon as possible to help with co-ordination and long distance communication between her and us. On that same vein, we may want to consider giving Polah back access to our conversations too, both because she would deeply appreciate it for talking with us and because we may be able to have her give us guidance while we're out on the field, which would be extremely useful for reacting to anything that could crop up during our mission.


ecacb2 (31) No.324051>>324081 >>324106

>>324022

Helene has somehow managed to survive being enslaved and being in Ectria for at least 20 years, and has Hent-ateh seemingly at her command. She appears to be very resourceful so I think she should be fine, especially since she is unlikely to be doing any fighting herself.

>>324036

>There are about the same amount of Ebefags as there are Tabithafags

This isn't true. The start of this thread has 5 Tabithafags myself included to 2 Ebefags, perhaps 3 if you count the shitpost >>324015, and the start of thread 6 had 5 Tabithafags 6 if you count the guy saying he preferred Tabitha to Sylphie to 1 Ebefag. Throughout the story, Tabithafags have been more numerous and committed to their waifu than any other type of poster, and the only time Ebe has ever beaten Tabitha in any of the battles along the waifu war was just before we met Lady Aliph where she won 7 to 4 votes which should have been 6 to 5 but dragonfag made a mistake and voted for the wrong girl, and even then it's hard to tell if those votes were from either side of the war or simply a neutral party given the context not to mention pretty much everyone disappeared the following update.

>Repeated usage of ellipses in a single sentence

You're not from around here, are you?

>>324046

>I think there is a sizable amount of us that want rommel to not waifu anyone

If there is, they certainly aren't very vocal about it. The only times I can remember such opinions coming up is when waifuing was first considered back in thread 3 and at the start of thread 6, during the discussion following the (1) and done post questioning why people liked Tabitha and they weren't numerous either; they've haven't really said anything at any other point despite quite a fair number of affectionate actions of the non-headpat variety opposing their opinions being taken.


ead8b0 (1) No.324081>>324188

>>324051

>>324045

I'm not convinced that Tabithafags aren't the same autist that posts a novel everytime he shows up. They're definitely not as numerous as they say they are.

Ebe romance for the win.


605a83 (8) No.324106>>324108 >>324115

>>324051

>You're not from around here, are you?

>been here from before the first wizardquest

>invented [Circle of Shit] and led us down the path of copromancy

Now here we have a Tabithafag constructing a strawman to justify his waifu choice.

>>324046

This man has the right idea. Rommel is a Wizard first and foremost. To betray his wizardhood is to betray his purpose out here. He came to return the world to the old ways. He would never be so weak as to get a waifu of his own on this journey. He knows the resolve that a true wizard needs, he has had to rely on it all of his life. His resolve would not just break here in Ectria over some simple monster girl. We are not some casual normalfag: we are a Wizard of old, a creature of legend and great power who has made sacrifices to retain his power. No old lizard hag or spring Ectrian chicken is going to sway us.


b0b798 (7) No.324108>>324241

>>324106

>only inventing [Circle of Shit], and not being the guy who suggested the OG wizard have a [Bag of Holding] as his item, [Wizard Quest] as Tobias' item, and a [Trench Coat] with an [Insulated Pocket] as Rommel's item

GIT GUD

I

T

G

U

D


ecacb2 (31) No.324115>>324241

>>324106

Ad hominem, actually. Something you've just done to me as well, only without trying to counter any of the arguments I've made or make a point on the topic in question. And for the record, I'm fairly certain I've done more than enough to justify my position in the prior threads.


f94392 (18) No.324118>>324365

We should try and observe from a distance whatever the hell the cultists are up to.

Also, while it's currently unclear if Tabithafags represent a majority or not yes they are, they are undeniably the largest individual faction. It was the same case with Sayafags and Ginellefags/other in Illusionist Quest, so I don't see why the same trend shouldn't be followed.


24ca18 (140) No.324121>>324123

>Story continue

Holding up your hands, you say, "Hold on now. What are you talking about?"

{The Royal Guard are back and the people are holding a parade, as you said.} Polah says, not even caring that she's exposing her bare chest. She looks at the Shoebill who snaps to attention and walks outside the room before turning back to you. {My other familiars have seen people moving, and I have confirmed that the Royal Guard are headed into the city.}

"Well shit." You say, rubbing the back of your head. "Wait, how are you communicating like this again if-?"

{Because you're still a child compared to me on this.} Polah snaps, glare in her eyes. Rubbing at her head with a claw she sighs and looks down at her chest before blinking, looking up to you, and then slowly wrapping her wings around herself. {You could have at least told me.}

"I thought you didn't care."

{Of course I care if a man looks at me and- nevermind, we don't have time for this.} Sighing, she concentrates on something before sending again. {The normal guard have begun to secure the parade route, but they are also entering nearby homes and buisnesses. One would assume they're looking for something.}

Her gaze shifts to you and you shake your head. "They can't know we're in the city. It's likely the Violet Sands. Their orders said to purge them once they returned."

{Great.} Polah sends. {Just great.} She unfurls a wing, uses an arm to cover her chest, and points at you with the other claw. {I told you before. I will not cover for you should the Guard come here to ask questions.}

"Fine." You sigh. "But if they find us, they will also question you."

She sniffs, {I have my ways in and out. It is little concern to me what happens to you and yours, however.} Shaking her head she continues, {However, Ammon has paid me for my service and I will continue to work at it, although such a thing is going to be more difficult now.}

"We can't just go now?" You ask, cocking your head. She rolls her eyes.

{I found the way for you to enter the palace, however you are not going to be able to get in easily, nor do I know the guard Patrols there. Good luck getting there at the moment anyway.}

"Won't the guards be very… concentrated around the parade, can't we use that as a distraction to get in?"

Polah looks at you the way a champion runner would look at an obese man who called him slow. Shaking her head she sends {Yes and no. The Guards around the Palace are going to be intent on guarding their charge the same as always. However if what you say is true, there will be a noose spread around the Mushtarak district.}

"That's where the Violet Sands are, right?" You ask, furrowing your brow. "Do you know where?"

{Of course, I have a familiar mixed in with them.}

"You… wouldn't happen to know if a member named Helene is there, would you?"

A silence fills the room as Polah focuses for a moment before shaking her head. {No, I don't know any of the individual cultists, merely where they are headed. I don't really care that much either, so long as they don't interfere with my business.}

"Seems tracking them is part of your business."

{Smart-ass.} Glaring at you, she continues. {Look, they're probably hearing the same news via different channels and are reacting. They're probably all going to get slaughtered, so what do I care? I just need to find you a way into the dungeon. That's it.}

She sends this last part with an air of finality. Looking at Erwin, the fox frowns and then shakes his head, making to leave the room. Sighing, you decide to do the same. Once you reach the door, however you hear one last sending.

{If the guards are coming, I'll let you know at least.}

Hand on the door, you send back, {Thanks.}

Walking back into the room, you see your party standing around looking confused. Alice's head cocks to look behind you, but you close the door before she can say anything. Looking between everyone, you sigh and inform them of the situation.

Alice groans while Tabitha curses. The twins and Ebe look at each other with worried expressions. The first to ask anything is the Lizardman who asks, "Well, what do we do then?"

>What do you-


24ca18 (140) No.324123>>324124

>>324121

No wait, you already did that. Besides, while there's a few thing you can do, but you've already made up your mind on what to do. No point in going back and waiting for your mind to make things up now.

"Look." You say, rubbing the back of your head. "While I don't like just sitting here, we need to stay put until Polah has our way in."

The others look at each other with confused glances. "Are you… sure about that?" Sophie asks, looking confused.

"Yeah, what about the Violet Sands?" Ebe asks, looking worried.

"What about them?" You ask, feeling a little tired.

"Well… uhm… your… you know…"

Sylphie breaks up the awkwardness by coughing into her hand. "Ahem. I'm sure what she's trying to say is that if the cult is taken out, we may have little to cover a retreat."

"Nah, I think she was about to bring up his sister." Alice says, much to Sylphie's annoyance. The Swordswoman gives her a critical eye before saying, "What? Now's not the time to coddle anything. We need to know if Rommel is going to do anything about this."

Eyes turn back to you and you pinch the bridge of your nose. Sighing out, you say, "No. We are staying put, getting into the Palace, and getting your parents, alright?"

Sylphie nods her head slowly while Sophie sniffs. Tabitha shrugs. "Very well then, what do we do if the Guard comes knocking?"

"We'll have advance warning from Polah, but I figure we'll be hiding ourselves." Looking down, you say, "First things first, we hide our presence here."

{Easy.} Erwin sends, nodding over to the other familiars. The goat stands up, walks over to where the others were sitting before, and rolls around, getting hair everywhere. The fox turns to Sylphie and waits for something. The Cat o'Ninetails cocks her head and then frowns.

"Uhm… yes Erwin?"

{Oh hells, that's right, we leveled up or something.} Erwin sends, looking surprised. {Think we can dial her in on this?}

{Do we really want to?}

{I mean. Maybe when we want her to?} The fox thinks about it. {Wait, can we do that?}

Asking this of Sylphie, she blinks and says it's possible. "Still." She adds, "The fact that you two got that close… that's adorable. But damn I can't spy on- I mean uh, well it will just mean we'll be more diligent."

Both of you frown at her and she teaches you how to let her in and out of communications. Basically, it's the same as before, just she can't hear anything until you speak back. Same as how it works with her and Mr. Ed, though really, you want to know what's going on in his mind…

"Ahem." Sophie coughs, interrupting this fun little lesson. "I think what he was trying to convey before we had this fun little lesson-"

"That you interrupted." Sylphie says, interrupting in her own right.

"Yes, quite. Anyway," Sophie begins again. "I believe what he was trying to convey is that the goat has masked all trace of our scent. There's too many animals in here to smell out us, even with those stupid dog noses."

"Oh!" Sylphie says, sniffing around. "You're right. All I can smell is goat ass." She blushes and says, "No offense."

The little goat sniffs and walks back to her spot, plopping down to eat more of those odd fruits. Shaking your head, you say, "Now that that's taken care of, we need to clean up and hold out in one of the side rooms."

"Can't they just… search the rooms?" Ebe asks, looking skeptical.

"Yes, but we can use magic." You say, holding up your staff. Ebe clacks her tongue but doesn't say anything else. Pointing to the room where Zoras was staying, you say, "Alright, we're going to make a small side room in there and then use [Trick of the Light] to conceal further if we need to."

"Bleh." Sylphie says. "But fine, it's only for a short time."

"Right then, the parade will be through the major promenade going from the main gate to the Palace I would expect so this district won't be hit just yet, especially where we are and where the Mushtarak district is." Zoras says, nodding her head. "Of course, we'll need to prepare quite the large around I suspect to hide. I'm not very small and no one wants an accidental sting."

"It's fine, we'll take care of it. For now, pack up your things, we have some time I think." The others nod and get to it, a process which takes far less time than you'd expect, probably from all the camping. The next step is to cover up all your training, again a process that's easily done. With some magic and rolling a goat over everything, it's done.

Preparing the area to hide takes a little more effort, moving away flooring and covering it so it doesn't look too weird before crafting a wall to look like the other walls to hide behind. Once satisfied, you and the others store your things there and get to waiting.

And waiting.

And waiting.


24ca18 (140) No.324124>>324125 >>324188

>>324123

Polah gives none of you any information and you consider sending Erwin out to scout the place for abit, but decide against it. Surely, surely they'd try to come after you at some point, right? Without windows, it's hard to tell what time it is, but it seems as if it's slipping to afternoon before you know it with none of the tension leaving the room. Too afraid to do any training and too worked up to study, all of you sit, just… waiting.

"So… what, are they going to wait until we're dead or something?" Alice growls, standing up. "I'm asking the bird-cat what's the deal."

"Alice.." You say, holding out a hand, but you also want to know so you can't quite bring yourself to stop her. She walks over to Polah's door and knocks on it once before shrugging, opening it, and walking inside. All of you watch in suspsense for a moment before Alice walks out again, walks over to you, and sits down.

"Uhm." Ebe asks. "What… did she say?"

"Nothing, she just stared at me. Probably tried her freaky mind shit, one of you go do it."

Sighing, you get up and walk into Polah's room to find her laying under the cushions again. {Polah.} You send, knowing she'll get it. {What are the guard doing?}

{The parade ended an hour ago. Most people are headed home while the guard spreads around, "escorting" people to the Mushtarak district.}

"Are they searching the other districts?" You ask, switching to Deleorian. "Seriously, are they going to come here?"

{I don't know. At the moment, No, they aren't. I'm busy, alright?}

"Look, I want to know if we need to be so worried or not. It's wearing on people. How much longer until you have a plan for us anyway?"

Polah glares at you again. {Tomorrow morning I'll likely have something. You're here for my help, alright? I could literally rat you out.}

Gritting your teeth, you take a deep breath and calm down before nodding your head. "Fine. Fine."

{Tch. Look, just go back there and don't be so worried, I am watching everything.} Polah closes her eyes. {Also, the Violet Sands have closed off from my sight. I know where they are, but not what they are doing. As of yet, there has been no major disturbance, just a few people taken in as suspects for… really nothing.}

"So…"

{Either this is nothing or they're waiting for something else to happen.}

Well shit, what a waste of time. Rubbing the back of your head you apologize to Polah. Before you can stop yourself you ask, "Is there anything we can do for you for all the help?"

{Help? I basically told you to go fuck yourself.}

"Yeah but… I don't know. Somehting simple? Do you like headpats?"

{What… like rubbing my head? Why would you do that?}

"Because it… feels good?"

Polah opens one eye to follow your expression before sighing. {Deleorians are strange. In Ectria it's usually Monsters who initiate with the men.}

"What? No, look, I'm not saying we should- Gods, it's just a simple headpat, here." Stepping forward before she can say anything, you reach down and place your hand atop her head.

Polah's eyes both open wide as your [Hands of Solos] begin their work. She first looks scared, but then begins to let out small moans, clutching cushions close to her naked body and shuddering.

"W-What are you doing?" Polah asks in a breathy tone. "S-Stop!"

"Fine." You say, pulling your hand away. She looks at it with longing before looking down, cheeks growing red. You notice her tail is swishing the cushions below her and she has to conciously stop it before her cheeks begin to burn hot.

"G-Get out." Polah mutters.

"Right, just let us know when you have more."

"Fine…" She murmurs as you walk away, entering into the other room. Once again you're greeted by curious eyes that search over your actions.

"Did ya pat her good." Sylphie asks, smirking.

"What? No, what?" You say, trying to play it off.

Sylphie snaps her fingers and Erwin trots up, sniffs your hand, and nod his head. {Griffon head, no doubt about it.}

"For the love of- Look, I pat her head. That's not the important part here." Pulling your hand away from Erwin, you once again relay the information.

"For fuck's sake." Alice groans, leaning back. "So what, we just… rest then? Morning we may have our plan? Boooorrriinnngg."

Tabitha nods, "But it's not conflict, which is fine."

"Yes, but what are the cultists doing? Escaping?" Sophie asks, looking deep in concentration. "I'm concerned it's something more nefarious."

"You don't think they're going to do some kind of ritual here, in the capital, do you?" Ebe asks, looking afraid.

"I don't know." You say, thinking about your sister, unbidden. "But I hope they aren't stupid enough to do anything rash."

"Well, if they do, it's a bloody diversion for us, I suppose." Zoras says. Stretching, she looks around and asks, "So, how about lunch?"


24ca18 (140) No.324125>>324127 >>324135 >>324139 >>324305 >>324353 >>324432

>>324124

The rest of the day passes uneventfully, with both you and Sylphie focusing on your magic while the others train. With practice, you can bolt easily and cover your tracks, so you're not as concerned, though you don't cook in here again, instead eating travel rations. The Shoebill returns later in the evening with some food and brings it to Polah, though you have no idea how it escapes notice being so large.

Your practice was mostly on Gold manipulation, working on that until you become proficent with it, able to skirt a coin about without much effort as well as working on some golems to have easy access to, mainly with Ronnie, Acillis, Babyface, and Phallia. The other friends you store in your [Backpack] as you work with the chain, feeling a little more confident with it.

>You learn <Gold Manipulation: Proficent>

>You can pull raw gold from the earth and shape it well. You have good control over purified gold.

Well, if you ever run out of money, you can easily go prospecting now, so that's nice. When asked why you worked on this, the explanation was, "We'll be in a palace." This is good enough apparently.

Without sight of the Guard, you keep a watch at night for signs of trouble and all sleep in your false room, preparing for tomorrow. You get the first watch and nothing much occurs as the night continues, so when it's time to head to sleep, you prepare to wake Tabitha, the next watch. As you make to do so, Polah bursts into the room and sends,

{Get up, now. Those cultists have ruined everything!}

Rousing the others, Polah angrily rubs at her head, growling while sending, {They scurried out of their hiding hole with something that began to slaughter the guards in the area with dark magics. The cultists themselves are attacking too, a frenzied look in their eyes. They're capturing the guards where they can and dragging them back into their base too.}

Relaying this to your group, Polah shakes her head, {There's no more time for subtlety, you need to get out of here and get into that Palace.}

"But the plan-"

{Damn the plan, there's no way it will work correctly now. Listen, one of my familiars will travel with you and tell you how to get to the proper location. You're going to enter through an old service chamber that's been filled in years ago, but still reaches the dungeons.}

"How-?"

{Your damn magic shows have been watched, you can dig a tunnel you idiot, it's not that deep.} Shaking her head, she says, {Once in, that's up to you. I'll have a familiar watching for you, but again, my job is to get you in.}

"Question." Zoras asks. "This thing you said that's breaking things… does it look like a construct with some black tentacles coming from it?"

{Sort of?} Polah sends through you. At this your party grows very, very worried.

"Hent-ateh…" You say, gritting your teeth. That means that Helene is here… damnit.

{Sure, that's fine.} Polah says, looking at all of you. {The streets here won't be as patrolled, however you need to go now if you want to enter the Palace and you need to follow my commands via my familiars. Otherwise you may not make it to your destination.}

"Nighttime rescue might be best." Sophie says after you explain it. "Might need to fight some guards but… well it's our best shot."

"Hent-ateh…" Ebe mutters, shuddering. "That thing is here… killing Ectrians…"

"And what are the cultists so worked up about? Did they just go insane?" Sylphie asks, looking confused.

"I don't know, but we should get going." Alice says, patting her sword. "As much as I want to kill that thing for good, we should use the distraction."

"Hopefully there's a city left to come back to when we get out." Tabitha says, nodding her head.

"Bloody hells, what is all this madness." Zoras chuckles. "I just got healed and here we are. Did bloody Ammon predict all of this?"

Everyone looks again to you, for your piece on this. The time has come, whether you wanted it or not. The way to the Palace is open, even if it's being paid for in blood, perhaps your sister's blood. But your goal is in sight, the way lead before you. Are you ready?

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.324127>>324128 >>324353

>>324125

Fun fact: They were never going to stop by Polah's place. Well, maybe not today. The Violet Sands kind of ruined all of that though.

But the attack has been laid, for whatever reason. It's a good diversion though, even if it does lead to many cultist deaths. Still… that's not you problem it seems? Most people at the time of writing wanted to wait it out so, here we are!

Good to go to the Palace, right?


b0b798 (7) No.324128>>324360

>>324127

>It's a good diversion though, even if it does lead to many cultist deaths.

and that's a bad thing?

assuming Rommel's sister isn't involved, or if she is then if she's not some cultist retard and is secretly a government mole planted by somebody to take out the VS from the inside


725c56 (20) No.324135>>324360

File (hide): b2f924dce590af4⋯.jpg (272.22 KB, 850x955, 170:191, serval_kemono_friends_draw….jpg) (h) (u)

>>324125

Way I see it, we have 3 choices

1. We head to the palace and try to sneak GW and the monster lady out

2. We split up the party, one group goes to do option 1, and the other group goes to help the cultists and try to get them to attack the palace

3. We go find the cultists and attack with them to overthrow the pharoh

the third option seems the most likely to fail for us since it would give the palace early warning with none of us in the palace. The first option sounds like it's in our best interest, but I have a feeling we're gonna quickly get over our heads with this option.

I think our best option is sending ebe, sylphie, alice, and erwin to try to coordinate with the cultists to try to get them to time their attack on the palace with us. If it seems like the cultists won't cooperate with us, have them quickly leave and rejoin with the rest of the group


7b8d52 (11) No.324139>>324191 >>324232 >>324353 >>324360

File (hide): 338c5c47bcfd5e0⋯.png (264.71 KB, 505x431, 505:431, smug_dice.PNG) (h) (u)

>>324125

The palace will be on high alert now with what's happening in the city. However it is unlikely that during that time the authorities will increase security in the dungeons. Not a primary target so to speak.

So I say we break in like Polah suggested, Follow the abandoned passageway into the dungeon. And then we break out every single prisoner there and arm them with spears made and sharpened from the bars of their own cells.

It is unlikely that the duo will be kept in a regular cell anyways so we will need to create even more chaos and bullshit from within.

With that said, write a message to Helene and tell her what we are about to do with the prison break and have Erwin perform his greatest task yet by delivering it directly to her. Hentateh is scary but he knows it's smell and if it's around then Helene must be too.

With a prison outbreak from inside and a direct assault to the palace from outside, even the capital's palace security will be a shit out of luck.

And on another note, make sure to introduce ourselves as violet sands to the prisoners to conceal our real objective and make sure they cooperate or at least won't kill each other when they meet up.


727ef0 (15) No.324188>>324190 >>324232 >>324266 >>324305 >>324353 >>324357 >>324360 >>324367

File (hide): 1cd3768a2790ec1⋯.gif (Spoiler Image, 2.42 MB, 320x180, 16:9, Massive Triggering.gif) (h) (u)

>>324081

>>324014

Why don't we actually tally a proper vote then?

The three leading options appear to be Ebe, Tab, And celibacy. With maybe a wild card of faggotcat thrown in. Only people who have posted a comment before will have their vote counted. I'm throwing my vote in for celibacy.

>>324124

That headpat was weak af. Didn't even stroke the fluffy chin. 0/10 I call do over, Step up your game son. We're going to pat her so good she'll live out the remainder of her days always yearning for more of our affection. Im talking keeping her up at night, heart going doki doki.

Soooo

Grapefruit has returned. Cultist are acting even more cult'y then usual and they are bringing enemy combatants to be into their hideout… Sis is converting them into legit "prisoner in their own body" slaves. As much as this is going to trigger RommelRelated, We can't kill her Yet… since it would stop our main objective. This make's for a fantastic distraction. Once they get a better grasp on the situation they're gonna have to send more forces to try and contend with the undying eldritch monstrosity and the snake. So even if the guards are on alert there should be fewer of them. Like the other anon said, Free the Prisoners and arm those who want to fight with whatever we can. Though do not let Erwin go into that fucking mess, He might die. It'll force a split and take some pressure off the main cell. We had no chance of sneakily freeing the VIP's anyway so its not like we're losing much.


725c56 (20) No.324190>>324360

File (hide): a08dbcd58dfd6c4⋯.png (2.11 MB, 1000x1399, 1000:1399, DN9Pd4cVwAU-YY2.png) (h) (u)

>>324188

I'm kinda split on the issue, as of now I vote celibacy but I think we could maybe choose a waifu at the end


409b6c (1) No.324191

>>324139

I like the prison break idea but disagree with sending the fox to our sis to tell her our plans. Its not safe for him and the cult can benefit from our distraction without knowing about it so there isnt much point.


4a3867 (1) No.324200>>324241 >>324360

Best plan I can think of is to send everyone ahead of you to follow Polah's plan. Meanwhile Rommel goes alone to find his sister and pull her out of this mess. Hopefully if he tells her he's about to break out the GW and his wife she'll see reason, after all the breakout is likely going to foil whatever plans the pharaoh has and the extremely pissed off GW+Selene have a better chance of taking down the pharaoh than whatever suicidal plan her people are trying. It's not the best plan but I think it's got the best story potential.


0c6eca (17) No.324232>>324360

>>324139

Seconding the prison riot idea, but I think splitting up in any way is a terrible idea.

>>324188

Tabithafag reporting in though my true love is headpats


605a83 (8) No.324241>>324360

>>324108

>only hotpocket posting

>not shitposting

>not guaranteeing everyone survived by shitposting against Ace's character and literacy tropes

>>324115

Ad hominem would imply I was arguing with you at all. The post was clearly constructed to affirm the need to maintain our wizardhood. Starglider is that you faggot

>>324200

We've been wasting too much time. We've been procrastinating in the city which is already a dangerous place for us to be in and haven't really been working at our goal. Now that the time has come we can't back down, we need to dedicate ourself to it now or someone in our party can get hurt. Rescuing Selene and the Wizard from under the Pharaoh's nose is not something we should half-ass, it's the ultimate goal. We need to organise everything now and follow through on Polah's plan.


aaf2c9 (15) No.324242>>324360

Splitting up our team while dealing with the pharoah is extremely dangerous. We don't truly care about most of these cultists and right now they've provided us with a valuable opportunity. We must move now before their distraction ends and the palace becomes harder to get into.


721d97 (1) No.324266>>324360

>>324188

I'm in favor of Tabitha. That being said, I feel this is bound up in Rommel's character development as well, and part of it would be from him seeing her, or any other potential suitor as being people, rather than monsters, which has had a substantial amount of focus in the quest so far. So, if he made a choice on that front, it would be because he chose Tabitha, Ebe, or Sylphie, rather than "the lizardman, the ghandharva, or the cat o'ninetails". Basically choosing somebody as a woman rather than monster after the removal of personal bias via aforementioned character development.


07a268 (4) No.324305>>324351 >>324360

>>324125

Go ahead with Polah and her plan to get in the palace. Meeting up with the Violet Sands would be beneficial but it's too big a chance to find them in a war zone. Splitting up in these stories almost never works out well, our party isn't strong enough to gimp ourselves by losing people.

If we can meet up with cultists on the way, however, we can certainly use the allies. The more chaos we cause the easier we can mask our presence at the palace.

>>324188

There's only one waifu worth voting for. The woman who is loyal to her friends, and has loved and supported us without ever being asked. The only choice is Ebe.


e1d381 (1) No.324335>>324356

Don't post much but I will add a vote for celibacy or Tabitha


aaf2c9 (15) No.324351>>324446

File (hide): f498f7031a2cff5⋯.gif (1.83 MB, 480x360, 4:3, IMG_5141.GIF) (h) (u)

>>324305

>The only choice is Ebe.


ecacb2 (31) No.324353>>324360

>{They scurried out of their hiding hole with something that began to slaughter the guards in the area with dark magics.}

Unless I’m mistaken, Hent-ateh hasn’t cast any magic prior to this, so this means it has gotten stronger yet again, which is going to be a huge problem for us very soon.

>{The cultists themselves are attacking too, a frenzied look in their eyes. They're capturing the guards where they can and dragging them back into their base too.}

Based on the description of the cultists and the rather odd actions they’re taking in the middle of battle, I have a hunch that the Violet Sands cell in the capital was successful in bringing back an Apophis, ended up getting enthralled by her as to secure their devotion to the cause, and are taking those guards back to their new master to be enthralled themselves so they can be used as fodder on the frontlines to keep this assault going civilians don’t appear to be targeted since they are unlikely to be useful in combat. I hope I’m wrong due to the implications of this, but it’s certainly possible.

>>324125

Our mission, and the sole reason for us being in Ectria in the first place, is to save the Grand Wizard and Selene as per our contract with the twins and probably our desire to help our friends at this point and this is the best opportunity we’re going to get to set our plans into motion, so we should absolutely capitalise on these turn of events immediately by heading out to infiltrate the palace as per Polah’s instructions and not wasting time on anything else. The cultists don’t need our help to carry out their assault and have the potential to be a threat to us with Hent-ateh among their ranks and this sudden frenzy they’ve gone into, so there isn’t much point in trying to make contact with them when we could be using the opening they’ve given us to benefit ourselves instead; we purposefully didn’t ally with them for a reason, after all.

When we eventually reach our destination, start tunnelling with [Trench] towards that old service chamber Polah mentioned, keeping an eye out to make sure no one is following us. Once we finally breach into the dungeons, we should start navigating the building with haste, using the [Palace Map] both to determine where the Grand Wizard and Selene are likely being held so we can start heading over there and as a guideline for how the building may be laid out rather than an accurate blueprint, since the map is old and changes may have been made to the layout of the palace since it was originally sketched. Ideally we should try to avoid being detected if possible while moving about, as the guards knowing about us being here will make trying to find and secure our targets that much harder for us, but this may prove to be impossible even with the majority of the guards fighting the threat outside, so don’t be afraid to go loud if necessary. Speaking of which, what >>324139 suggests about rousing the prisoners to arms is a great option should we be forced to make our presence known as a fair amount of those imprisoned will want the Prophet’s head, so I’ll advocate for that to distract the guards inside the palace while we try to locate the twins’ parents should the situation call for it and it pretty much will with our circumstances.

One final point to make is to never split up the party if we can help it. We previously learned the hard way what happens when we try to do something difficult while missing key members of our party back in Jahardin, with the difference this time being that the consequences will be much more severe than just Sylphie getting injured, so we can’t afford to take any risks we don’t have to, even if such an action would make the searching process more efficient for us, as to do so only invites catastrophe.

>>324127

>Fun fact: They were never going to stop by Polah's place. Well, maybe not today. The Violet Sands kind of ruined all of that though.

Better safe than sorry, I guess.

>>324188

>Why don't we actually tally a proper vote then?

If we're doing this not everyone has responded and Ace hasn’t said anything so I’m not sure, then add another to the Tabitha tally.


34ccfe (1) No.324356>>324360

I'm gonna cast a vote for celibacy, at least until we complete our mission.

On that note, fuck the cult. We're about to reach the goal we've been working towards for this entire quest, and we can worry about other shit after we meet up with the GW and fulfill the main reason why we agreed to work with the twins in the first place. Once we're done with that and only that, I'm sure Ace doesn't have anything else planned for us to do :^) we can start up the Waifu Wars anew.

>>324335

better pick a side indecision-san


7b8d52 (11) No.324357>>324360

>>324188

Gonna go with Lizardcake.


24ca18 (140) No.324360>>324362 >>324363 >>324367 >>324370 >>324432

Oh boy, fun times, lets see what we got here…

>>324128

Well. That's up to you

You don't know but man, having Hent-ateh is one hell of a plant.

>>324135

It is incredibly unlikely that, if you split the party that way, that the group will be able to meet you in the palace.

>>324139

Oh ho, tricksy tricksy mister diehead

>>324188

Aight, I was hesitant to make a formal vote due to vote fixing, but I will assume each ID is one person and count it up.

Oh, and for that headpat, well it was supposed to be. She wasn't all over it and there's other things going on. You want to give her a real headpat? Not certain before going into battle is the best time but hey, if other people want sure I guess.

>>324190

Celibacy, kay

>>324200

That would have some excellent story potential, but man getting back into that palace may be rough later.

>>324232

Tabitha, kay

>>324241

TBH I had hoped people would go out or take a more active role, but oh well.

>>324242

hear, hear

>>324266

Dubs of tabs, aight. And I think he has started to see them as people, just I use descriptors like that because using the name every time gets repetitive

>>324305

Unlikely you will meet cultists on the way. Polah will not have you go through the Mushtarak district, where they all boiled out from.

>>324305

A vote for the birb I see

>>324353

Stick together eh, fair enough.

And another for the tabby

>>324356

Well you aren't going to pin Tabitha down and fuck her right now, so yes, anything would work until the end. Also Tabitha is in the lead with celibacy as well so yes, I can say Tabitha

>>324357

And more for Tabitha


9c9f30 (2) No.324362

>>324360

Not so fast! I vote for celibacy. There will be no waifus for Rommel for he is a true wizard even greater in willpower than the Grand Wizard himself


2ad4ba (5) No.324363

>>324360

I vote to waifu Tabitha


f94392 (18) No.324365

>>324118

I am this anon, and I vote Tabitha for the tally.


63a8b1 (6) No.324367>>324368 >>324370

>What do you do?

Ignore the cult entirely, go to the digging spot and get to work. Whether they succeed or not in their attack doesn't matter to us, either way they will be less of an issue for us later. Make sure to hide the entrances to our tunnel both at the surface and in the dungeon so no one notices, but don't collapse the tunnel because we can use it as a possible escape route once we have the parents with us if we need to. Go explore the dungeons in search of the parents on the off chance they're in the same place as the rest of the prisoners, using magesight to see their massive amounts of magic so we can locate them easier.

And use the dungeon to our advantage when needed. We have geomancy, might as well use it.

>>324188

>>324360

Vote for the best girl Tabitha.

It bugs me that the celibate group didn't say anything earlier about those scenes on the boat because if they win now then any development in that area already written down will be shat on


9c9f30 (2) No.324368

>>324367

We did tho


605a83 (8) No.324370

>>324360

Celibacy vote.

>>324367

It just means that Tabitha is a good friend. You don't have to lewd the friendo.


5fff95 (1) No.324432

>>324125

Go through with the plan, once we're inside send Erwin to scout out ahead, also if we run into any other prisoners we should act like we're there to set them free to increase the chances of getting some more allies

>>324360

casting a vote for tabitha


5ae47e (1) No.324446>>324468

File (hide): a7f05becf79b108⋯.png (242.52 KB, 490x490, 1:1, 1393557105370.png) (h) (u)

>>324351

Ebe

>Loves Rommel for who he is, no 'muh proving' required

>Compassionate and loyal

>Dark-skinned beauty

>Adores head pats

>Can be our rock and roll queen

Vs

Tabitha

>Old hag, dried up ovaries

>Aloof, altogether bitchy nature

>Settles for you cause she couldn't get BLAKED

>Cold-blooded, terrible to cuddle

>"Beat me in a sword fight or I'll never love you."

The choice really is obvious. To anyone without brain damage at least.


f94392 (18) No.324468

File (hide): 1371df6f4eae041⋯.jpg (35.01 KB, 400x265, 80:53, barren wasteland.jpg) (h) (u)

>>324446

>>Old hag, dried up ovaries

<What is mamono mana

>>Aloof, altogether bitchy nature

<Implying kuudere = bitchy

>>Settles for you cause she couldn't get

An upgrade isn't a settlement the way you describe it.

>>Cold-blooded, terrible to cuddle

<Implying she won't cuddle even harder trying to feel our warmth

>>"Beat me in a sword fight or I'll never love you."

<Not wanting a waifu that will improve your combat prowess

The correct choice is obvious.

Pic related, it's the birb's personality.


24ca18 (140) No.324525>>324526

>Story Continue

It doesn’t matter if you're ready or not, because the time is here. Closing your eyes, you take a deep breath and say, "Right then, let's do this."

The twins smile and both nod while the Tabitha and Alice adjust their swords. Ebe and Zoras look to each other before nodding, coming to some inner resolutions. You see Mr. Ed saunter up to the group and neigh while Erwin scampers onto your shoulders, giving you a foxy grin. Everyone's all here and everyone's prepared it seems.

{Sure you don't want someone scouting out the Violet Sands?} Erwin sends, giving you a knowing look.

{No.} You send, shaking your head. {The time for that is long past. What happens, happens, no matter if Helene… well, if she's involved then she's helping out her little brother again in a way.}

{Heh… if you say so. If you say so. You just don't want anyone getting hurt, huh?}

{Can you blame me?}

Erwin sends nothing further and instruct the others to get their belongings and prepare for battle. The whole time Polah stares out into nothingness, her eyes shifting as she coordinates multiple familiars. As the others finish preparing, she snaps her eyes back onto you and sends, {Are you ready to go already?}

"Almost." You say, nodding to the others. "Despite your crabby attitude, you've been a big help."

{What a charmer you are.} She mentally sneers. {Whatever, we're almost done with all of this anyway.}

"Polah, you don't get outside much, do you?"

The Griffon looks at you with a suspicious expression. {What does that matter?}

"Well, you're fairly good looking for a Monster and you seem to care a lot at least for your familars. Maybe you'd be less shy and crabby if you went outside every now and then."

{Griffons don't do that, we're not a common species of Monster and we're far more comfortable guarding something anyway.}

Rubbing the back of your head, you say, "If you say so. It's not really my place to say anything, I suppose. But since I doubt we'll be seeing each other again…" Looking down at your hand, you clench it tight before holding it up. "Let me give you a proper headpat."

{I-I don't want that.} Polah sends, looking nervous. {S-Stay away from me with that.}

Sylphie walks out of the room where the others are gathering their gear and pauses, looking over the scene. Cocking her head, she asks, "Are you going to pat her head?"

"Well." You say, shrugging. "I was going to try, but she doesn't want to."

"Oh wow, she doesn’t know what she's missing then." Sylphie giggles. "Or maybe Polah is secretly a prude." Polah glares at her and Sylphie blinks before smiling even wider. "Ohhhh, she's just embarrassed."

Must have been a sending between the two happening, because Polah grows redder and redder before crossing her arms and huffing. Her eyes flick up and down between you and the floor and she fidgets a few times before whispering, "Fine…"

"Hmm?" You ask, walking closer. "What's that?"

"I said it's fine…" Polah says, a little louder. "Don't make me say it again."

Looking at Sylphie, the Cat o'Ninetails waves at you to continue. Shaking your head, you place your hand upon Polah's head and something pulses through you. As if being called into action by a force far beyond your will, the pat powers take hold, this time with a vengeance.

Fingers course through Polah's unkempt hair, yet the strands part easily through your fingers. Finding the skin of her scalp, her eyes go wide as if nothing has ever touched such a place before. Quivering as you continue to explore the jungle of her hair, tears begin to form in the corners of her eyes. Whether or not these tears are from joy, fear, or sadness, you're not certain, but it's too late to stop now.

Polah makes to grab your hand with one of her claws, but you gently take it by the wrist with your other hand she submits, sinking her head into the pat. Tears fall down her cheeks as you continue to pat, your hand somehow shifting from the aggressive patting that left the other girls breathless into a gentle motion, something comforting.

As the last bit of tangled hair parts you bring your hand back and let go of Polah's wrist. She slumps for a moment, eyes staring down at nothing. The familiars in the room walk up to her and either crawl onto her shoulders or place a paw/hoof upon her legs until she shakes and then pulls her head up, wiping away the tears.

"Are… you okay?" You ask.


24ca18 (140) No.324526>>324527

>>324525

Staring at you with puffy, red eyes, Polah says, "No. But… thank you." Gently placing a talon atop the head of the rat who lead you to her before, she strokes his head before picking him up and handing him to you. The little rat doesn't spare a moment to jump onto your other shoulder and send to you,

{Right then, ya ready for this? Can't believe ya makin ma masta cry like that without marryin' her.}

Polah blushes and the rat shakes his head. The rest of your party make their way to the foyer, giving Polah odd looks as they do so. The Griffon stands tall, looking out over all of them and then says, voice clear, "Go and do what you came here for."

This is the most shocking thing of all it seems as judged by the reactions of Sophie and Zoras. Nodding at Polah, you reply, "That's the plan. You stay safe too."

Polah begins to say something but then hesitates and looks to the side. She sends, {We'll be fine, I have much advanced notice and the fighting isn't heading this direction anyway. It's moving West.}

"Thanks again." You say one last time before gathering up your things as well. Making for the door, you give the place once last look before nodding and heading outside into the night.

The cool air of the desert evening mixed with some humidity from the river tickles your face and you shiver for a moment after coming from the relative warmth of the house. Looking about, you don't see anyone moving through the side street, but farther away you hear a commotion and see someone run by in confusion. The rat tells you where to go and you group follows the lead, heading northwest.

The side streets are plentiful in the Tajir district and you're able to skirt the main streets rather effectively, heading around The Great Bazaar. Once or twice you pass by one of the main roads to see a flood of people swarming toward the town gates. Some people make for the way you came, toward the Gate of Gold, while others make toward the river docks in the Mina district. A few mill about in a panic while some others take the opportunity to loot stores. All of them, however, watch the smoke rising from the north, in the Mushtarak district, with anxiety.

Guards are few and far between here and they have no time to question your group, especially not with looters and others trying to flee the city. Like it or not, by now everyone's heard of the cult uprising and they're scared. This has spurred the guards further into action and allows you to get closer to the Palace without suspicious eyes following you.

Of course, things get more difficult once you reach the Alnabil district. While parts of the district were evacuating,those on the Tajir district side have holed up, private guards outside estates watching for trouble-makers as a few of the Guard run past from the capital. Some common folk make their way too, along with merchants seeking safe haven, but the main thing you're concerned with is what your rat friend spots.

There's a group of people, a trickle in some places, larger in others, heading toward the Palace, likely thinking it’s the safest place to be. Following commands from Polah via the rat, you merge in with this group, which steadily grows larger. No one thinks to question why you're in this mix, they're too scared. While technically you're moving closer to the smoke, it's still toward the Palace, so clearly it's safer. Right?

The Guards that pass by don't have the time to deal with you, however when the Palace walls come into sight, you're greeted by multiple guards standing outside and the gates closed. People mill about in a panic, asking to be let into the grounds. The stoic Anubis say nothing while looking over the people, only shoving them out of the way if another patrol leaves to head into the city.

Some people catch the feeling on the wind and bleed out towards the west of the city. The Guards barely pay them any attention and thus you follow them, heading away while sticking close to the walls. As you pass, one of the Anubis gives your group a critical look and seems as if she's about to say something, but is distracted by a loud, fat woman who demands to be taken to see the Pharaoh. The butt end of a spear in the gut is enough to quiet her down, however.


24ca18 (140) No.324527>>324528

>>324526

{Aye, just like that. On the Northwest side of the walls, there's a sallyport, not used too often a' course and it's barred rather well, but if you know how to jiggle the lock just right, then ya in.} The rat sends as you break toward that way. Some of the people leaving the front of the Palace follow you since it seems you know what you're doing, but some quick stings by Zoras has them incapacitated before they can make much of a ruckus.

Hiding them quickly, you continue toward this gate and find it easily enough. As you stand there, waiting for the rat to go in and open it, the door swings open and another familiar, a cat this time, saunters forward and looks at all of you.

{Well now, isn't this a motley crew~.} The cat mentally purrs. {Well, follow me so I can go back to being pampered by Mistress Polah~.}

You can't tell, but you think she sounds a mix of annoyed and amused. Cats, right? Anyway, though it's a tight squeeze, Mr. Ed and Zoras are able to make it in and you soon find yourself in the Palace grounds. Thankfully no one is present, though you doubt the cat would have lead you into a trap at this point. Polah could have betrayed you at any point, so why now?

The domed towers of the palace loom ahead of you while around the grounds are various gardens filled with plants that do not normally grow in the desert. Small buildings for gardeners, etc dot the grounds as well, giving you some cover as you move toward the larger structures of the Palace.

It was hard to really gauge the size of the Palace from a distance, but it's utterly huge. There are about four towers with the domed roofs in addition to the massive, central domed tower which looms over various wings of the Palace, each larger than the mansions outside. Some parts seem newer than others, but overall the place feels ancient, like a piece of history right before your eyes. Part of you feels bad for digging into it but… well, no time for such worries.

You pause a few times, hiding behind Sylphie's magicks as some normal Anubis Guards pass by on their patrol routes. While most personnel seem to have been moved inside for safety, keeping guards on regular patrols seems routine. Besides, with the ruckus you assume the Violet Sands are making, it's unlikely that they'd not know about anyone moving inside the Palace. That, or they don't believe that anyone making it inside could hurt the Pharaoh anyway.

It takes some time, but eventually you reach the shuttered service doors Polah mentioned. It's a simple pair of metal doors leading at an angle downward toward some basement complex. Locks are placed all through the handles, but once they're removed with some simple magic, the doors open to reveal multiple layers of a building material that looks like heavy mortar forming a thick, impenetrable wall that would take ages to dig through for someone with a pickaxe.

Thankfully, you have magic! With the others guarding you, both you and Sylphie get to work removing all the material, opening the passageway. It's faster than you expected, the stuff seperating out easily enough, and you spill it into the chamber beneath as opposed to out where you are. Once a large enough hole is made, Tabitha slides in, followed by Alice and Sophie. You have to work very hard, but eventually it's large enough for Zoras and then Mr. Ed, the horse looking annoyed at being squeezed in twice in a row.

Before entering, the cat and rat before align before you and confirm the end of the deal. They held up their end of the bargain, as you have with Polah. Nodding your head in affirmative, they scamper away and you enter into the service tunnel. Once inside, you close the doors again and hope no one notices the missing locks before you're done. Turning to your group, you make sure everyone is accounted for and take stock of your surroundings.

This part of the service tunnels is dark, with no candles being lit, and covered in cobwebs. Clearly no one comes down here any longer. In the distance you see a faint light, so you keep your staff light off and creep forward. Erwin scouts ahead, sighting no one and you follow through, coming into a brighter, better kept tunnel complex.

It's large enough for many servants to move through, though at the moment it's quiet. Too quiet… Yet despite waiting for a trap, nothing arises. Looking a little concerned, you push out with your [Survey] but find… nothing? Trying again, you realize that it's not your magic that's broken, it's the Palace itself! Looking to Sylphie, she nods in agreement, bewildered.

"It's like… the Palace walls reject magic." She whispers, producing a small flame before snuffing it out. "Can still cast though. But Rommel, this is going to make direct Geomancy difficult."


24ca18 (140) No.324528>>324529

>>324527

Without the benefits of your [Survey], you're left with the [Palace Map] that Ammon gave you. There's some of the service tunnels listed, but nowhere near all of them. You're able to find where you are though, and use it to orient yourself toward the dungeons, which are apparently quite large. Having the Cat o'Ninetails listening for any danger, you continue forward under a [Privacy barrier].

Sophie's tails, now freed from their confinement, twitch behind her as she moves, listening for signs of trouble. She stops you a few times, and you hear the scurrying of feet from servants or otherwise echo through the tunnels. Only once do you run into a servant, a demure woman who almost lets out a scream but is tied up by Sophie before she can do so and given a sting by Zoras. Quickly drifting off, she's hidden around a corner and you continue forward with a little more urgency.

Voice sound ahead and while they don't sound urgent, it makes it less likely that you're able to get to where you need to be without trouble. You continue moving until you reach a section of tunnels which opens up into a larger cooridor where multiple voices are heard.

[Have you heard what is happening outside?] A male voice asks in Ectrian. [The cultists are attacking!]

[Well, it makes them easier to put down once and for all.] A female voice says. [I figured they'd get uppity once the Royal Guard came back.]

[Yes, but they say an Apophis is leading them!]

[In the heart of the city? Preposterous. You should get back to work. Tomorrow will be just like any other day.]

The two continue to chat for a little longer before they leave, confirmed by Erwin. Thankful for not needing to start a ruckus, you move through quickly and head to the dungeons. Searching around the corridor leading to the dungeon, Erwin spies two guards standing at attention, both Anubis with halbreds and curved swords. The space is too confined to sneak through and you need to take care of both of them before they can call the alarm.

Pulling out pieces of [Ronnie], you prepare to leap out and fire a [Pebble Gun] when Tabitha steps forward. She takes in a deep breath, puts a hand on her sword, then charges forward. You move after her for support, but you're too late to do anything as she jumps onto the wall, presses off with her legs, and in one motion cuts the throats of both guards before they can do anything. Clutching at their bleeding necks, both Anubis collapse to the ground in spasms before dying a rather horrific death.

With them dead, you enter the dungeon proper. Sophie searches over the guards but is unable to find any keys, meaning they're not the actual jailors? Damnit. Moving forward with caution though, you enter into a large chamber lined with row after row of cages packed with prisoners. Some are men, some are Monsters, however all of them look at you with a mix of confusion and hope. They also all start immediately shouting at you to let them loose.

There's too many of them to put a privacy barrier around all of them so you don't even bother. Though the girls try to keep them quite, they just won't shut up until you use your magic to break the locks on the nearest cage. Apparently the bars aren't resistant to magical tampering at least though the stone is, oddly enough. The three men inside pile out as soon as you open the cage and walk up to you amidst the clamor.

[Who are you, oh great savior?]

Thinking quickly, you say, [We are of the Violet Sands.]

Some of the prisoners look at you with wary eyes while others cheer. The men before you smile broadly,[Then you are here to free us?! They brought in the high leader today but I did not expect anyone to rescue her so soon!] The man pops his knuckles. [I will die for the Violet Sands! Give me a weapon and I will fight! So will we all!]

The men cheer and you have Sylphie get to work making them weapons from their cages. As she does so, you free another few prisoners, including an Anubis who has more bruises than unblemished skin. Apparently the Anubis in the Palace do not take well to Anubis who work against them, even more than they hate cultists in general..


24ca18 (140) No.324529>>324538 >>324545 >>324553 >>324573 >>324580 >>324585 >>324808

>>324528

Sylphie hands her a makeshift spear just as a commotion sounds before you. Loud, furious braying is heard from further down the cavernous complex and the men next to you flinch in reflexive fear. The Anubis you freed growls, "The jailor and her pack…"

As she says this, three Anubis in the livery of the Palace appear, weapons held at the ready. One of them has similar garb as the Warden from near Gahn though the other two seem to be normal Anubis. They look around at the clamoring prisoners and then to you, growling at your presence. The warden begins to glow with the runic tattoos, turning her magic resistance wards inward and gaining physical resistance.

They don't engage however, standing their ground as another Anubis pads forward. Standing slightly taller than the others, she wears finery that doesn't impede her movements and which reveals a series of complex tattoos on her skin. In her paws she holds a double headed axe while a pair of wickedly sharp blades sit on her belt. A set of keys catches your eye as well, and you try to grab it with your magic before she can react, but nothing happens- her wards have extended to the keys just like the weapons when Alice fought the Royal Guard in the desert.

[What is this.] The Jailor shouts, voice booming. The prisoners quiet down, looking afraid of her, even those outside the cells. [Who are you treading in my domain?]

Ebe steps forward, gulping, [W-We're here as part of the Violet Sands!]

[Here to free your comrades then? Hmm. I didn't think any of you had gotten past the Guard outside, especially with a horse in tow, but how curious.] She rests her axe on her shoulders, looking at all of you.

Stepping forward, you ask, [Don't do this, bring us to the high value prisoners.]

[Hmph, your Cult leader was being tortured before we were interrupted. She's not really in a good place to do much of anything anyway though-] She cuts off as she noticed Sophie and Sylphie. Her eyes go flat and she chuckles. [Ah, so that's the game is it. No matter.]

Pulling the weapon down from her shoulders and placing it into her paws, she growls, [No one has ever escaped this dungeon alive. You, the Monster Lady, no one! As a Handmaiden, I'd rather die than let that happen.]

You've fought Anubis before, and while tough enemies, this one feels on a whole other level. She fairly radiates power and you know damn well that magic will be nearly impossible to use on her. Without the guarantee of your Geomancy on the walls and floor, you're going to have to rely on getting creative here.

Gods help you.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.324530>>324538 >>324541 >>324567

Uh oh! You didn't think you could waltz in and free them, did you?

Well goshes, guess it's time to fight, oh dear me.

Also, I'm pretty sure Tabitha won the poll guys. So.

Guess most people want cold blooded cuddles I guess. You have other, important things to worry about at the moment.


f94392 (18) No.324538>>324540 >>324555 >>324572

File (hide): f63c8db281f4806⋯.gif (2.11 MB, 330x166, 165:83, plebs.gif) (h) (u)

>>324529

>The men cheer and you have Sylphie get to work making them weapons from their cages.

So we can manipulate the metal cages? Good. We should have Alice cut off the walls off the cages so that we can freely manipulate them into surrounding the Anubis, or sandwiching them all between two of them for further interrogation. Our length of chain could also help doing this, but I don't remember how long it is. Tabitha and Sophie should be able to hold them off. Sylphie can either help us get the cages ready or help Tabitha and Sophie fight the Anubis. If Ebe's songs will work on the Anubis, then she should work on maming them drowsy or weaker. If not, Sylphie could help her with a few amplified power chords to disorientate them.

>>324530

Best girl prevails. Ebefags and Celibacyfags can stay mad.


f94392 (18) No.324540

>>324538

>then she should work on maming them drowsy or weaker.

shit, I meant to say making. I don't think Ebe will be doing very much maiming.


aaf2c9 (15) No.324541>>324572

>>324530

Would geoflexing count as use of magic upon the rock? A second question I have is that handmaidens cant really be affected by magic but physics still apply correct. I believe we covered this the last time that they can stop the magic acting upon an object but if that object is in motion they will jot automatically stop it? should we use pebblegun could we use it to at the very least distract her or kill her companions?


725c56 (20) No.324545>>324555 >>324572 >>324574 >>324580

File (hide): 08812e5d7daf9b1⋯.jpg (1.86 MB, 4844x3638, 2422:1819, __gilgamesh_fate_stay_nigh….jpg) (h) (u)

>>324529

>Apparently the bars aren't resistant to magical tampering

We should quickly rip as many of the bars off with our magic, fashion them into spears and launch them all at her, maybe see if we can add electricity to them as well.

Also call them mongrels while we're at it


41b851 (1) No.324553

>>324529

Fuck this lady. Let Tabitha and Alice pick her apart while we stay ranged and harass/create openings. Make some golems and have them latch onto her ankles or just generally get in her way. Shoot pieces of Ronnie at her, just avoid direct combat and play support.


7b8d52 (11) No.324555>>324572 >>324574 >>324580

>>324538

>>324545

YES! YES! YES!

All our training will now pay off. It does not matter how fucking OP this bitch is against magic. She is trapped underground in a tight corridor with nowhere to dodge and is standing right in front of us.

Rip out every cell cage out of the walls, break them apart into little pieces of Ronnie and execute our soldier's ultimate: [Metal Storm] by launching the vicious cloud of shrapnel down the corridor while Sylphie simultaneously boosts it with a [Gale Force] and a [Twister] to completely annihilate the handmaiden and her backup.

BEHOLD THE TRUE POWER OF GENERAL ROMMEL!


dfab2c (1) No.324567>>324572 >>324588

>>324530

>not waifuing the autistic Hikigriff

I hope some other wizard makes her happy someday ;_;


24ca18 (140) No.324572

>>324538

>>324545

>>324555

Oh god.

>>324541

Uhm, no as you have shot them in the head before, they can't stop physics.

>>324567

Polah is a gud girl who will be getting gud girl art soon.

…. man I wish I had the full res of this other piece though. Now I'm getting the commission jitters again and-

Oh yes, the Pharaoh herself needs art doesn't she…


12c6de (3) No.324573

>>324529

use random magic to easily kill her, worked for all other enemies so far.


12c6de (3) No.324574

>>324545

>>324555

Why not use gravitation magic and crush her into a tiny ball, since mc's magic power is all-powerful and unlimited?


ef42d2 (4) No.324580>>324708

>>324529

>I'd rather die than let that happen

That can be… No, it's low hanging fruit

Her attire isn't magic-proof right? Superheat her clothing, it'll be especially effective if she's wearing metal, in fact if she's wearing any metal, even jewellery, we can move the metal to her throat and slit it or just cut her tendons so she can't move if we need her.

This applies to all the guards, and we can even use materials the prisoners have.

>>324555

>>324545

>spears

Sharpen the edges and turn them into giant saw blades and heat them up too and also electrocute them.


33b124 (1) No.324585

>>324529

Use [Sonic Blast] to discombobulate them. Then use a Double-barreled [Shotgun pebbles]. Aiming primary at the head pooch.


727ef0 (15) No.324588>>324708

File (hide): 5bd0424c36fc1a3⋯.png (Spoiler Image, 1.49 MB, 1920x1080, 16:9, Six_Paths_Pain.png) (h) (u)

>>>>324545

Yeah, We're going with this. And thebit about calling them mongrels is mandatory. The situation is just to perfect. If we're going to be channeling Gil here then we have to go overboard. 15-20 bars isn't enough. Shove a couple hundred down their throats.

And since we're taking inspiration from eastern theater, This is a good time to bring up this question I've had for awhile. I don't know if you were a viewer of Naruto, But these dudes Related are basically dead bodies that are being controlled by another guy further away by using the piercings as makeshift receivers. Could Rommel actually pull off something similar if he tried for a couple years? Not talking about the mind control and reanimation aspect, But would it theoretically possible for Rommel to gain rudimentary control of someone's body if they had enough metal implanted/impaled into the right spots, Like a puppet? Plausible or Nah?

>>324567

Not gonna lie, I to really found Polah appealing. Not sure if its just because I like Griffons or I find autist monsters who love animals cute. Shame she wasn't part of the Waifu route.


24ca18 (140) No.324708

>>324580

The keys on her belt are magic proof and like so is her weapon. It's highly likely her clothes are too thanks to the natural resistance that Anubis have, especially a handmaiden.

>>324588

I remember Naruto ages ago. I never finished it.

Anyway, dead bodies? Sure, I guess. However a living person is very unlikely due to the way the magic interplays with their life force. It would make it very hard to get a grasp on the metal at that point and the results would be miserably poor.

Polah is a gud girl, isn't she? Poor thing though, you made her cry.


ecacb2 (31) No.324808

>>324529

The idea others have suggested of utilising the metal from the cages to launch a swarm of projectiles towards the Jailor and her pack is far too good to pass up, and frankly it’s our best bet right now since our other magic fails against them for the time being and we sure as hell aren’t fighting someone in close-quarter combat when they’re implied to be much more skilful than us and are using a weapon we’ve never fought against, so definitely do that with either small fragments or sharpened rods as both are simple to make and trying to be fancy will only end poorly for us. For my own input on the attack, consider using [Shatter] on the metal sticking out of our opponents following the initial swarm as a coup de grâce to cause the pieces to explode and send fragments throughout their bodies to cut their insides into bloody ribbons something like what Gáe Bulg does if you’re aware of the myth, as such a move is both practically impossible to counter or mitigate once set up and likely kill them very quickly due to massive internal blood loss they would suffer. Alternatively, have Sylphie cast [Thunderstrike] or [Chain Lightning] the moment they trade magical resistance for physical resistance, since there should be no way for them to dodge this with the metal attracting the spell.

On the topic of defence, make sure to put some of the metal aside so we can use it for something like [Rock Solid] or [Build the Wall] in case anyone finds themselves in an inescapable position or in close range when they really shouldn’t be, as we can’t use the dungeon bricks for this due to that protective enchantment they have and we don’t have anything like [Shield Circle] to use instead. Once the Anubi drop their magical resistance, we should be able to disarm them with [Metallurgy] or [Gust] to somewhat limit their effectiveness, so consider doing that too. Also, keep a [Health Potion] ready for immediate usage just in the off chance our defensive manoeuvres fail and anyone in our party takes heavy damage.

One last thing worthy of mention about this situation is to avoid letting anyone escape the battle, which should be easy enough as there isn’t much space to move around in and there are only four of them. Our opponents are not only aware of a break in occurring in the dungeons, but the Jailor seems to know who Sophie and Sylphie are and why they’re here, so letting anyone in this group get away would allow them to warn all of the other guards in the palace about the attack, thus making proceeding further in much more difficult for us and impossible to do with any stealth, and tell the Prophet about the Cat O’Ninetails in her home, which may lead to her directing even more guards towards us or possibly dealing with us herself, both of which are obviously terrible outcomes. It’s likely that anyone who tries to run would have dropped their magical resistance at that point, so use something they can’t outrun or dodge like [Lightning Bolt], [Razor Wind] or [Twister] with some leftover metal to finish them off before they can get far.


24ca18 (140) No.324852>>324854

>Story continue

Instead of letting you have time to think things over too much, the Anubis charge your position. Though they are not overly large, they are still imposing as they charge at you, weapons leveled. You barely have enough time to push Ebe backward along with yourself as the Warden, body glowing red with tattoos makes it in first, howling as she drives forward her spear.

Thanks to your training, you catch it with your staff and then yelp as her strength tears the staff from your hands. Before you can react, she lets go of the spear with one hand and backhands you, the blow sending you backward, stars crossing your vision. You hit the ground hard and with a dazed expression, feeling hands on you dragging you backward as steel rings nearby.

"Rommel!" Ebe says, shaking you. Head still swimming, she leans down and uses a wing to cup your ear before whispering a song into your ear. Your whole body seems to shake and then, almost explosively, everything comes back into focus. You gasp and look to Ebe before turning back to the battle you were so rudely taken out of.

The Warden, her initial attack happening so quickly, has been countered by both Alice and Tabitha, the two turning her aside with their weapons. The Warden seems to instinctively know not to fuck with Alice's blade and shows far more control than the one in the desert. As she pulls back, however, the other two Anubis move in, their weapons going toe to toe with Alice's glowing sword and Tabitha's burning blade.

Sophie shrugs off her outer clothing, freeing her up to battle and her tails flash out before her. She makes to move in and strike at the flanks of one of the regular Anubis when she pulls back the double bladed axe of the Jailor slams into the ground, sending up a shower of rock. The Cat o'Ninetails looks up and snarls as the Handmaiden pulls back the weapon again with shocking speed.

"Hmph." The Handmaiden sneers before she swipes with the axe again, this time a horizontal cut. Sophie's eyes go wide and she drops flat to the floor, barely missing getting cut as the axe slices overhead. In the relative confines of the dungeon, there isn't much room for the axe to travel in this arc and you look on in surprise as the angle seems to head straight for one of the other Anubis! Clearly Sophie didn't think she'd do this, and nor did Alice who notices it just in time to raise her sword and catch the axe blow on the side of the blade.

The force of it sends her spinning, but you snap your eyes to the Anubis she was fighting only to see the Monster drop as well, seemingly knowing it was going to occur. Either they have something between them or they've trained for such things extensively. Because of this, however, it allows the Warden to move into the gap and strike at Alice, her weapon moving with berserk speed. The only reason Alice isn't run through is Sophie lashing out with a tail and hooking the leg of the Anubis, dragging her to the floor with a quick yank.

Sylphie stands next to you, tails spread out behind her and staff at the ready as she surveys the situation, looking for openings. Mr. Ed stands next to her, the horse seeming incredibly out of place in the dungeon, but where else would he be? Beside them is Zoras, the Girtablilu skittering forward to grab your staff and throw it back to you. She looks about the corridor and curses, leaping onto the wall to stick there and survey for a moment to strike. The Anubis don't seem to pay her any mind, but she's still wary.

Despite the best efforts of your friends, the numbers and the skill of the opponents are telling. Alice and Tabitha can easily hold their own, however they're unable to drive any decisive blows because of the hit and run tactics of the Anubis with the Warden. Sophie is forced to drive back as well, the Handmaiden proving too powerful an opponent for her, forcing Tabitha to pick up the slack. In such a short period of time, it's obvious this isn't going to work.


24ca18 (140) No.324854>>324855

>>324852

So, that leaves magic. Picking yourself up, you fire pieces of Ronnie into the mix, but have to be careful with your shots as not to hit your friends, which is too difficult in this setting. The shots you do fire either miss or are deflected somehow, the Handmaiden catching them on her axe. Unfortunately your other spells would also cause too much damage down here and you can't just manipulate the walls to your liking or this would have been easy. Besides, with their magical resistance, you'd need something physical to attack them with. Think… think…

A prisoner nearby clamors on his cage and shouts for you to free him. Growling, you put the man out of your mind before you snap your vision to the bars of the cages. THOSE aren't magically resistant at all, are they? Made of a decent variety of steel, they're sturdy, heavy, and are meant to stick around. Best of all, your magic will work on them.

Trouble is, they're bored into the ground and you don't have to the time to remove them all easily. Sylphie might be able to help with some pyromancy, but that will still take too much time. No, the best option would be something that could cut through them, something like a sword, a sword with a magical-

Okay look, you need Alice.

Unfortunately, Alice is currently one of the lynchpins of your forward line, her blade keeping the Warden at bay while turning aside the other Anubis. You can hold your own with a sword or a spear now, but you make absolutely no pretensions as to your ability to square off against these Anubis before you, especially not that Warden. You wouldn't last long enough for Alice to cut open half a cage, let alone multiple cages.

So what? Your magic can't hold them back for long, however if you had something like a shield, something that could intercept their blows… of course, you've been training for this. Quickly pulling Ronnie out of your pockets, you fashion him into plates of metal. Grabbing the roughly made weapons from the already opened bars you slap the pieces of Ronnie onto it to as a framework, creating a bulwark before you in a half-circle. It isn't the thickest, but it grants you 180 degrees of protection… you hope.

"Rommel, what the fuck?!" Sylphie asks, looking confused. "What are you doing?"

"Just cover me and help Alice, alright!" You shout, steeling yourself. You left a hole open so you can see through your shield as well as wrapped your [Chain] around the outside, partially to secure it further. Taking a deep breath, you prepare yourself and charge into the battle.

The Anubis look at you with confusion as you barrel into them, whipping out with the chain to drive at one of them. The chain grabs her spear and you yank it from her hands. Even though your magic hold on the chain vanishes when you grab her weapon, there's enough not affected to yank backward. Disoriented, the Anubis falls back and draws her spear as the Warden charges in at you, driving forward a series of blows.

The first few ring off your bulwark while one punctures through, the head of her spear hitting a section of the metal without a framework. She pulls it out and you quickly repair the rent before shouting to Alice, "Go! Cut the bars and make more of these!"

Alice gives you a confused look but doesn't question the order, disengaging with her sword held out, slicing easily through the metal bars of the cages. They drop to the ground with loud clatters as the prisoners come loose, some spilling out from where you came while others meet with their friends near Sylphie, cheering you on.

You have limited time to think of that as you concentrate on keeping the enemies driven backward with your crude protection. The chain whips out at the Anubis, keeping them on their toes and you feel things are going well until Sophie screams. Turning your concentration over to the Cat o'Ninetails, you see her flying into you. On reflex, you turn your shield with your magic as not to have her fly into it and catch her, the momentum of which driving you backward to land into your shield.

The two of you slide as you hold her close until you collide with the wall, the jarring impact making your teeth clatter. Sophie shakes her head and then nods sharply before gasping. Taking her meaning, you quickly turn the protective device over you, creating a covering as a moment later a sword thrusts through the center, piercing the thinner pieces of iron. Thankfully Sophie catches the blade with one of her tails and together you heave the attacker off, rotating the shield again to drive them back.


24ca18 (140) No.324855>>324856

>>324854

The Anubis you took the spear from staggers back with her sword drawn, looking at you in confusion. In her momentary lapse of judgment however, Sylphie takes the opportunity to fire a [Pebble Gun], the projectile piercing through the skull of the Anubis and dropping her lifeless to the floor. The other Anubis notices this and screams, charging at the Cat o'Ninetails. Sylphie yelps and holds up her staff before her too quickly and cries out as her shoulder gives her pain, staggering backward.

As the Anubis charging, Zoras leaps down from the wall, knives raised. She lands atop the Anubis, flattening her to the ground. Holding her tail up, she drives it toward the Monster's body, but she dodges it and kicks upward with her legs, driving Zoras backward. Rolling to her feet, the Anubis's eyes go wide as Mr. Ed's back hooves slam into her face, throwing her backward with a cry of pain. The Warden catches her with that super quick speed and places her on even footing, the two glaring at the horse.

Sophie springs from your arms and assumes a fighting stance next to you as you slam the wall into place again, feeling some mental taxation from keeping all these working parts together. Appraising the situation, you notice that the Handmaiden hasn't made an attack on you. Daring to take a look, you pan over to watch for a moment.

The Jailor's axe swings downward, to which Tabitha catches the blow with her sword, turning it aside. She makes a kick with her legs, but the Handmaiden grabs her adamantium foot with surprising strength and flips Tabitha, the Lizardman spinning midair before stabilizing and dropping to her feet, narrowly missing a blow from the axe again. Sneering, the Handmaiden makes to attack again but Tabitha drives her sword upward, drawing a line of scarlet blood along her opponents arm.

Unfortinatrely, the Handmaiden doesn't seem to care much about his, having as much physical resistance as the Warden does it seems. She barrels into Tabitha, the weight of her assault forcing Tabitha on the backfoot. Using the axe's butt, she drives it into Tabitha and makes ready to swing the axe again when Alice leaps into the fray, intercepting the blow and allowing Tabitha to recover.

"Ha, looked like you were in trouble!" Alice chuckles.

"Shut up." Tabitha growls in reply.

"Hey, Rommel!" Alice shouts. "It's ready!" Before you can reply, she rolls to the side as Tabitha charges in, using the momentum to spring up and strike at the Warden before she can charge at you and Sophie again.

Out of immediate danger, you turn your gaze to the piles of metal bars lining the floors and the multiple men, women, and Monsters milling about in confusion. Collapsing your shield, you take the cell bars used in its construction and shout at the prisoners, "Gather them all together!"

Confused, they respond and in moments you have them in a pile. Moving into the pile, you begin to quickly reach out and take control over all the bars, a process that isn't as quick as it looks, as there has to be dozens of them.

The Jailor, seeing their tactics failing, disengages from Tabitha to form up again with the other two guards. Holding her weapon before her, she barks and order and the other two comply. Alice's eyes go wide as they form up on Sophie, finding her the weakest link and the swordswoman goes to save her only to find herself under pressure from the Warden who feints and the Jailor, both of whom pressure her.

The Warden sweeps her legs while the Handmaiden raises her axe to split Alice in twain. Tabitha leaps to intercept, but won't be able to reach in time. As the axe comes down, you shout, "DROP DOWN NOW!"

Tabitha snaps her head to you and hits the floor, Sophie doing the same without needing to be told twice. Alice looks up in horror but the axe deviates to the side before hitting her. Blinking in surprise, the swordswoman looks up at the Handmaiden in confusion before turning to look at what her opponent is looking at.

Standing before a crowd of nervous prisoners, you have your hands out before you, magical energies rippling about you. Surrounding you in the dungeon are a veritable wall of steel bars cut from their holdings, edges sharp from Alice's sword sheering them. Taking in a few breaths from the effort, you stare down the Jailor and without further waiting, hurl the projectiles toward her and the other Anubis.


24ca18 (140) No.324856>>324857 >>324904

>>324855

Perhaps if there was more space, they could have stood a chance. As it was, they're in a dungeon with few areas to turn and run. Sadly, they are not near any of the side passages either. With no recourse and the projectiles moving too quickly, the three Anubis hold up their weapons and cry out in defiance.

The regular Anubis is struck through the arm, a leg, then through the torso, slamming her backward and pinning her to the ground as she screams in agony. The warden catches a projectile, dodges another, but then falls victim to one slamming into her leg and pinning her to the ground. Another one takes off her head.

The blade off the Jailor's axe catches a few of the projectiles, forcing her backward from the blow while others graze her skin or dig furrows into her body, but don't incapacitate her. Howling at the maelstrom, a bar takes the axe from her hands and she staggers backward, arms wide open. She stares at you with anger in her eyes, the initial thrust of bars having been weathered.

Unfortunately for her, you had a few left in reserve. With barely a motion, you throw them again before she has time to recover. Try though she might, one catches her in her abdomen, driving her backward and impaling her into a wall next to a cage… with some unfortunate prisoners who were caught in your barrage. The Monster coughs up blood and puts her paws upon the bar, her tattoos flaring with power before flickering.

Her face pale, she looks at you again and tries to say something but only vomits more blood. Holding up your hand, you make to deliver a finishing blow, but Zoras puts a hand on your shoulder and shakes her head. Turning to her and then to the Jailor, you find the life is gone from her eyes and she slumps, dead.

The prisoners, the ones who aren't dead anyway, shout in joy and adoration, rushing to give you all accolades. Mr. Ed protects Sylphie from the men while Ebe gulps and tries to keep them from touching her too much. Tabitha and Alice put on too much of an imposing figure and Sophie, well, Sophie seems fine with it.

You get your own share of the people as well, men congratulating you. Waving them away, you look to the other prisoners and shout for Alice to free them. She goes about doing so easily and you turn back to the prisoners to ask,

"Do you know if they're keeping a Monster who looks like those two down here?"

Most of the prisoners shake their heads, but one steps forward, a man who seems a little thin, and says, "Aye, I've seen her brought back and forth under heaving bindings."

"Did she go with a man with hair like mine?"

"Ah…" The man thinks. "No, it was always alone."

"I… see." You say, looking worried. "Where is she being kept?"

"I don't know, we don't really… get out much." The man chuckles before coughing. "But they're further down there.

Tabitha walks up with the keys from the Jailor and says, "Alright, let's do what we came here to do."

Nodding, you make to go when the man asks, "What! How are things up there?"

Frowning, you look back the way you came, noticing more prisoners leaving. No sense in subtlely now. "Well." You say, shaking your head. "The Violet Sands have risen up from the Mushtarak district. The… the Apophis have returned."

A silence fills the room as the prisoners take this in. Some of their eyes go wide and other look at you with open mouths. It lasts for only a moment before those aligned with the cult shout in joy, holding up their hands in worship. They dash forward and grab the fallen bars and weapons to use and form together as the beaten Anubis says,

"First, we free our leader, next, we kill the Pharaoh!"

The cultists shout in approval and their ranks swell as the dungeon is cleared. Gathering up your party, you make your way forward, keys in hand, toward the back parts of the dungeon. You pass by some rooms with blood stains where the cultists bring out a beaten Lamia, her skin bruised and multiple cuts on her body. She really doesn't seem to be in the spirits to do much of anything, but she whispers orders to the cultists as best she can. Her eyes drift over to you and she nods her head slowly, clearly seeming to recognize you somehow.


24ca18 (140) No.324857>>324858 >>324860 >>324861 >>324869 >>324878 >>324901 >>324902 >>324997

>>324856

Moving further down the dungeons, you begin to enter areas where there are no prisoners. Turning down a hallway that's dimly lit, you find at the end of it a door with multiple runic sigils on it. Cocking your head, you walk forward but are stopped by Sylphie who hisses, "Wait!"

Blinking, you turn on your [Mage Sight] to see the true nature of the runes. Laced within them are traps that only those magically resistant would be able to get away from unscathed. Cursing, you make to use your [Reverse Polarity] when Sylphie says,

"I'll [Dispell] them."

"Huh?" You ask as she begins to work magic on the runes.

"It's… something Dad taught me. Takes time to do but it's efficient. These sigils weren't really meant to keep out the wary so I think I can break them."

"I see." You say, waiting patiently as Sylphie works her magic.

The Cat o'Ninetails begins to sweat a little as she works, but one by one, the traps fade away until the hallway is clear. All the clamor of men behind you is gone by the time it's done- you figure they've gone to go cause havoc upstairs. Not caring much about that at this point, you hold the heavy set of keys in your hands and walk forward again before being stopped once more.

"Ahh, bloody hells, wait a second." Zoras says, skittering forward. She cocks her head and then chuckles. "Of course it wouldn't be that easy." She moves a little bit and touches out with a scorpion leg before nodding and saying, "Trapped with mundane traps too. Seems high profile targets here. One moment then."

With dexterity that a scorpion shouldn't possess, Zoras moves her hands, disarming traps with various clicking sounds. Now it's time for Sophie and Sylphie to look anxious, getting excited and then saddened whenever they hear a trap being disarmed, hoping it’s the last one. Eventually Zoras wipes her brow and says, "Alright, that's that then."

"Now?" You ask, and no one else objects. Walking forward, you make your way to the door and put a few keys in before the lock clicks open. Slowly opening the door, you peer inside the room.

It's much larger than you'd expect and has only one source of light- a small lantern hanging on the ceiling. It swings ever so gently, casting vague illuminations against the walls. Chains creak and shackles rustle as something stirs within. Holding up your staff, you cast a light out over the room, illuminating it further. Focusing your sight, you see two shapes in the room, shackled to opposite walls and your eyes go wide.

On the left is a tall, formerly toned Monster with Red hair that looks faded in the fey light. She has black furred feline ears and paws, with more human, yet still furred hands and sharp claws. Her attire is a ripped and torn tunic, barely covering her shame and show many bruises and cuts on her once tanned skin. Though her arms and legs are chained to the wall, behind her seven tails are chained up as well, their bladed end blunted and firmly in place.

As you enter and cast your light, she winces and looks at you with green, confused eyes. Her mouth works soundlessly for a moment before she asks, "Who… the Hells are you?"

Against the other wall more rattling sounds. Turning your gaze that way you see a man about your height with a long, unkempt, silver-blonde beard. His clothing is a tattered and torn grey robe that hangs loosely on him though you can tell he used to be more muscular. A runic collar rattles around his neck and his eyes open up as well and you can see that despite the poor condition of everything else, they hold strong conviction. The man looks you up and down and then chuckles, which is more of a cough than anything.

"Dear, you have to be gentle with him. He's a fresh Wizard, you must understand." Coughing again, he looks back up at you and gives a shit-eating grin reminiscent of Sophie's. Of course it would, because this man is none other than her Father, the Grand Wizard himself. Speaking as best he can, he asks,

"Now then, who the FUCK are you?"

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.324858>>324891

>>324857

Hey! You did it! You found them! Oh man, it was quite a ride, but you sailed through that final boss easily.

Alright, good quest everyone, I think we had fun, right? But the end goal was met and it's time to pack it up. You guys did wonderfully, sorry that the celibacy crowd ended up winning in the end, but well, story's over and-

What? It's not over? There's more to do? I don't know about all that, I mean it's not like you're still behind enemy lines with basically a war being raged in the streets or anything. Jus use your imagination for what happens, right?


f94392 (18) No.324860>>324904 >>324932

>>324857

We should quickly and determinedly pull out our copy of [Wizardquest] and ask him to si-

oh, wait, wrong quest.

Well, we should free them, let the girls have their tearful reunion, get them to tell us how in the Hell two of the most powerful people on the planet were imprisoned, and then finally confront the Grand Autist about whatever it was we initially wanted to. After that, we should be able to decide whether or not we want to get involved with the conflict upstairs or if we should just leave it to the natives and head home.


725c56 (20) No.324861>>324901 >>324904

File (hide): 3ca4a8180d169c7⋯.jpg (253.29 KB, 788x1055, 788:1055, __nitocris_fate_grand_orde….jpg) (h) (u)

>>324857

Before we release them let GW know we are going to have a serious conversation with him, Rommel is a serious man, he collects rocks. Then let the whole family enjoy a moment of joy at being reunited, only a moment. Then have GW and Selene tell us the fuck is going on with the pharoh. Hopefully the apophis is fighting the pharoh at this point and we can just let one win and possibly kill the other.


b0b798 (7) No.324869>>324886 >>324891 >>324904 >>324930 >>324932 >>324997

>>324857

we do absolutely nothing other than check the room for more magical and regular traps AND THIS IS INCREDIBLY IMPORTANT TO DO BEFOREHAND because Sophie and Sylphie are gonna wanna see their parents

after that, have a bit of a talk with the Grand Wizard after he's rested and healed a bit about the wizard stuff we want(ed) to ask him about

after THAT, we should get the fuck out of the palace and out of this country and back to Deloria because fuck this place, we're out

even though the waifu wars are over (i think), i want Rommel to end up with a nice, THICC, motherly holstaur and since that won't happen because there were no cowgirls in the party and all the cowgirls from the town in Illusionist Quest that we saved from not-me not-Beardicus already have husbandos probably, i say Rommel should end up with Ebe


ef42d2 (4) No.324878>>324904

>>324857

Tell the grand wizard that he should have made it so that when you become a wizard your dick stops working.


39b859 (4) No.324886>>324927

>>324869

Beardicus plz


aaf2c9 (15) No.324891>>324927

>>324869

I didn't have you labeled for having such shit taste beardicus. An ebe fag? I'm actually surprised.

>>324858

Check for other traps before we let them reunite and start bawling their eyes out. Last thing we need is one of the twins or Selene or GW injured because of some surprise trap. After that we get out of the palace and just dig out of the city and make a mad dash for the pharoah. Should we be unlucky enough to have to fight the apophissnce it seems like she might have been Rommels sister I'm of the opinion Rommel should fight her 1 on 1. That is his sibling who has gotten out of control and he should be the one to deal with her.


ecacb2 (31) No.324901>>324902 >>324925 >>324932

>Though her arms and legs are chained to the wall, behind her seven tails are chained up as well, their bladed end blunted and firmly in place.

I take it she lost yet another one of her tails either in clash with the Prophet or during her imprisonment then.

>>324857

As others have already suggested, checking for more traps of both physical and magical variety, both around the room and on the prisoners themselves, is the first thing we absolutely must do before anything else, as it wouldn’t surprise me at this point if there were more to threaten us considering the sheer amount of traps present just getting in here in the first place. Following this, free the two from their bindings and have Sophie and Sylphie go ahead to do the whole reunion thing with their parents, as this shows we’re on their side and the twins probably deserve a few moments with their family after everything they’ve put up with, while everyone else bar maybe Tabitha, seeing as she’s known the Grand Wizard longer than anyone else in our party and is a close friend of his heads outside to give them some space and to keep watch so we aren’t caught unaware by anything. After that and some brief introductions to the rest of our party, give both of them a [Health Potion] calling the Grand Wizard a cum-guzzling slut optional so that their condition improves at least to the point where we don’t have to carry them during our next moves and they can think and speak properly.

Their conditions satisfactory, ask the two of them about what the hell happened to them and why they fought against the Prophet in the first place for some bite sized exposition of potential immediate usage to us, and then quickly fill them in about the current situation so that they’re up to speed. We don’t really have the time to discuss anything else due to the danger we’re in, so save such conversations for when we’re in the clear -- that said, at least do what >>324861 says and make mention of us wishing to converse with the Grand Wizard privately about something rather serious at a later point when he’s healed up, just to ensure we can actually get that conversation at some point in the future. And make sure to keep our emotions in check for the time being, as the Grand Wizard is in no condition to deal with any of our bullshit right now; we can argue, berate and possibly fight him later on at a better time if we so desire.


ecacb2 (31) No.324902>>324932

>>324901

>>324857

With all that sorted, it’s high time we get the fuck out of capital. Sure, we could stay to go deal with the conflict on the surface, but we lack any way of dealing with either the Prophet or the Violet Sands due to a lack of definitive information on their strengths and weaknesses so we won’t be accomplishing much in battle at all, we have two heavily injured individuals with us who are in no condition to do much of anything that we need to secure the safety of first lest they become a burden for us, we don’t really have much of a reason to intervene in the fighting other than to see if our sister is present due to our lack of allegiance to either side and frankly Ectria can go fuck itself for the time being after the shit it’s put us through getting to this point, thus we probably shouldn’t bother with that. If we really want to save Ectria or whatever, then it would be better to do so later on when we’re better prepared and know what we’re getting into rather than working with gut instinct and fighting in a war we don’t fully understand yet. And let’s be real here, this conflict isn’t suddenly going to be solved if we head up there because we’re not actually near the end of the story yet and Ace probably wants us to explore the Chasm of Regret at some point.

As for how to go about escaping, heading back through the way we entered the dungeons is our best bet, as proceeding further into the palace is only going to have us meeting more resistance and getting lost trying to navigate the foreign building, while the service tunnel will likely be clear of threats due to its position being away from the cultist attack and worst case we will pass by a couple of cultists who may or may not be a problem for us. Assuming we take this exit successfully, we will appear on the north-western portion of the Alnabil district, which gives us a few options of where to go next. Personally I’m going to advocate for trying to reach either the Great Gate to the west, as we might be able to blend in with the terrified civilians trying to escape and it’s the closest exit to our emergence point, or the Anubis Gate to the south-west, as it’s likely to be less guarded and gives us the option of stealing someone’s boat and heading through the southern channel guard we first entered the city from should the situation call for it. We could also try digging through or underneath any of the capital’s walls should the gates be undesirable, but this depends on the size and depth of the walls for whether this is a good idea or not. In any case, stick to side roads where possible, avoiding any large roads which are probably swarming with guards at this point, and definitely avoid points of interest like the Sultan’s Grand Theatre, and we should be golden.


727ef0 (15) No.324904>>324925 >>324932

>>324856

I feel like you kind of dragged that out for no reason besides being dramatic. We shouldn't have needed Alice to cut the bars, We're good with steel, Even if we do have a bit more trouble shaping it. Breaking bars that are maybe and inch thicc should have not been an issue to us. Besides that, Good fight gg

>>324860

>>324861

>>324869

>>324878

Nah fam, Our conversation can wait. There are far more important things happening currently so getting them the hell out of the dungeon is top priority. Maybe make some quick remark about the fresh wizard having to save the impotent wizard from the trash bin. We can slap the shit out of him later, When he may still be old but not crippled


7b8d52 (11) No.324925>>324932

File (hide): 12baf8c66af9864⋯.jpg (350.4 KB, 978x766, 489:383, Fireman_carry_Army.jpg) (h) (u)

>>324901

>>324904

These lads have the right ideas. Quadruple check everything, including the prisoners, for traps.

Have Alice cut their bindings open.

Let the twins and Tabitha in to briefly bawl their eyes out/exchange banter with an old battle brother.

Get the fuck out. Fuck exposition. Fuck whatever it is they came here for. Fuck how we got here and especially fuck asking him our big question. Time is literally against us. Feed them two health potions and run the fuck back, no fuck it. Have everyone ride a metal plate through the corridors at top speed back into the dungeons and then back outside through the passage that we came from and then dig ourselves into a literal hole to regroup, catch our breath and finally get the exposition dump while we figure out how to safely leave the capital.

These two chucklefucks will undoubtedly screech about some stupid super important stuff and how the Pharaoh is about to do something terrible as per rule of drama and third act inconvenience but fucking slap their mouths shut, hell bash their heads in if they try to resist leaving. We can figure out how to save the world when we are in the clear.

So in short:

RUN BITCH! RUUUUN!


b0b798 (7) No.324927>>324930 >>324997

>>324891

>>324886

well excuse me for liking shy, demure girls of which Ebe is giving me that kind of vibe rather than kuudere


7b8d52 (11) No.324930>>324932

>>324869

>>324927

Shame on you for having such a shit taste Beardicus! Only a blind person wouldn't see that Tabitha is the superior gentleman's choice.


24ca18 (140) No.324932>>324937 >>324960 >>324995

>>324904

It was faster to have Alice do it. And yeah, with multiple characters it makes it a little more difficult but I sort of just… get into a groove writing fighting scenes.

>>324925

>>324902

>>324860

>>324869

>>324901

So I'm reading that we want to release them and get going with a little exposition after some crying. Escape the city and the country huh? Don't want to stick around and see what's happening?

Interesting.

>>324930

I have your ID now.

Hello slavsan, my friend. :^)


7517b0 (1) No.324937

>>324932

SHIT! I'M LATE TO THE PARTY!

My vote is for; Our Fair Lady Tabitha. If she weren't part of the party, then I would have gone with Ebe.

Celibacy fags, if you wanted him to stay an unhappy virgin for the rest of his life. You should have kept him as a distant hardass!

Wait till the shit stops hitting the fan before we talk to the G.Wiz about the sex with monsters thing, but I feel that's an old hat now.


aaf2c9 (15) No.324960

>>324932

Oh I wouldn't mind exploring whatever it was the pharoah/apophis were doing that the GW and selene came here alone. But right now they're in no shape todo anything. So we should run first then maybe come back to deal with this mess.


ecacb2 (31) No.324995>>325000 >>325004

>>324932

>Escape the city

Yes.

>and the country

No.

I probably didn't convey this very well myself, but I was thinking we do more of a tactical retreat so we can get into a better position to take action later rather than a complete abandonment of everything, seeing as the situation in Ectria will probably affect Deleor unless we do something about it and we would be a very poor Wizard if we ignored our duty. That, and I personally don't want a repeat of IllusionistQuest's endgame where the final area and boss are completely ignored, leading to a rather abrupt end.

>Don't want to stick around and see what's happening?

I guess we could send Erwin to check things out, or perhaps check things out ourselves since we're pretty good at escaping via <Rock Slide>, but priority number one right now is saving the Grand Wizard and Selene, so we really shouldn't do anything else until that is sorted or at least until we can be confident in the rest of our party being able to do that for us while we do other things. Also, intervention is most certainly a bad idea, especially if we're alone, so stick to observing the situation to see how it evolves and be ready to get out at the first sign of trouble.


07a268 (4) No.324997

File (hide): 20e70bc50e1ddba⋯.jpg (45.16 KB, 645x370, 129:74, 1oiqfl.jpg) (h) (u)

>>324857

Now I know this is supposed to be a serious scene, but we will never have a better opportunity to say pic related. If Rommel doesn't sass the ultimate shit-slinger at least once I'm going to be very disappointed.

Voting with the cautious anons to double check the room for traps. Then, as much as I want to hear how the GW and Selene got captured and what they know about the Pharaohs plans, we can talk after we get the hell out of dodge. Unless it's an immediate concern, we'll have plenty of time to go over things when we're not in the middle of a revolution.

>>324869

>>324927

Superb taste as usual beardbro, Ebe really is something special. These lizardfags wouldn't know a good waifu if it smacked them in the face.


7b8d52 (11) No.325000>>325001 >>325002

>>324995

>>324995

>That, and I personally don't want a repeat of IllusionistQuest's endgame where the final area and boss are completely ignored, leading to a rather abrupt end.

>He still hasn't realized that Tobias and co would be fucking dead if they had set foot into the Cradle themselves, because it's level 30 endgame area of the series.


24ca18 (140) No.325001

>>325000

Let's be honest- Someone would have died in the cradle.

Either way, you reap what you sow~


ecacb2 (31) No.325002

>>325000

I never said that the decision to leave wasn't smart - it was without a doubt the best move we could have made given the condition of everyone in the party following the previous encounter - merely that I want to avoid yet another abrupt ending like that in this story.


f3fe95 (1) No.325004

>>324995

We aren't running away, we aren't some easily corrupted and ruined mind bender, we are a wizard. If gwiz and selene are ready to fight that's what we do

If we think the grand wizard will answer our question/s quickly we ask them but time is not on our side right now


24ca18 (140) No.325008>>325010 >>325034 >>325123

File (hide): 8f6eabab3c882ef⋯.png (1.97 MB, 1585x3737, 1585:3737, Helene.png) (h) (u)

Oh, btw, here's a picture of Helene!

Don't mind that other hand there, it's nothing important. At the moment


2ad4ba (5) No.325010

>>325008

CAUTION. (G)RAPE SNAKE IMMINENT


0c6eca (17) No.325034>>325055

File (hide): e3e782a41bb6d9c⋯.jpg (Spoiler Image, 68.66 KB, 914x512, 457:256, fl.jpg) (h) (u)

>>325008

Is that FORBIDDEN LOVE?


7b8d52 (11) No.325055>>325058 >>325072

>>325034

Her reflection after she turned. :^)


24ca18 (140) No.325058>>325072

>>325055

I don't know what you're talking about


63a8b1 (6) No.325072>>325139

>What do you do?

What pretty much everyone else has said, get away from danger first before doing anything else. Once the parents are safe we can decide if we want to make a full retreat or stick around for a bit to see how things are progressing in the clash. I kinda wanna stay until we absolutely need to leave so we aren't left in the dark as to what happened in the attack later on, but that depends on everyone else and how the situation changes.

If we do end up poking our head around the battlefield, then don't bring attention to ourselves by attacking anyone and at least have one other person with us so we're not screwed if things go wrong like we would be solo. Anyone who isn't Ebe, G. Wiz, Selene or a familiar should work for this so take your pick Ace.

>>325055

>>325058

Welp. Sororicide when?


f94392 (18) No.325123>>325139 >>325233

File (hide): 3a39c4e905fc6db⋯.png (109.12 KB, 210x369, 70:123, B E L T S.png) (h) (u)

>>325008

Why didn't we tell our sister to stop being so edgy? Rommel should have tould her that 1 belt is plenty in the letter we sent.


24ca18 (140) No.325134>>325135

>Story continue

You wonder if this is how you thought this would go. Maybe you thought you'd show up and they'd be overjoyed, or worried, or have already broken their bonds and are just waiting for you to arrive. Or perhaps you expected things to be exactly the way they are now. Looking at the haggard form of the man who turned the world upside down, you can't help but feel that his choice of words is just so…

Appropriate.

At once you feel a sense of loathing, relief, and humor. For fuck's sake, you just broke into the damn dungeon of the Palace where the most powerful people in Deleor were defeated. And here the man sits, fire in his eyes, daring to say that shit to you, his rescuer?

Despite it all, you can't help but crack a smile. Fuck this guy, fuck him for everything he's done and fuck him for making you smile. It takes all your effort and you think that somewhere a most suitable man should say this line, but you force a shuddering breath and ask,

"Kept you waiting, huh?"

The Grand Wizard smiles at this and chuckles, "Fucking hells kid, fucking hells."

You feel something shift behind you and you hold up a hand before opening your [Mage Sight] and scan the room. All you see is a dark, dank room, however only the item around the Wizard's neck is enchanted. No further traps exist in the magical realm at least, though before you can ask the Monster Lady says, "There's no other traps in here."

"Ah, good. Then there's some people here who want to see you." Stepping aside, the forms of Sophie and Sylphie are illuminated in the doorway, their eyes wide as they behold their parents.

The Monster Lady's eyes go wide and she strains at her chains. "SOPHIE? SYLPHIE?!"

"Gods above, what are you two doing here?" The Grand Wizard asks, his turn to seem surprised.

Tears fill Sylphie's eyes and she drops her staff to the ground before putting her hands to her mouth. Her voice trembles as she wails, "Mom! Dad!" Dashing forward to her father, she tackles him into a hug, holding him tightly with every fibre of her being.

Sophie takes trembling steps behind her sister, looking at both of them. She sniffs, trying to keep it within herself before she loses control and runs to her mother, hugging her tight.

Watching the scene unfold, you casually break the locks with your magic, allowing the parents to hug their children. They meet together in the middle of the room, laughing and crying as they reunite. It hurts a little to watch this, though at the same time you're overjoyed for the two girls you've been traveling with. The stress and worry seems to melt from them in their tears and you yourself begin to feel caught up in the emotions. Turning away, you rub at your cheeks, trying not to feel when both Tabitha and Ebe put a scaled hand and a feathered wing upon your shoulders. Nodding to both of them, you turn back to the family scene.

"Gods, I was so-so afraid you both would be dead and… and…" Sylphie bawls, burying her head into her father's chest. "I thought we'd get here and we'd be too late!"

"Shhh, shhh." The Grand Wizard says, tears in his eyes as well. He looks up and strokes his daughter's head. "It'll take more than they can dish out to kill me."

"Mother I… I tried to be strong and keep it together but… but…" Sophie begins, hugging her mother fiercely.

"My little kitten, it's alright, I know. Let it all out, no need to hide anything anymore. Mommy's here." At this, Sophie begins to cry in earnest, creating messy tears that soak the ragged clothing of her Mother.

Sylphie still crying into his robe, The Grand Wizard looks up and noticed Tabitha. He blinks in confusion before asking, "Did Blake send you?"

"Afraid not. He's a little busy with Galmathoria last I checked." The Lizardman shrugs and pats you on the back. "It's actually this guy's fault that we're here."

The Wizard nods his head and says, "Well thank you then. Sorry for the rudeness before."

"You're not sorry." You say, shaking your head.

"Well, no. Not really, but you know what I mean."

"Yeah, yeah." You say, waving your hand. "Listen, I know this is touching and we have a lot of questions to ask, but we need to get out of the city, now."

"Why, what's happening?" The Wizard asks, narrowing his eyes.

Tabitha gives him a stern expression. "The Cult of the Violet Sands may have succeeded in returning an Apophis into this world. They are currently attacking in the streets above." She thinks for a moment. "We may have also have just let out all the prisoners to riot up into the Palace itself."

The two parents look at each other before nodding their heads. The Monster Lady turns to you and says, voice commanding, "Then this is the perfect opportunity to end the Prophet's rule here and remove the threat she poses to Deleor, and the world."


24ca18 (140) No.325135>>325136

>>325134

"Yeah, let me get this damn collar off and I'll help with that." Her husband says, reaching up to pull at it. "Damn thing has been chaffing for weeks."

"Magic nullifying device?" You ask, looking down at it. Sylphie sniffs, wiping at her eyes before tapping it and then pulling her finger away.

"Oww! It stings too."

"Can't just force it off I'm afraid." Her Father chuckles. "Need a special key that the Prophet has and-" The runes flicker and fade away before the collar snaps and clatters to the floor, devoid of energy any longer. It does not light back up and sits, inert. The Grand Wizard blinks before looking up at you and clacking his tongue. "Impressive."

Ending your [Reverse Polarity], you nod your head. "Right, let's talk later. Can you two walk?"

"You should be respectful of your elders, you little shit." The Grand Wizard says.

Tabitha chuckles, "Rommel here isn't respectful of anyone."

"Ah." The Monster Lady chuckles. "So he is a Wizard then." She nods to you and smiles a feline grin. "Thank you for rescuing us, Rommel. I'm sure you know who we are, but you may call me Selene."

The Grand Wizard sighs, "And you may call me-"

"Wizard works just fine." You say, holding up a hand. "We need to go before they come after us. We do not want to get involved with that is happening up there." Digging into your pockets, you pull out two [Health Potions] and toss them to the prisoners. "Drink up, I need you in good condition."

Selene pops open her bottle with frightening speed and closes her eyes, savoring the flavor while the Wizard groans. You frown at him and say, "I know you like the flavor you cum guzzling slut, but no time to be shy."

"How do you two put up with this guy?" The Wizard says, drinking the potion in one gulp before sticking out his tongue.

"He's quite nice once you get to know him actually." Sylphie says, to which her Mother's feline eyes narrow.

"Oh? What's this then?"

"Mother, please." Sophie says, regaining her composure. "Just listen to him for now. You two are in no shape to fight, despite the health potion. Besides, you look ridiculous." She pulls an outfit from her bag of holding and hands it to her mother.

"I have many questions for the two of you, but for now, everyone turn around." Groaning, you do up and a moment later Selene sighs as if refreshed. "Much better."

The Monster Lady, having discarded her ragged clothing, now wears an Ectrian style tunic and skirt with room for her tails. You don't remember Sophie wearing that one before, though when would she have had the time? Selene pats at her chest and frowns.

"The bust is a little large though."

Sophie says in a calm voice, "Clearly, it's because of your captivity."

"Hmph." Her Mother sniffs, clearly not jealous of her daughters at all. Nope.

Rubbing at your temples, you say, "That's real fucking touching, but we need to GO."

"I heard, you, I heard you." The Grand Wizard says, standing up slowly. "When you get a family someday, you'll understand, alright?" He gives you an odd look when you glare at him for this, however.

Turning your back on him, you walk toward the door again, meeting up with Erwin, Zoras, Alice, Ebe, and Mr. Ed. The Gandharva cocks her head as she looks at Sophie and Sylphie's parents, putting wings to her mouth in excitement for them. Tabitha clasps the Wizard's shoulder while Mr. Ed nods to the man and nuzzles him. Zoras and Alice merely shrug and move ahead while Erwin leaps onto your shoulders.

{Seems everyone really likes this guy, huh?}

{Yeah.}

{You going to tell him?}

Turning your head back down the dungeon hallway, you pause for a moment before sending. {Let's go.}

Moving down the corridors at a swift pace, much faster than you'd have hoped given the prisoner's condition. The potions and some food from Sophie give them a little pep in their step and you race through the tunnels the way you came. Distantly, you hear the sounds of violence from some of the service corridors but you just keep on moving, not wanting to get involved with it. You did what you came here to do, for now… for now just get out.

Here and there you find a servant killed by something, likely a cultist, but none of the combatants themselves. This is good, and in such a case you make it back to the tunnel you entered from without any run ins. Opening up the closure you made, you thrust open the doors with your magic in case anyone is standing behind them, but find nothing but a surprised Anubis in the Palace livery, looking down at the open tunnel. A [Pebble Gun] to the head silences her before she can say a word.


24ca18 (140) No.325136>>325137

>>325135

"Geomancy and Aeromancy… not bad." The Grand Wizard says, admiring your magic. You say nothing to him but instead look around and ask Erwin and the twins if it's safe. They begin to search with their senses when Selene says,

"There's a battle going on in the south, likely near the gates. Over here there's no trace of guards."

You trade glances with Tabitha before nodding your head and heading out of the tunnel, running for the sally port. As you near it, you find the cat from before licking herself and giving you a questioning look. She looks over your group, especially the new additions, and sends, {So, that's it then?}

{Tell Polah thanks, but we're probably not meeting again.}

{For the best anyway. You did make her cry.} The cat sends. It pauses then and sighs the best a cat can sigh. {Though I will admit, she did sound a little worried about you. I'll let her know you survived.}

Clearly, no one here find it odd that you're staring at random animals. It's common in this line of work apparently. Filing through the gates, you enter out back into the Alnabil district. Not much has changed in this area since you last entered, and frankly that's for the better. Lights in houses indicate nobles waiting it all out while you see no Guards moving through the streets. They must have all made it to the other sections of town or near the front gate of the Palace, if Selene is to be believed.

Moving quickly through the district, you've planned on making your way out and to The Great Gate, perhaps blending in again with the people fleeing. The Cat o'Ninetails cover up their tails, no one asking the question as to why Selene only has seven tails, though you see it burning in their eyes. You and The Grand Wizard cover up as well, hiding your skin as best you can as you make your way through.

Skirting away from The Sultan's Grand Theatre and the area near the Mushtarak district, you head toward the pathway leading into the Masrah district toward the Great Gate. Streams of people begin to appear, many of them looking panicked as they point at the fires burning in the Mushtarak district. You notice a few of them seem to originate near the Tajr district as well, and you hope Polah is safe.

Pushing through the people heading in the same direction as you, you stop as you notice the boats lined up in the river. Many sailors and merchants shout at one another, pointing ahead and seeming furious. Apparently the Channelguards are closed- no one gets in or out through the rivers while this is occurring. As you think this, one of the Channelguards on the bridge ahead of you slides closed, trapping the people in further. Great.

Terrified civilians shout at the loud sound but the Guards, human and Anubis keep them in check. Doing your best to avoid notice as best you can, you act afraid and head toward the gate. Your progress becomes delayed faster than you'd expect, however until eventually you see the massive gate in the distance- closed.

Citizens shout and scream in panic, but the guards keep a shield wall before the gate while others stand atop it with arrows. A line of Anubis lead by what can only be two Handmaidens stand behind, barking out orders while a man tries to calm people down- something which falls on deaf ears.

Sophie and Sylphie cover their ears from all the shouting while Selene hugs both of them, looking about. You as well look for a way out, but it's not going to happen from this gate. Nudging Ebe, you ask her to ask if the southern gate is open. She find out very quickly that no, as far as everyone can tell, all of the gates are closed. The Pharaoh has ordered the entire city shut up until the situation is taken care of.

Though the people are panicking, it's really the Guards that give you pause. None of them seem concerned in the slightest, merely holding their positions, looking out over the crowds. One would assume that they'd feel nervous from a riot breaking out, or perhaps worried about the safety of their city. Their calm is disturbing you greatly and you realize, with a start, that it's because they have unwavering faith in that Pharaoh will win.

That… does not bode well for the Violet Sands.


24ca18 (140) No.325137>>325138

>>325136

Turning to the others, you gesture for them to head away from the crowds of people and towards the walls. Perhaps if you can just dig a tunnel out of the city, you'll be able to get free. Can't go through? Just go under! Unfortunately, after a [Survey], you realize that the walls are dug deep into the ground. While this isn't too bad a development, the guards keeping close sentry over the walls on both sides will make it very difficult to go undetected.

In fact, you watch as a group of men with shovels are executed by an Anubis, their pitiful tunnel barely even dug. Poor bastards. You suppose you could make it out, but there would be a lot of fighting and you guess no matter what you do, you won't be able to avoid it. The question is- how are you going to do that?

"We need to rethink this." You say to the others. "Let's find somewhere to regroup."

Pushing your way out of the crowds, you make for a side street in the Masrah district, wall in sight in the distance. Turning to the others, you say, "We can't stay here for long, we're going to create a way out I'm afraid."

"My daughters say to trust you, but I'm beginning to wonder why we're trying to leave?" Selene asks, giving you a critical eye.

"Since we have a moment, I wonder the same thing." The Grand Wizard says, crossing his arms. "Personally I wanted to strike that bitch for what she did, but you're right, I haven't cast magic in so long that I'm rusty."

"Yes, me too, but for other reasons." Selene sighs. Sylphie rummages in her bag and hands her mother a [Mana Potion], which she sniffs and then holds it away, sneering. "This isn't freshly squeezed at all."

"Mom, please, it's store bought but it works."

"Dear, you have a man in your group and you haven't at least saved some coin by extracting some semen? Or at least having him masturbate for you?"

"M-Mom!" Sylphie says cheeks flushing. "No! I don't- I haven't- Ugh!"

Selene sighs and downs the potions, shuddering. "Ugh, dear, I need to suck you off as soon as possible, okay?"

"A little later, alright?" The Wizard says, looking back toward the Palace and the smoke in the district. He frowns and then turns to you. "Listen, I understand we're not in the best place to fight, but the Prophet cannot be allowed to regain control here. We worked too hard to aid the Violet Sands to rise against her and if she takes them out here in the capital, all that will be put to waste."

Ebe's eyes grow wide. "What? Y-You helped the Violet Sands?"

"Of course." Selene says, nodding her head. "Cultists they may be, but they've kept the Prophet occupied from her plans on Deleor. We are in no place to repel a concentrated invasion from this place and should eastern Deleor fall, it's only a matter of time before Galmathoria acts as the hammer to Ectria's anvil."

The Wizard nods, "It's not ideal and I don't like it, but we can't allow that to happen. Too many good people will be killed or enslaved. Besides, if the Prophet reaches the altars to Phallia-"

Ebe cuts him off raising her voice high, "GOOD PEOPLE? You mean good DELEORIANS!" Tears form in her eyes as her cheeks go red. "Many good ECTRIANS have already died or been suckered into this cult! They've taken slaves, had people killed in relation to this, and their damn goals of bringing back the Apophis twist people into doing… unspeakable things!"


24ca18 (140) No.325138>>325139 >>325142 >>325144 >>325157 >>325159 >>325160 >>325166 >>325172 >>325498

>>325137

Ebe looks to you and says, "Rommel's sister was even swayed in by that cult! They've unleashed an ancient horror to slaughter my people and you just… you just went and fostered this?!"

Selene bristles. "Do not presume to talk down to me. I have a NATION of Monsters to protect, those who want to live peacefully now. This little cult was never to amount to anything but a distraction, I do not know how they gained so much power in such a short time, but there are ALWAYS reasons for someone's actions."

Ebe looks to Sophie and Sylphie, the two seeming miserable, ears flattened. Clearly they don't want to upset Ebe, but at the same time they just got their Mother back! Can you blame them?

"Listen, Ebe." You say, holding up a hand. "We can yell at them later, I know you want to, I really do. But We need to get to safety or at least… at least figure out a plan of attack if that's what we're forced to do."

The Gandharva bristles but pulls back, glaring at Selene. Tabitha steps forward, hand on her sword. "Look, we can either try to settle the score or leave the city and regroup. At this point, we lack information of the situation and the capabilities of the Pharaoh."

"Oh, I can tell you all about that." The Grand Wizard grumbles. "We had her on the ropes, she was nothing until she took up this staff of hers and worked some spell. Felt like something shattered for a moment around us, then…"

"Then our magic was useless. She was able to contain me before I could engage her in close quarters again and it was like everything bent to her will." Selene chimes in.

"Unlimited power." You mutter, remembering the stories from before. "At the cost of releasing the Apophis back into the world."

"Hmm?" The Wizard asks.

"Nothing." You sigh. Standing up straight, you look at everyone present and ask, "We have a choice to make here. We'll have to fight our way out of the city if we're leaving unless we can think of another option. I need to know, what do all of you think?"

The Wizard and Selene look at each other before nodding. The Monster Lady says, "We need to aid the Violet Sands in overthrowing the Prophet. It's not just about the safety of Deleor that we do this, but for the world as a whole."

Ebe looks down, gritting her teeth. "I… I don't agree with allowing this slaughter but… but it has to end somehow. Either way, I want to do what's best for my village and for Ectria. If that means leaving then so be it."

Sophie says, "Myself and Sylphie believe it would be best not to engage the Pharaoh at this time. Besides…"

"Rommel, your sister could be there, right?" Sylphie says in a low voice.

Alice shrugs, "I'll fight where I need to fight." Next to her, Tabitha rolls her eyes,

"Tactical withdrawal would be fine, however it would likely be safer to hole up and get information before leaving or attacking."

Zoras shrugs. "If you're going, I have more information to gather for Ammon then. If you're staying, well, better to stay in numbers then."

{I'll follow your lead.} Erwin sends, full of confidence.

All eyes turn to you, though the Grand Wizard smirks, as if he himself was in similar situations multiple times. There's many more questions to ask him, both of them really, but is there time now? And what do YOU want to do here? Is it worth collecting the information and moving in to intervene, or merely returning and preparing Deleor with its two greatest assets?

Or, will you do what you came here to do?

It's been the case so many times in this adventure, but now more than ever you need to decide.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.325139

>>325138

Hey! You did it, you freed them and you're sort of in an okay for the moment position. Sadly getting out of the city is not going to be easy so ya gotta be committed. There are certainly safe areas at the moment, though thatdoes not include the east side of the city, nor the Palace now.

And you got a little exposition, but things are a little rushed at the moment, so y'all's call if you want more. Basically this is a pretty important call here and only on the goodwill of the daughterus are you still actually flying this plane.

But uh, yeah. Maybe someone else has another way out of the city? I bet you the Morning Gate is open :^)

No but really, sorry if it feels rushed, but it sort of… was since the suggestions were all-"Get out, figure out later.

>>325123

Hey man, belts are a good indicator of status in Ectrian society. Lady Aliph had like, 30 belts.

Or it could be because Manos thought they looked neat. Besides, Helene was a slave, poor girl. Give her some slack.

>>325072

Hey man, she may not even be here. You don't know.

Oh well, guess we'll delay showing the other side of that picture for now.


f94392 (18) No.325142>>325144 >>325160 >>325174

>>325138

Staying in the city to plan out our next move is the more prudent choice, especially with the GW in our party. We can just find somewhere out of the way and have him take us to El Dorito to decide on our next course of action away from all of the chaos. We should also make sure to learn [The Road To El Dorito] from GW, both so that we can leave with someone to do recon and come back, and in case we need to quickly bail everyone to safety if shit hits the fan.


928e7c (5) No.325144>>325158 >>325161 >>325174 >>325498

YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.

>>325142

This suggestion is good but you have to remember that [The Road To El Dorito] is not a standard spell but a powerful enchantment placed upon a bag of holding that involves dangerous spacial fragmentation magic to program bind a toggle-able script portable portal between dimensions. This is not something that you can build in a cave from a box of scraps and GW's bag was most certainly confiscated during his imprisonment.

>>325138

As for what we do at the moment: Ask Big Bo- I mean Grand Wizard our important question. It is fine if the next section will be short because of that: Rommel's decision on what he does now hinges directly on the answer he gets I believe.

I would normally go for meta faggotry and try to squeeze as much as info about or task as possible but:

1)We are out of immediate danger.

2)We have time. Riots like that don't break apart in an hour or even a day.

3)We had just completed our promise to the twins and are no longer contractually obligated to them.

4)This is the whole reason for Rommel's journey.

He showed great restraint and wisdom by keeping his emotions in check earlier to complete his promise but now is the moment of truth. We need to know the answer before we commit to anything more.


033560 (3) No.325156>>325174

If we decide to confront the pharao we should scout the Mushtarak district assess the situation there and if needed aid the cultists in their fight. We could just sneak back into the palace ourselves but I think picking up at the worst case a bunch of red shirts first could come on handy. In the best case we could group up with the Apophis herself. At the very least we should probably get in contact with the cultists. The wizard has no idea how to stop the prophet we never met her so at least getting some cultist insight could be beneficial. This is very much an enemy of my enemy situation and we should take advantage of that.


727ef0 (15) No.325157>>325174

>>325138

I think we should meet with Helena. She clearly has been the deciding factor in getting the cult to level up to this point, So Im sure she has a plan. We need to find out what it is and how we can help. Grapesnek or not, If they try to turn us into a nutter we execute on the spot. Even Helena if need be.


0c6eca (17) No.325158>>325164 >>325174

The Pharaoh would probably order a crackdown on all places harboring the Violet Sands if she wins here, which means RIP Ebe's mom. We should gather info and give Selene time to suck off the GW then help the cultists.

>>325144

>GW's bag was most certainly confiscated during his imprisonment.

So the Pharaoh might have a backdoor to El Dorito? Scary thought.


ecacb2 (31) No.325159>>325160 >>325174 >>326188

While everything else in the update was fine and enjoyable to read Ebe's character development of growing a spine and calling the parents out on their bullshit in particular was nice to see, one thing is irking me to no end:

>Ebe looks to you and says, "Rommel's sister was even swayed in by that cult!"

Since when does Ebe know about our little secret? Unless I've missed something stated in a previous update, we've never mentioned it to her or anyone else and we've gone out of our way to avoid giving away hints about our connection to Helene whenever possible, so none should be the wiser about this. Furthermore, shouldn't there have been at least some kind of reaction to this sudden revelation? Rommel doesn't even bat an eye about Ebe blurting out something he's been trying to hide for so long in front of everyone and no one else seems to care about this rather important connection Rommel has to the Violet Sands, which seems a bit odd.

>>325138

I'm still of the opinion that we should retreat to fight another day, because attacking the Prophet is a terrible idea in the current situation. My reasons for this are threefold:

Firstly, my weakest reason, the proposed plan for dealing with the Prophet involves directly assisting the Violet Sands in their mission. We haven't actually encountered any cultists outside of perhaps some of the prisoners and the broken form of Liala since the attack began, so we can't be sure how those attacking are going to react to seeing us. There's a good chance that they're enthralled to that Apophis they summoned based on earlier descriptions and their actions, so my guess is that they may try to subject us to a similar fate should we pop over to say hi, which is something we want to avoid for obvious reasons.

Secondly, there's the problem of actually killing the Prophet, since we clearly can't fight her as we are now because of the whole 'unlimited power' thing she has on her side giving her a huge advantage against our party. The only real chance we would have against her is if we were to destroy the implied source of her power, that [Mirror of Heaven] Ammon mentioned, but we don't know where that is exactly, as the Holy Altar of the Twins the artefact is supposedly stored at could be in either of the two temples or the palace -- which is a problem in itself as those areas are war-zones right now – and we can't be sure if destroying it will actually do anything as the link between the artefact and her powers is based on rumours and is theoretical at best, so we may end up wasting our time and risking our lives for nothing. I guess an alternative method is to try casting [Reverse Polarity] in hopes it temporarily severs her link with whatever the source of her increased power is, but that would require us to determine the frequency first and there is no way in hell she will give us the chance to do that, so that isn't going to work. And even if we do manage to remove her massive amounts of power somehow, that still leave the issues of getting to her in the first place with all her guards in the way and defeating her when she's still a threat without the additional power and our two strongest party members are exceptionally weak at the moment.


ecacb2 (31) No.325160>>326188

>>325159

>>325138

Finally, the aftermath to killing the Prophet, which is something the Grand Wizard and Selene don't seem to be considering when they really should be. In the hypothetical scenario that we are successful in killing the Prophet, the Violet Sands is going to immediately take control of the capital and then proceed to spread their influence around Ectria, which involves enslaving those who don't immediately bow down before the new tyrant that supposedly leads them if Lady Aliph's words are to be believed; not a very good outcome in my eyes. Also, with our alliance with the Violet Sands having fulfilled its purpose of working toward our related goals, what would stop them from immediately turning on us while we're weak from fighting the Prophet? More importantly, what would stop them from amassing an army and attacking Deleor themselves in the Prophet's place? The Apophis spirit we encountered in the San'ha Urn was described as malicious, after all, and the cultists will follow whatever the Apophis decrees without question, enthralled or not, so there's no way they aren't going to pull something on us when it would benefit them. As such, killing the Prophet should only be done if we can deal with the Violet Sands immediately afterwards, which we really can't as of now.

But that's not all, as there's also the problem of Hent-ateh, which we should really mention to the parents since it's rather important and I doubt even Selene knows about its existence. As Lady Aliph points out, the moment the royal bloodline ends is the moment Hent-ateh is no longer bound to the covenant with the Apophis and can do whatever it feels like doing, which will probably involve mass murder because it enjoys the act and apparently gets stronger because of it. Unless the Prophet has a secret child that we haven't heard about up to this point in the story, the Violet Sands are going to lose control over the abomination when the Prophet dies, and the cultists are implied to have no idea how to deal with this whatsoever so Hent-ateh is going to be unstoppable and a huge threat to all life. Unless we can deal with the abomination ourselves right now, which is very much doubtful when it took the combined efforts of an unknown number of Dwarves, Wizards and Ectrians to merely seal the thing, we need the Prophet to stay alive until a time that a solution is found.

I'm not opposed to sending a smaller group to scout around before we leave so we aren't ignorant to what's going on and can do something productive prior to escaping, but helping either side right now is a definite no for me. That said, it wouldn't surprise me if we get dragged into this mess any way since we don't really call the shots any more following our contract's completion and there are a myriad of different events that could force us to fight the Prophet. But I digress.

If we do decide to make a tactical retreat, then consider starting a tunnel with [Trench] a fair distance away from the walls where the guards aren't looking before trying to go underneath the walls and outside the perimeter of the capital, as the guards can't stop what they're not aware of and we have four magic users who can help out with the tunnel so we should be able to dig for a long period of time before needing to resurface, at which point we should be clear of the capital. If we instead end up trying to kill the Prophet in spite of all the issues surrounding the action, then prioritise finding and destroying that [Mirror of Heaven] above all else, as that's our only chance of being able to fight her on equal footing, and be ready to get everyone in our party the fuck out of dodge at a moment's notice when not if the Apophis decides we've outlived our usefulness or we'd be better off in her permanent employment. In either case, keep our purpose for seeking the Grand Wizard to ourselves, because we really need more time and privacy for that and we have neither of those things right now.

>>325142

Learning how to get to El Dorito sounds like a great idea for future purposes, but is it really the best idea to cast that now? Unless either us or the Grand Wizard stay behind while the others enter, we can't know for sure if our exit point will be safe to return to which just seems like a disaster waiting to happen and a rather unnecessary risk when we're perfectly fine staying in the safe spot normally.


f94392 (18) No.325161>>325164

>>325144

From Wizardquest:

>He begins showing you the process to use your [Pocket dimension] to open a gateway here, which is fairly easy and straightforward.

We still have our trenchcoat with bag of holding pockets, GW should be able to teach us something "fairly easy and straightforward" to do with it.


7b8d52 (11) No.325164

>>325161

That was because our bag already had a spacial hole in it when GW dumped the ultimate elixir in it after trying to add additional flavors to his hot pocket dimension which nearly unmade reality as we know it. Replicating this is not something that can be done on the go.

My head canon is that only the Union can actually manufacture them with Hardinclouse's help and that their number, owners and locations are strictly regulated in-house.

>>325158

>So the Pharaoh might have a backdoor to El Dorito? Scary thought.

Only wizards can interact with the portals and all the newfound loopholes involving them are constantly monitored and patched out. The most recent one was putting it into a bag of holding which caused the enchantment to freak out and to either transport whoever is using it into El Dorito or to conjure a temporary black hole that sucks everything around it into a negative space, including itself. This has been fixed since then and no new loopholes are known to exist so El Dorito is safe for now.


cb0f42 (4) No.325166>>325174

>>325138

Ok, so we're going in.

The concerns raised tho are very important. Stacking the deck as much as we can is never a bad thing.

With the rioting and general unrest, the guards will be busy. Soon rather then later would be best.

What is the postion of the Waifu War? Have celibacy/lucker fags come out of the woodwork; cucked Rommel/Tabitha or what?


725c56 (20) No.325172

File (hide): cf8ebf40afc1ae0⋯.jpg (262.85 KB, 1200x1697, 1200:1697, __nitocris_fate_grand_orde….jpg) (h) (u)

>>325138

While we have no obligation, I feel we would always have a 'what if' moment if we just leave now.

Let have a Rommel and GW tell everyone why this is important, a sort of motivational speech. Then let's have erwin scout out the outer area of the palace to try to get more info.

Also have selene get a"power buff" from GW


24ca18 (140) No.325174>>325212 >>325224 >>325228 >>325248 >>325368

>>325157

>>325159

>Not told anyone

From speaking with Ammon:

"My Father was a scholar while my Mother was a housewife. As far as siblings go I have… had, one older sister, Helene."

Out talking with Lady Aliph:

Ebe bites her lip as you tighten your knuckles. Gritting your teeth, you ask, "And what of Hent-ateh? What will you do with that abomination?"

Lady Aliph cocks her head and looks to Ephra. "Hent-ateh? That's Helene's little monster, yes?" The Lamia witch nods her head to which Aliph continues. "Yes, that creature. From what I know, the contract it must fulfill has it ending when the line of the Pharaoh is ended or it is dismissed by the Apophis. For now, there is little we can do about it, but use it to fulfill its purpose. At least it listens to Helene…"

While you never really had an explicit chat about this nor did you ever bring it up specifically, Ebe isn't stupid. The way you've been acting and the name "Helene" popping up twice, a Deleorian name i might add, in relation to each other? It seems a little hard not to put two and two together.

So true, the reaction should probably have been higher but I had sort of thought it was more obvious that others knew. Reading back, it was not as obvious and really only was said out loud in two places, but it was known at least!

>>325144

Yeah, he probably wants it back too, but the whole "Getting out alive with my daughters, holy fuck why are they here, they should be at home and where the fuck is Chaika." sort of situation was a little more pressing.

Okay, it might well be the time then.

>>325142

So… yeah, The Grand Wizard isn't in the best place at the moment and also that is a rather complicated enchantment. The fact that he stumbled upon it was mostly luck and he kind of almost died doing it. Replicating the spell took awhile and yes, took Hardinclouse's help. Besides, if you go there, likely they'd just force Sophie and Sylphie to stay there for their own safety.

>>325156

>>325157

Cultist contact, aight.

>>325158

Oh most certainly a purge would happen. She needs everyone on board and she has the power to do so.

>>325159

Ayep. You have hints on how to beat her, but do you want to? Maybe a step at a time is best.

Also, it's implied that the Selene and the Grand Wizard never really thought that the Apophis could be brought back. As it stands, they shouldn't have been able to except, ironically, because they forced the Pharaoh's hand.

So no, probably haven't thought that far ahead.

>>325166

I was joking beforehand. Anyway, the Tabithafags seem to have won, just a few more… pressing things happening.


39b859 (4) No.325212>>325248 >>325285

>>325174

>Tabithafags won

>more pressing things

goddamn my mind is in the gutter


605a83 (8) No.325224>>325248 >>325285 >>325324 >>325368

>>325174

>Tabithafags have won

Not if we revert the world back to the way it was. Then we're in a whole different game. There has definitely not been enough development with Tabitha to make her worth losing our powers over, if it is to happen.


7e1933 (5) No.325228>>325285

>>325174

Hey Ace, what's Rommel's favorite rock out of all of them?


d07228 (1) No.325233>>325285

Scouting seems like a good idea atm.

>>325123

>Lulu onee-chan

Why are you trying to tempt me into heresy, anon?

On the topic of Final Fantasy we should learn [Break] where we copy this faggot's plagomancy and modify it so that the victim's body deposits calcium, keratin and other hard stone-like substances everywhere, effectively petrifying them. Basically [Cancer] but with a Rommely twist.


cb0f42 (4) No.325248>>325285

>>325174

>>325212

>>325224

>Tabithafags have won

FUCK YEAH!!


24ca18 (140) No.325285>>325297 >>325305

File (hide): 3c3f011a2525490⋯.png (5.16 MB, 6000x6000, 1:1, Polahnotfinal.png) (h) (u)

>>325212

Whatever could those thoughts be, dear Hero?

>>325224

Well. Perhaps.

>>325228

Oh no, you won't put that evil on me Ricky Bobby. Y'all decide what Rommel You want for that question.

>>325233

Hmmmm. Seems difficult but not impossible. Certainly not learning it right now.

>>325248

The numbers don't lie.

Oh but hey, here's a Polah for y'all.


928e7c (5) No.325297>>325424

>>325285

Naisu, very naisu. Would kill an escort NPC and then pussy out and fly away with.


7e1933 (5) No.325305>>325324 >>325344 >>325424

>>325285

Better idea for everyone arguing over who should be our lover. We know Rommel really loves his rock collection and would likely get more.

What would he do of he encountered a monster girl composed of a mineral, rock, gemstone, etc?

Been watching Houseki no Kuni recently and I want to see Rommel sweat.


f94392 (18) No.325324>>325424 >>325498

File (hide): 9d8a9a52ce220a4⋯.png (259.41 KB, 599x446, 599:446, smug anime girl.png) (h) (u)

>>325305

>>325224

>All these Ebefags and Celibatefags still mad they lost


b0b798 (7) No.325344>>325345 >>325424

>>325305

>Rommel marries a golem girl

>she gets jealous of his rock collection because he autistically obsesses over it


7e1933 (5) No.325345>>325424

>>325344

>inb4 Rommel gets a harem of rock/mineral girls


ecacb2 (31) No.325368>>325424

It's occurred to me that we completely overlooked the

>Pick five rocks to carry with you. The rest will be stored in the [Backpack].

decision from the previous thread. It's probably irrelevant at this point, but placing my vote towards keeping Greg, Ronnie, Barry, Donte and Babyface on our person since they work the best as offensive options in a pinch in comparison to the other choices.

>>325174

Ah, so I was missing something then, my bad there. That does beg the question of why we even bothered to try and hide anything relating to it from the others though.

>>325224

That is a very big if there. And you say that like such development wouldn't occur before such a choice ever has a chance of becoming a possibility.


24ca18 (140) No.325424>>325466 >>325498

Yeah, took a nap and then just… not going to get writing tonight. So we'll do this tomorrow.

Also, I will be out of town for some trip I don't want to go on from Wednesday-Saturday (I think, might only be friday). Either way, will be no updates between those periods. Sorry y'all.

>>325345

>>325297

N-Neat

>>325305

Well, he has seen Chaika and she's basically full metal.

>>325324

I mean, there were just more of y'all. Who knows what could happen tho.

>>325344

>>325345

I notice no one has answered the favorite question

>>325368

Yeah I thought about it later on and then just kept going since it wouldn't be overly relevant later. Maybe.

Yay, I remembered something you didn't! I'm a good writer, I swear.

As far as keeping it hidden, Rommel clearly doesn't want to talk about it and by y'alls actions of not getting involved with the Violet Sands, doesn't want to go after his sister. Y'all can imagine why that would be the case.


aaf2c9 (15) No.325466

>>325424

Yes, Rommel may not want to go after his sister, but does his sister not want to go after us? She has to realize by now that we're here by now. Or she certainly will once the news breaks that the GW and monster lady have escaped


aaf2c9 (15) No.325467

Oh come on. I know I saged


07a268 (4) No.325498>>325504

>>325324

>>325424

>Tabitha hasn't actually 'won' anything.

>Ebe is still bestgirl.

I won't stop.

>>325138

As other anons have stated, we don't have the option to hide. The Pharaoh looks to be winning so far, and if she does we won't be able to hide from the crackdown that comes afterwards. As it stands, we have no knowledge of the state of this civil war, scouting the area is the smartest option. Depending on what we find out, working with the Violet Sands might be our only option. Helene is our sister. We can't give up on her.

>>325144

This is a good idea as well. Before we start overthrowing governments the GW and Selene owe everybody some answers. They've shed light on most of the plot, but we just saved their asses and they owe us the full story.


cb0f42 (4) No.325504

>>325498

>Ebe is still bestgirl.

>I won't stop.

Be my guest, but to reach the summit of Mount Tabitha. You're going to have to go through the Lurking Celibacy Trolls. And they don't want anyone to score!


24ca18 (140) No.325599>>325600

>Story continue

A cool night wind rushes through the alleyway, bringing with it the distant smells of smoke. Despite this, you take a whiff, scrunching your nose at the stink. This city burns, though you wonder for how much longer? The way you see it, unless something happens, the Violet Sands will be defeated. The Pharaoh will crack down on anyone who happens to be close to the cult and purge all of them, solidifying her rule. Anyone associated in any way, including Ebe's mother and your sister.

Closing your eyes you think it over again in the relative silence of the alleyway. Though in the distance shouting is heard it's muted to the point to seem quiet in comparison. It allows you to think it all through and yet… yet something else digs at you. Something deep, something that was present since the beginning of all of this. It reminds you of the reason you were here in the first place, something you'd almost forgotten.

Opening your eyes, you turn your gaze to the Grand Wizard. The man chats softly with his wife while pointing out behind your group, toward the city. They have concern on their faces as they talk despite all the suffering they had to deal with over the past few months. It seems so strange to think that they totally trust each other, a Wizard and the Monster Lady, natural enemies. Watching this feels so wrong and yet… you can't seem to blame him.

Flicking your gaze to the twins, you see them holding hands, eyes looking toward you while glance flick to their parents. Sophie notices your gaze and furrows her brow, though you look away a moment later, thinking it over. These two girls were the product of such a union, something that was never supposed to happen! And yet if they didn't come together then all the hardships, all the good times, the emotions, they'd… they'd never-

Moving your gaze aside, it leads to Tabitha, the Lizardman standing with sword on her hand, ears twitching as she listens for signs of danger. Her eyes catch yours and she nods, probably to reassure you. Oddly enough, you feel reassured… but she's a Monster. A Monster who cried on your shoulder and wept of the loss of her father until she fell asleep, feeling safe enough around you to do so. Even worse, you felt comfortable enough to let her do it.

So when it comes to your original reason for being here, you feel a certain sense of hesitation. Part of you knows why that is and yet an intractable part cries out for you to follow this through. You don't understand and yet you WANT to understand. You're afraid and yet you're more afraid of not knowing, not saying what you came here to say. If you don't do this now, you might never get the chance and… and deep down you know that the answer to this question will set your course one way or another.

Gritting your teeth, you stand up tall and address the Grand Wizard. "Wizard! Before we decide what to do next, I would have a word with you."

"Hmm?" He says, raising an eyebrow. Selene's tails rise but he puts a hand on her shoulder and shakes his head. She backs down, looking a little confused until he leans over and plants a kiss on her cheek. She sighs and hangs back as he walks over to you.

Gesturing for him to follow, you head down the alleyway a little more and once sufficently seperated, you cast [Build the Wall] to block the two of you from view. You know on the other side that Erwin is standing before it, hopefully keeping them from doing anything rash. You'd at least expect to have earned at least that much trust.

"I suppose this is important." He says as you cast [Privacy Barrier].

"It is."

"Hmph." The Grand Wizard replies, looking around at your magic. "Not bad. How long have you been a Wizard again?"

"Only a few months." You reply, gathering your thoughts.

"Impressive. I didn't really do much until I was thirty-two, but to get this far you must have had one hells of a time."

"It wasn't easy."


24ca18 (140) No.325600>>325601

>>325599

"No, no it doesn't seem like it was. Especially not with those two by your side the whole way." He pauses and shakes his head. "I suppose that's a story for another time. I assume however they sort of forced you into this?"

"Not exactly." You say, shrugging. "I was the one calling the shots most of the time, though they made the decision to find you before I met them."

"I see. Well… thank you Rommel. For keeping them safe. I can't imagine what I would have done had they…" Tears form in his eyes but he wipes them away before taking a deep breath and looking up at you. Clearing his throat, he asks, "But escorting those two isn't exactly why you're here, is it?"

"No." You say in a low voice, almost a whisper. Gripping your staff tight, you look up and raise your voice to say,

"I want you to return Wizards to the way we were."

Even without the privacy barrier, you know silence would be the only answer. The Grand Wizard stands a little taller, his eyes becoming steely and resolute. He searches your emotions for a long while, jaw clenching as he thinks something over internally. Eventually he closes his eyes and says,

"No."

Anger fills you at this answer. Well, perhaps not anger exactly, but something akin to beer kept under pressure for far too long and finally being let loose. All the pent up frustration from your journey, the fears, the hurts, the aches, the confusing emotions, and all the doubts pour out of you from that single word. It digs deep into your veins, dragging forth a rage that has you stomp your feet on the ground and shout, "LOOK AROUND YOU! Monsters have pushed their way into our societies, taking what they want and leaving sorrow in their wake! Galmathoria seeks to destroy or subsume our nation and Ectria has no problem taking slaves and raping like barbarians!"

Throwing down your staff, you walk up to him and grab him by the robe, the man merely staring into your eyes as you continue to spew vitriol at him. "These beasts take and take and the force which was supposed to keep them in check is now busy throwing it all away because they fucking can. Where did the proud Wizards go? Those who believe in JUSTICE and protecting humanity? Where did the spirit of sacrifice go which made us strong? We are but a shell of our former selves and YOU are the one to blame!"

He says nothing as you continue to hold him. Shouting in frustration, you shake him in a similar manner to how you've been shaken by Monsters the whole damn trip. It doesn't solve anything, but you need a release for all this emotion. Face heating up, you snarl, "I lost everything you know? I lost my Mother, my sister, my whole damn life when I was little. The only fucking thing I had was you! I had your fucking book and a promise to keep. I told myself I'd protect people from these creatures, I'd do what you did, I'd become a Wizard and fucking HELP people. But, the more I read and the more the world began to change around me, I started to see truth of what you did. You didn't save us, you damned humanity by relegating their greatest protectors to degenerates who forgot their own history!"

Dropping him, or well, almost THROWING him to the ground, you tower over the older Wizard and say, tears forming in your eyes, "And yet here you are, broken and abused by them, yet the first thing you do is hug a damn Monster." Gripping you knuckles tight, you continue, "How can you just accept that? How can you throw away all that Solos gave to us to protect? How can you let it just continue, to make allow Wizards to be weak creatures who fuck those they were sworn to defeat with no consequences?"

Gritting you teeth, you almost hiss out, "Give me one good reason why you won't let US save the world from THEM?"

The Grand Wizard, sitting on the floor of some unnamed alley in the middle of the Capital of Ectria, looks straight into your eyes. Never wavering, he opens his mouth and answers,

"Because for all the differences we have, for all the history, the fear, the bloodshed, the wars… for all of that and more, Monsters just want to live and find love. In the end, Monsters are people too."

His gaze softens as well as his tone as he asks, "And you know that, don't you?"


24ca18 (140) No.325601>>325602

>>325600

Closing your eyes tight, you hang your head as you slump your shoulders, defeated. Despite the torrent of all the rage, the anger, and the frustration, you did know that answer. It became obvious and yet you chose not to acknowledge it. How many times did you see the twins as the same as young women, or Tabitha as a seasoned warrior? Even standing side by side to Alice, you only compared their characters instead of their features. What was the really difference then?

Even after your first encounter with the slavers, despite being lead by an Anubis, she had many men doing the dirty deeds as well. Humans can easily do as cruel or crueler acts than Monsters- Sylphie's rifle wound is testament to that- and yet you still never gave up this niggling hope that if you just reached the Grand Wizard and roughed him up, that he'd change everything back to the way it was. Maybe, hells, maybe you figured if it all went back to the way it was before, somehow your Mother would return, or maybe even your sister and… your sister…

The Grand Wizard stands up slowly and dusts himself off. Walking up to you, he looks at your tired form and places a hand on your shoulder. Blinking tears of frustration and weariness away, you look at him with blurred vision. He smiles, an understanding smile, something that tells you he knows exactly what you're going through. With a calm, even voice, he says to you,

"Rommel, I think you just need to stop being such a faggot."

Blinking one, twice, three times, you can only blurt you, "Huh?"

"Yeah, this whole getting emotional and crying thing. I mean, I get it, you had a hardship and you wanted this not to happen to anyone else ever again, and that's noble and all, but you really just need to stop being such a faggot."

"That's- That's not." Shaking your head, you glare at him and say, "That's not really something you tell someone who hates you and wants you to fix the greatest mistake the world has ever seen. It's doubly the cause when this man has you trapped behind a wall where no one can hear you and you've been imprisoned for months."

"Yeah, but it's the truth." The Grand Wizard says, shrugging. "Listen, Rommel, I understand what you're asking, but I'm not certain you understand fully what it means to ask this. If I did this, which I won't and probably couldn't anyway, then things would change more than you'd imagine and for the worse."

"How's that?"

"There's plenty of practical reasons, but I think the one that you fail to recognize is what it really meant to be a Wizard in the past."

Stiffening, you say, "Wizards in the past were warriors with absolute wills who lived thirty years fighting temptation in preparation to protect humanity. They were weapons forged to keep us safe and secure."

"Yes, but what kind of lives do you think the ancient Wizards lead?"

You pause and think it over before slowly answering, "I'd imagine… they lead pretty solitary lives, trying to avoid temptations, yet ready to defend humanity if needed."

"You make it sound more noble than it was." The Grand Wizard sighs. Shaking his head, he says, "Listen, Rommel, how was it growing up with the goal of being a Wizard?"

"It was… I guess I'd have to call it lonely?"

"Yes, it was very lonely. Now imagine a time before the Communion Matrix existed. Imagine what it was like to be beset on all sides by Monsters, to be heralded as champions of the people and yet to know you could never interact with them or anyone else. For most Wizards, they were lonely, bitter, solitary men who often weren't fighting for noble reasons, but for spite or revenge. Much of their technology and advancements came from a far different reason than why we invent today."

"But." You say, holding out your hands. "The records all say that-"

"The records are purposefully vague. Who would want to write about something so bleak? There's so few records left and they're mostly in the Monster Nation, from those who fought and observed them. The one common theme in all of the stories was the thought of, 'I wish I could help him.'"


24ca18 (140) No.325602>>325603

>>325601

Growing quiet, you feel a growing sense of guilt within you. You'd always thought that the Wizards of the past were these monolithic warriors of virtue and JUSTICE, the embodiment of Solos's will. Perhaps the first Wizards, perhaps.

"Some people wondered why the Wizards left when Mootatrix developed the Communion Matrix. It's pretty obvious, once you think about it. It offered them a way to break the loneliness felt in the real world without all the complications that come with doing so. No one would know who they are, no one would care. It was so much easier to break from all of it and just retreat into that world."

He looks at you and raises an eyebrow. "You've felt it too, haven't you?"

"Perhaps… but I always knew what I was going to do though."

"Yes, you did. You put that hardship upon yourself until you were thirty and what was the first thing you did? You came out here to fucking Ectria with my daughters and rescued me during a civil war just to tell me to fucking make it so you lost your powers when you had sex. What kind of person does that?"

"A dedicated one." You say before you can think about it.

"Yeah, a dedicated one." He says, nodding. "The numbers of Wizards have dropped dramatically, I'm sure you're aware. As more people know about Wizards and know that there's no consequences to sex any longer, they lose some of that dedication. They slip or they do something else with their lives. Those who were only in it for power and never had a purpose just go ahead and never become Wizards."

Holding up a finger, he continues, "Which means that the new Wizards, those who began their journeys after what I did are those with dedication, those who take on the hardships for a reason. They're people like you Rommel." Looking directly into your eyes, he says, "Would you rather the protectors of humanity be angry shut-ins, or people who go out and fucking do something?"

Shaking your head slowly, you sigh out, "I really want to hate you. I really do, I want to break your fucking nose, but you make sense you bastard. You unbelievable bastard, why can't I hate you?"

The Grand Wizard leans in with a shit eating grin, "Because, you know I'm right."

"Fuck off." You say, waving him away. With a groan, you rub at your head. "Gods damnit. I'd thought that… Gods I don't even know what to do anymore."

"Well, you'd better figure it out. Everyone's clearly looking up to the Monster hating Wizard. Especially Tabitha for some reason, though she doesn't really get along with anyone."

"Well, she did tell me why she's afraid of water."

The Grand Wizard's eyes get big and his jaw drops, "You fucking what? She hasn't told that to anyone! Holy shit, are you fucking her? How did you beat her in combat? No, wait that's stupid, you just went on a rant about not wanting sex and- By the Gods."

"Listen, I don't- Gods, it's not like-"

"Lad, I'm rooting for you. You two would make cute babies and Gods knows Tabitha needs a good dicking."

"Holy fuck, stop."

"Hrm, but would semen mess up the aether balance of her legs? Maybe she should take them off before engaging in anything like that, though that would mean no leg locking and-"

Grabbing him by the shoulders and shaking him, you shout, "STOP!"

"Okay." He says, dropping it like that.

Groaning, you walk up and pick up your staff before shaking your head. "Well this is fucking embarrassing now."

"Honestly, you have more important things to worry about than embarrassment." He says, face growing serious. "Like what you're going to do next. I don't have to tell you how important it is to Deleor that the Pharaoh is defeated."

"Yes, you've made your position incredibly clear. I just don't know if it's worth risking the lives of everyone present, but…" You say, waving a hand. "I'm also worried about what she'll do the people of Ectria who support the Violet Sands."

"Ah." The Grand Wizards says. "The Ghandharva… Ebe, was it? She mentioned something about your sister?"

"I… yes, it's a long story, but she's part of the cult."

"Is she in the city?"

"I don't know." You say honestly. "I just know she is around the city, but I'd assume since that thing Hent-ateh is here, she is too."

"Since you know she's around, have you talked with her? From what you told me, you gained these powers so you could prevent something terrible happening to people like your sister. If she's really here then…" He trails off and looks at the wall. "Then family is one of the most important things you can have."


24ca18 (140) No.325603>>325604

>>325602

"I know that, I know, it's just… I never wanted to get involved with the Violet Sands. They're crazy and think nothing of enslaving others to their will. The more I learn of the Apophis too, the more I hated them and feared their return. Now that there is one back I… I don't know what would happen if the Pharaoh were to fall."

"We… didn't think that would happen." The Grand Wizard sighs. "When we first came here we found a small cell of the cult and thought that they could be galvanized into a weapon to slow down the Pharaoh. We didn't think much of their tactics, but they were effective at getting the populace mobilized and with such a crazy goal they would never cause any real harm. We figured we could use them as a means of getting into the Capital and then assaulting the Pharaoh herself but well, I told you how that went."

"Which ironically allowed the Apophis back into the world." You say, waving a hand. "But no one could have seen that coming. I think the better question is how they can seem to communicate with each other so easily."

The Grand Wizard blinks. "Oh, that was me."

You stare at him. "What?"

"Yes, it was a spell Selene and myself devised, we made a network of sorts with those sigils they keep, allowing them to speak with others which had the spell laid on it. Taught it to their Witches and they spread it quickly. How else would they stay connected so well?"

Mind racing, you say, "Can you cast this spell again?"

He shrugs, "Sure, if I had one of the sigils. It's very particular and laid to the exact design though, so not just anything will-" He cuts off as you hold up the [Aliph's Sigil] before him. A smile comes to his mouth as he cracks his neck and takes the sigil.

---——————————————

The wall comes down and the two of you step out toward the waiting group. Though it felt like forever, not much had changed since you had your little chat. No one questions what you talked about save Alice, who gets a sound knuckle to the head by Tabitha. Erwin looks at you and nods before sending,

{I guess you found your answer.}

{You cheeky bastard, you knew what it would be the whole time.}

{Not much of a Quest if I told you though.}

Shaking your head, you hold up a hand. Everyone turns to you and you look over the assembled people and Monsters. You're acutely aware of the difference between them and the humans again after your talk and yet… it doesn't seem to matter as much. Though you feel a little emotionally weary from the conversation, it also feels as if a weight is lifted from your chest. You'll need some more time to really process everything he said, but for now you have other things to do and nothing weighing you down.


24ca18 (140) No.325604>>325611 >>325661 >>325684 >>325703 >>326188

>>325603

Nodding your head, you address the group. "Friends, I won't pretend we aren't tired and beaten, and need another long nap. I also won't pretend that things are serious here. I've heard what everyone thinks and after thinking it over myself, I must say that I'm not committed to overthrowing the Pharaoh."

Selene and the twins look at you in surprise, though Ebe gives you a puzzled look while Tabitha merely watches, waiting for you to say something else. Looking at her and remembering the conversation you just had, you look away again, trying not to dwell on it. Fucking, why does everyone keep saying this? Continuing, you say, "However, I think the true that we don't have enough information to make a full decision. It may very well be in our best interests to run, but at the same time, it would behoove us to find out what's going on with the Violet Sands. If aiding them is best for Ectria and Deleor… then so be it."

The other nod their heads at this, with Sophie stepping forward to ask, "Rommel, how do you propose to do that? Send Erwin to scout?"

"Perhaps at a certain point, however I don't need that for now." Holding up the [Aliph's Sigil], you say, "Turns out the Wizard here made an enchantment that allows us to talk with them. Isn't that convenient?"

Zoras snorts, "Bloody convenient, yes."

Ebe nods her head slowly. "You're going to ask about your sister, aren't you? I know you've been keeping it to yourself for awhile but…"

Smiling at Ebe, you say, "Yeah. Thanks for not digging into it, but I'm… I'm ready to face her. One way or another." She nods at you as you hold up the amulet and activate the spell that the Wizard laid onto it.

You feel something tug at the corners of your mind, something similar to the familiar bond, and then you hear voices. Furious voices mainly, voices of those shouting back and forth as if in a warzone, trying to communicate. Listening for a moment, you get a picture that things are at a stalemate at the moment, neither side making much headway with even Hent'ateh stalled and forced back. There's no word of what happened inside the Palace though, but given that there's no news of the Pharaoh being dead, you assume the opposite happened. Still, the distraction there kept the full might of the Royal Guard from falling upon the cultists.

Listening in to something particular, you hear a woman cry, {Mistress! We have another prisoner!}

{Good. Bring them to me that they may be given my blessing.} Your eyes go wide at the voice which responds. It sounds like Helene and yet… it doesn't. It sounds more sensual, like the voice is slithering through silk. It makes your body shiver both from being disturbed and also from primal allure.

You're able to hear all the conversations of this particular cell now and can easily monitor their chatter. You're on the other side of the city from them, and it will take some time to get to that district without running into the Royal Guard, but at least you can get a sense of what's happening now and find a safe way to meet them. On top of all that, you could also speak with them as well, but is it wise to reveal yourself? If you say something now, there's no going back.

The sigil almost feels hot in your hand as you look down upon it, wondering how to proceed next. With that disturbingly silky voice echoing in your head and a newfound sense of purpose, you need to think carefully about your next actions and how you want to approach this. Will you join in the fight against the Pharaoh or do you just want to see your sister again and confirm what you already fear?

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.325606

Well, you finally went and said it.

And it went about how it was expected to go I suppose. Given the course of the adventure, it was unlikely that Rommel still had the conviction to really make the Grand Wizard change everything back and I hope it was conveyed well enough. It's certainly a big thing, but it doesn't feel like much of a turning point unless you compare Rommel as he was to Rommel as he is now. I hope it didn't feel too weird and it came through alright.

As far as for your sister… well, looks like you have another chance to back out or to talk to her directly possibly. That voice can't… can't possibly have been hers, right?

I didn't make it go much further than that so y'all could digest/ think of anything else you'd like to do/ say or if you just want to spy on them or go to meet them, or aid them or-

There's a lot of options. I'll be in and out until next week since i'll have my phone, but I highly doubt I can write or update this story via my tablet while I'm gone.


928e7c (5) No.325611>>325613 >>325895

File (hide): e4d7bb41f8ead37⋯.jpg (11.1 KB, 199x171, 199:171, 3984673498723980726945.jpg) (h) (u)

>>325604

>though that would mean no leg locking

REEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!

But really though, somebody grab the phone because I fucked called it.

So with that out of the way.

>"Hello Helene. I see you've been promoted. Now it's your turn to be the master, huh?"

Let's be honest, Violet Sands are not our enemies. We have a personal hatred of their methods but this is irrelevant in the grand scheme of things. I am willing to trust GW's opinion on who the bigger bad here is and the urgency of getting rid of her.

All our rep with them combined with our direct connection to the Violent sand's spiritual leader should be enough for them to let us go in peace after this shitshow concludes either way.

What we need to figure out though, is how badly Helene got possessed so ask her the above mentioned quote. If there is anything of her left, then she will be at a loss for words or try to explain her motivations. In this case we offer our help.

If she instead gets confused, then she is gone and we address as the Apophis to strike a deal: Our support in overthrowing the Pharaoh in exchange for Ectria's nonaggression pact with Deleor when the fight concludes. And she better believe it's one hell of a deal for them, knowing who we are and who we just busted out.


aaf2c9 (15) No.325613>>325895

>>325611

I dont think Rommel would accept that without seeing it for himself. Going to meet them in person definitely, secondly I'm pretty sure we all saw this coming between the theme of monsterization and the apophis needing physical vessels.


0c6eca (17) No.325641>>325895 >>326188

Don't say anything through the sigil. Listening in on the cultist chatter without them knowing would be ridiculously useful if we end up pissing them off. Besides, anything we say to Helene should be said in person, like pointing out how the slave has become the slave master. The current stalemate pretty much guarantees she'll want our help, and based on what they're doing with their prisoners, I doubt we'd be given a choice in the matter, even if we decided to help them anyway. So, when (not if) Helene decides to brainwash us with her new grape powers, drop this question:

Did she save us all those years ago, just so she could enslave us herself?


cb0f42 (4) No.325661>>325895 >>326188

>>325604

Find a whetstone so Selene can sharpen her blunt tail blades!

>>325604

There is no advanage to telling the Cultist we can listen in on their comms. Speak to Helene in person. Be careful.


f94392 (18) No.325684>>325726 >>325895 >>326188 >>326237

File (hide): 66e297ae908931b⋯.jpg (461.65 KB, 1920x1080, 16:9, ef2c21_5341154.jpg) (h) (u)

>>325604

It's time to finally live up to our name. We need to gather all the [ronnie] we have along with all the iron near us to make a metal box with treads. Selene and GeeDubs can team up to form our main cannon shooting plasma, Sylphie can shoot at smaller targets with geomancy, and we can focus on driving and commanding. Ebe should also be inside playing something invigorating to keep everyone going through all the stamina-draining magic we'll be using. Our melee fighters can follow at the flanks, keeping anyone from getting too close. We'll roll into the battle, blow apart the Pharoah's soldiers, then ask our sister what the fuck she thinks she's doing when things get a bit calmer. The Wizard and Selene might want Sophie in the tank too so she's safer, so if that happens she can work with Erwin looking outside from the top to warn us about anything we can't see from inside.


725c56 (20) No.325703>>325895

>>325604

For now let's work with the violet sands. I think we need to see rommel's sister, If we're going to take out the pharoh we need to know if we need to take out the violet sands after wards. There will be no point in taking out one shitty ruler if another takes her place. If Helene seems like just another power hungry monster, we'll have to confront her after the pharaoh is taken care of


b0b798 (7) No.325707>>325749 >>325846 >>325895

>all this talk about rommel's sister being the leader of the Violet Sands/a grep snek

>inb4 his sister is actually the Pharaoh after having been monsterized into one for whatever reason

Ace would totally not do something like this you guys.

totally…


39b859 (4) No.325726>>325895

>>325684

This needs to happen. If it doesn't Ace needs the B&


aaf2c9 (15) No.325749>>325895

>>325707

I'm quite certain we discussed this in a previous thread that it wasn't possible for her to be the pharoah. Besides that we've already established Helene joined the violent sands.


92e274 (3) No.325846>>325895

>>325707

Ace has stated before that the Pharaoh is not Rommel's sister.


61ca9e (2) No.325895

Welcome from Nashville! Grand ol Opry house was neat.

Im tired. Anyway…

>>325611

>>325613

>>325641

>>325661

>>325703

Looks like at the moment everyone wants to go and speak with Violet Sands in person. Okie dokie!

>>325726

>>325684

Plasma cannon turrets is a good way to get all of you dead, but otherwise, well, its the appropriate time for that I guess! Probably not on your way to see the violet sands, but later?

>>325846

>>325749

>>325707

I cant see any why you would think that. The timeline could never work that way, and you also sort of saw her with your eyes.


61ca9e (2) No.326049>>326056 >>326117

Hey there! Im sufficiently fed and tired, but here's wishing all of my readers who are burgers a happy thanksgiving.

Im thankful for everyone still reading and participating. You keep me doing this! That and a compulsive need to finish.

Also thankful for Slavanon and his story. Im glad Putin didnt kill him. Its really humbling to know someone enjoyed it that much to make what is essentially a Jojo and MGS fanfiction in the setting.

And for those who only read on TFT? Well, you wont see this, but thats okay. Thanks too.


92e274 (3) No.326056>>326117 >>326188 >>326486

>>326049

>a compulsive need to finish

Ace, I think I say this for anyone here. You are a source of both joy and reliability on this board. Whilst others quit, give up or get bored of their stories.

You soldier on… and we all appreciate your efforts. We might grumble and complain; like in the Waifu Wars. What route to take and what our next action should be. And a great deal of emotional stress for you like in Cair…

But, we would never wish you to stop! Unless you wanted to… which would be a sad day.

You have crafted an impressive world setting, that can be both wonderful and terrifying. Often at the same time. With different areas and locales. With it's own lore and history, all of it's own. With interesting and fun characters. That we have come to all care for. Some more then others, depending on who you ask. Your world changes and grows and sometimes not for the best. Your world breathes, it feels alive.

I hope Slavsan won't mind me saying that it is not that surprising. That your work inspired him to write his excellent tales of his own based within YOUR world. It is however very, very welcome and enjoyable in it's own right!

It has been a genuine HONOUR and a JOY to both read and participate in these great adventures. And should you wish to; many more yet to come! ;-)

Thank You Very Much! For Your Efforts And Time, Please Continue With This Amazing Story.


7b8d52 (11) No.326117>>326188 >>326486

>>326049

>>326056

>All that praise

Wasted on a meme fanfiction writer like me tbh fams

I am thankful that I actually have an opportunity to participate in great stories/campaigns like these again and to make my own, with the original creator's blessing no less.

Since it's a special western holiday I'll even indulge myself in some circle jerking that I usually try to avoid. I unironically think that Deleor's setting is more fun, lore deep and well thought out than any other form of MG based content and that it stands equal to a lot of high fantasy series. As far as I consider, Ace is the Tolkien of this board. I am thankful I get to read this shit.


ecacb2 (31) No.326188>>326237 >>326486

Happy late Thanksgiving to all. I would make a statement here, but there isn't much to be added that both >>326056 and >>326117 haven't already said, so I'll refrain from sounding too much like a broken record and simply say that the story is still very much enjoyable and I sincerely hope you finish it Ace and continue making more.

>>325604

Delicious exposition, seeing how far Rommel has come from his original debut being wonderful and the Grand Wizard being the lovable cheeky shit we remember fondly aside, the situation hasn't changed much if at all from the last update, so everything I said in >>325159 and >>325160 still holds up for my views and ideas for how to proceed regardless of whether we decide to try and kill the Prophet or not.

That said, I will mention two more things regarding actions. Firstly, it would be very much beneficial to bring Selene and the Grand Wizard up to speed on what we know about the Prophet, the Violet Sands and Hent-ateh, the former so they're aware of her potential weakness, the latter as it is a matter that concerns ancient Wizards and, unless the Prophet kills the abomination, we will have deal with it following the events here, and the remaining topic as I don't think the parents realise how bad the Apophis being back actually is, nor what the cult is planning following a victory over the Prophet. Secondly, on the topic of [Aliph's Sigil] being enchanted to allow us to access the Violet Sands' communications, heed what >>325641 and >>325661 have said about staying silent for the purpose of listening in. Even if the cultists eventually figure out that we're eavesdropping on everything they say, the amount of plans and critical information we would have been privy to up to that point would be absolutely worth not having a 'safer' form of communication with our sister.

>"Hrm, but would semen mess up the aether balance of her legs? Maybe she should take them off before engaging in anything like that, though that would mean no leg locking and-"

Considering the likelihood of the legs having taken at least one direct hit from a spell over the course of 20 years of fighting many different foes and how the legs are still working now seemingly without issue, I'd like to think this shouldn't be a problem. If it is a problem, then make sure to pester the Grand Wizard to find a solution before we do anything in that department -- Tabitha's first time should be comfortable and special for her, damn it!

Also, unrelated to anything else, but has the Grand Wizard learned any other spells of note since the first WizardQuest? Feel free to not bother if it's a hassle Ace, but it might be worth making note of his skill set from the original along with any new tricks he's picked up in this quest's Pastebin, seeing as he's likely to be joining us.

>>325661

>Find a whetstone so Selene can sharpen her blunt tail blades!

Good catch, though we might be able to do something about them ourselves dependent on what the tail blades are actually made from.

>>325684

Save this for when we need to break out of the capital/begin an assault on the palace where it would actually be extremely useful, as right now we're in stealth mode and should really take advantage of the guards being oblivious to us by continuing to sneak around the place, rather than throwing it all away when we don't need to at all. That, and the combination of narrow alleyways and civilians blocking the roads means the tank wouldn't be able to do much of anything movement-wise, so it seems a bit silly to hinder our mobility when that is precisely what we need right now.


928e7c (5) No.326237>>326284 >>326486

File (hide): 24bde2bbeaeed58⋯.jpg (229.78 KB, 1024x681, 1024:681, 82431.jpg) (h) (u)

>>326188

>>325684

You know, all memes aside, I think Rommel could actually pull off a Panzer 1 at least.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panzer_I

He already sort of made a two person vehicle on the spot against the handmaiden. Also instead of plasma cannons, a lightning and a wind secondary ones would be more reasonable for focused fire and crowd control respectively. So the best option for our spotter/weapon operator would be Sylphie.

The primary cannon can just be a high velocity burst of [Lava Flow] to make use of Rommel's and Sylphie's synchronized channeling. Would have to be used while the vehicle is immobile though.

Sorry Tabitha, but you'll have to walk. Not much use for a sword while riding in a tank, except for styling on your enemies.


f94392 (18) No.326284>>326290 >>326366 >>326486

>>326237

Ace, when you work the tank in the story, be sure to have Tabitha jump on top of it and yell "Drive me closer! I want to hit them with my sword!".


ecacb2 (31) No.326290>>326366 >>326486

>>326284

That joke was already made back in thread 6 though:

>As you pass the corpse of the Mega-Croc, Tabitha holds up a hand.

>"Stop for a moment and bring me closer."

>"Want to hit it with your sword?"

>"A little." She says, smirking at you.


92e274 (3) No.326366>>326486

>>326284

>>326290

Gud old jokes never die.


24ca18 (140) No.326486

>>326284

>>326290

Hey! I'm back at home! Sadly I felt like shit today after work and passed out when I got home, so I'll need to do the update tomorrow. Sorry y'all.

Let's see, time for responding and feels and such…

>>326056

Your capitalizing every word at the bottom triggers me, but thank you very much for the sentiment. There have been many times I've wanted to give up, especially in the first Wizardquest, but I told myself I needed to see it done. Done and shit is better than never finished.

>>326117

You still don't know how humbling it is still to know that this spur of the moment little greentext turned into something someone made such a well planned story out of. There are still times I read your stuff like, "Shit. He's better than me. Clearly he's thought all this out."

>>326188

Who knows how far it will go? I know I'll probably need a break again after this one. Muh backlog.

AS far as killing the prophet goes, we'll tackle that after you've had a chat with the Apophis.

Also, semen is rich in life force and has major aetheric properties. Jizzing into magitek constructs without proper insulation can cause catastrophic effects! I don't recommend it.

That being said, Tabitha is probably smart enough to cover any exposed parts up. It's only ever been an issue with poorly made "Pleasure constructs" exploding.

>>326237

Well, you can probably also use flame lance instead. High velocity lava… hrm, might be a little more difficult, especially at range. This sort of spell works better in larger areas. Flame lance is a better turret spell.

>>326366

>>326290

>>326284

TBH that's far more of an Alice thing to do, but I'm so glad I made that joke before.


24ca18 (140) No.326640>>326641

>Story continue

"Helene…" You whisper, clutching the snake-headed sigil in your hand. The metal bites into your palm as you do so, but it's such a small thing you barely notice. Your mind is too conflicted with decisions on what to do and what your choice will mean going forward.

In the end, it all really comes down to what you do with the Violet Sands, doesn't it? Determining what their goals are, how they're doing in relation to the Pharaoh's forces, and what the demeanor of the Apophis is are paramount. If, and it's a big if, after speaking with her you decide it's worth helping them to remove the Pharaoh, you'll do it. Besides, you'll have more time to decide whether or not you will need to commit double regicide.

Above all of this however, the words of the Grand Wizard ring in your mind. "Then family is one of the most important things you can have." You've grappled with it and done very little overall to reach out with her since your meeting beforehand. The letter was a gesture, something heartfelt but ultimately with little weight behind it, you suspect. You fear you know what you'll find when you go to seek her out, but… you have to do it anyway.

"Hmm?" Sylphie says, cocking her head. "Did you say something?"

Shaking your head, you loosen your grip on the sigil and say, "I've made my decision. We're going back in to speak with this Apophis."

Skeptical eyes greet you and Alice raises a hand. "Uh, why would they just let us walk in?"

A pit forms in your stomach. "I have a feeling they won't cause us much trouble. We're too valuable and…" Trailing off, you shake your head and stand up tall again. "Anyway, any objections?"

Your party look between themselves before shrugging. Sophie nods her head, "I suppose we've followed you this far. Might as well see what we can do, especially if it helps to preserve Deleor." She winces as her mother ruffles her hair.

"That's my little princess."

"Ugh, Mother please, you're doing it all wrong." The young Cat o'Ninetails says.

Selene looks confused. "What? But you love my headpats!"

"I was a younger child then and have a more refined palette now."

"B-But? Who else has been touching your head?"

Sylphie's eyes flicker to you and Selene catches it, turning her head slowly in your direction. You feel something like panic wash over you for a moment under the scrutiny she's giving you. Shifting a little, she eventually sniffs and says, "I assume your sister has been in on this too?"

"E-Ehm." Sylphie says, fidgeting. "I mean, he gives REALLY good headpats."

"Dear…" The Grand Wizard says, putting a hand on his wife's shoulder. "They're adults now, they can choose who can pat their heads." When Selene still glares at you, he says in a softer voice. "If you let it go, I'll let you pat my lower head, alright?"

The Monster Lady sighs and rolls her eyes. "Oh, very well then." She gives you one last intimidating look before smirking and walking off with her husband before a wall of rock similar to the one you cast appears to block them off. A moment later the tingle of a privacy barrier being cast is felt as well and both you and Sylphie shudder.

"Gods, it's like being back at home again when we were little and Mom didn't travel as much." She says, shaking her head. "I know they're doing lewd shit just in the next room, but you can't hear anything."

"Sister, do you really want to?" Sophie asks. Her sister taps her chin and then grimaces before shaking her head.

Chitinous legs skitter up next to you and you turn to see Zoras, arms crossed under her breasts. "Well, interesting as it is to know that you could just drop that wall and watch two very important foreign officials going at it, I think there are more important things to do." She gestures behind you toward the city. "Such as figuring out the next steps."

"Ah, that's easy." You say, turning away from the wall. Gods that's unnerving to know what's happening but not seeing it… or wanting to see it and yet not seeing it is somehow worse. Shaking your head, you pull out the small map made for you in town and trace a line through the Tajir district.

"I highly doubt the guards are going to care much about this district at the moment, especially with the cultists pushing south toward the capital. If we push quickly we can come around the sides and reach the backlines."

Tabitha looks over the map and nods. "Sound enough thinking. Unless they form a rear attack, but with Violet Sands being holed up so well, I doubt that will mean much."

"Well." Alice says, cracking her knuckles. What are we waiting for?"

Mr. Ed snorts and swishes his tail in the direction of the wall. The swordswoman clacks her tongue. "Oh, right." A lewd grin appears on her face as she slowly turns to you and raises a finger.

"No."

"Aww, you're no fun." She sighs, turning her attention back to her armor while giving furtive glances to the wall.


24ca18 (140) No.326641>>326642

>>326640

A short time later the wall comes down and both the Grand Wizard and the Monster lady walk back toward the group, perfectly composed. They meet the questioning eyes of all assembled and then look to each other before the Wizard says, "Is there something we can help you with?"

Alice raises a hand, but Tabitha slaps it down, making the swordswoman grumble. Sighing, you turn to them and go over the plan, which they agree too. The Cat o'Ninetails sighs and looks at the blunted edges of her tail blades.

"Well, I suppose the walk will give me time to sharpen these. Does anyone have a whetstone?"

"Yes, of course." Sophie says, pulling one out and handing it to her mother. She receives a smile in thanks as the group begins walking through the streets again. They're both forced to don concealing clothing again, however Selene has one tail in front of her at a time, honing the edge of her tail with the sharpening rock. It's kind of unnerving to think of what those blades are made of, or how exactly one is to give birth with them. You suppose she's just a tough lady for having twins.

Moving at a quick pace now that everyone is more recovered, you make your way through the rest of the Mina district with little difficulty. Everyone who had a boat was now on them, trying to force their way out of the city while the others who figured out that leaving was not going to happen have cleared the streets. Guards have abandoned the area and the only people and Monsters you really see about are looters who have taken to ransacking warehouses.

Though your group raises some eyes as you travel through the streets, no one starts any confrontations- there's too many easy pickings available to bother with a fight. You begin to wonder if keeping your party members identities hidden really means anything right up until you reach the Tajir district again. Slowing your pace as you pass by the concourse leading to the Merchant's Guild that divides the two districts, you look about in confusion.

Fires burn from various portions of the Tajir district and you hear shouting all around. Sounds of weapons clashing and cries of pain echo through the district and you turn to the others to look at them in confusion. Erwin steps forward and sniffs the air before shivering. {Ugh, fires burning everywhere. Bloodshed too. I think some looters took things a little too far.}

Moving out again, you make your way through the smaller streets, following Erwin and the hearing of the three Cat o'Ninetails. Zoras scurries along walls to scout around corners and only once were you forced to do battle with a small group of men dressed in dirty clothing with improvised weapons. It was over before they knew what hit them.

Because of the distractions you reach the southeastern edge of the Mushtarak district much later in the evening than intended. This area is devoid of visible life, with either the populace having tried to flee to the gates or are cowering in their homes, waiting for this to be over. If the Pharaoh really cared for them she'd have assigned guards in this area, but goes to show you what she thinks of her people.

The elaborate storefronts of the Tajir district give way to larger and more drab houses and apartments that still have more flair than most villas in Deleor. In this area of the city no fires burn and the streets are quiet… too quiet. Through [Aliph's Sigil], you've heard sparse communications, mainly cultists confused as to why the Royal Guard have stopped attacking them. They're taking the time to reinforce themselves and the chatter is minimal. It makes you worry instead of putting you at ease.

As you turn a corner you see in the distance the Lesser Temple of the Twins. Though you can't see much of it, you can hear a low chanting of prayers to the twin Goddesses from a scared and frantic congregation. Thankfully, you're able to steer clear of it as you move Northwest toward the Na'nthal park. Moving near a larger street, Zoras appears from around the corner and drops down onto the ground before you, looking alarmed.

"Bloody Violet Sands cultists up ahead. They're looking a little ah… jittery with bows in hand."

"It's almost like they expect to get attacked." You say, rubbing your chin. Well, you wanted to get closer before revealing yourself, but this seems pretty good. Nodding at the others, you take in a deep breath, pull Ronnie out of your pocket, and walk out.

Immediately an arrow comes flying at you and you block it with Ronnie using [Rock Solid]. The men look at you in alarm, knocking more arrows, but you hold up [Aliph's Sigil] and say, "Hold! We aren't your enemies!"

The men look at each other in confusion for a moment before two converse with each other and one shouts, "Who are you and why do you have that Sigil?"


24ca18 (140) No.326642>>326643

>>326641

"Come on, you have to know about my bargain with Lady Aliph." You say, getting closer to them. "I'm here to see the Apophis."

Their response, a furious chatter between them confirms that you already knew, that there is an Apophis. One of them dressed in finer clothing steps up and says, "What makes you think you can just see the glorious one?"

"Ask her yourself. Tell her Rommel wants to talk." Though you can do this yourself, it's better for her minions not to know this.

The man eyes you up and down before crossing his arms. "I think we'll just bring you in on our terms instead-" He cuts off as he looks behind you to see the rest of your party emerging from the side street. Licking his lips, the judges his odds and says, "I shall contact her…"

Taking a step backward, he holds his own sigil close to his breast and mutters to himself before frowning. His eyes go open wide a moment later and he licks his lips in worry. "T-The great one will see you. Please… head this way." He gives a shaky nod to the others to hold the line and takes you with him past their lines.

A quiet fills the air ahead as hostilities have ceased for the moment. As you walk past, cult members emerge through houses, carrying with them supplies looted from nearby houses or are shoring up defenses. They mutter to themselves as you walk past, as if knowing exactly who you are and why you're here. The closer you get to your destination, the more cult members you see, as well as more devastation.

The man leads you down a street when you freeze in shock as you come face to face with Hent-Ateh. The… thing stands there, far different than the creature you saw last time. Where the darkness leaked forth from patches of the construct body like something trying to escape, it had now subsumed it. You can see patches of metal as a framework underneath roiling patches of dark flesh which give an unmistakable feminine form.

Glowing purple eyes look at you with recognition and its mouth opens a little too wide, revealing rows of serrated, gleaming teeth. Hands strong as steel grab before you can do anything and Ebe screams in panic at the sudden confrontation as the thing drives its face before yours, mouth open, and…

It laughs.

But not a laughter of joy, no, this laughter is almost as bad as if the damn thing had taken your head off. "EHAHWHAHSHWHAHAHWHAHAH." Hent-Ateh nearly screams in your face, making your fucking soul shiver.

The laughter stops as abruptly as it begins and the creature drops you as your party readies to strike it. Long, sensous fingers curl around the unnatural breasts of the abomination as it regards you. "Hmm. A shame. I do so wish to kill you, but I have been ordered not to."

Ears ringing, you say, "W-what the fuck was that?"

"A present from the last time we met. I was not quite in my right mind, but I assure you, the moment I'm allowed to, I will feast upon your souls." A disgustingly long tongue drapes from the darkness of her mouth and slides against you face before the thing cackles again.

The man who lead you present bows to Hent-Ateh. "Great protector, will the Apophis see us?"

"I suppose." Hent-Ateh sighs. "I wish she would have allowed me to keep killing instead of falling back. Ectrian blood tastes so wonderful…"

The man shudders involuntarily but he leads you past her, making a wide arc around the abomination. As you pass, her head follows you, doing a complete 180 while smiling the whole time. As Ebe passes by, she leans forward and says, "Boo!" Making the Ghandharva squeal and cling to Zoras as Hent-Aten chuckles.

The man leads you to a large building where two Anubis stand, draped in the robes of the Violet Sands. Other cultists work around them, fortifying the position and handling prisoners, but they pay you no particular attention- especially not after your scene with Hent-Ateh. They step aside and admit you entrance to the building where you're immediately greeted by a staircase leading downward. Not questioning it, you head down into the darkness. Unfortunately it's too small for Mr. Ed to come down, so you leave him outside with Sylphie, her Mother, and Alice. Making sure they're well situated, you take a lantern from the wall and head down.

Your footsteps echo down the stone staircase and as you enter further you hear the sounds of agonized screaming coming from below. Looking alarmed, you ask the man what's wrong, but he doesn't seem fazed, more awed than anything. This in turn makes you feel uneasy, but you follow him toward the sounds of screaming which begin to die down. As you turn through the basement tunnels, you begin to hear the same voice which was screaming begin to cry and laugh.


24ca18 (140) No.326643>>326644

>>326642

The man stops before a door, that eerie sobbing coming through the other side. A Lamia guard nods to you to enter before dismissing the man. He looks a little chagrined, but does as he is told and heads away back to his post. Without even checking, the Lamia opens the door to you. As you make to enter, she holds the others back.

"The Apophisssss only wantssss him."

Tabitha gives you a worried look, but you shake your head and give her a reassuring smile before entering into the room. The door closes behind you and you look at it for a moment before turning toward what you've come for.

The room is quite large for being underground. Clearly this place has been used by the cult for quite some time as it laden with ritual implements for the cult and looks more like a shrine than some living room. Lined along the walls are various reliefs of the ancient Apophis along with various trinkets and some potential artifacts. You notice the San'ha urn sitting in the corner, opened and feel a shiver down your spine. Next to it sits the Eye of Ant'anha, gemstone devoid of life. They must have been used in the ritual.

Turning your attention to the center of the room, you see what appears to be some kind of dais with an altar atop it and a couch-like throne. In the center of the altar is a bound, naked man who stares up at the throne, weeping tears of joy. Upon his neck are two bite marks, both of which pulse with malevolent energies. Off to the side you see the Lamia from the dungeons, the leader of the Violet Sands who was captured at the Chasm, looking reverently toward the throne. Finally acknowledging it, you turn your attention to the throne itself and find what you expected to see.

Sitting upon the throne is a long, sinuous form of a Lamia with dark, violet scales. Her body is deliciously feminine and her skin is the color of lilac. This fact is on display given that the majority of her skin is exposed, only wearing a red, jewel studded silk garment to cover her groin. Ornate, silver jewelry adorns the rest of her, including a bustier and a large ornament that has the shape of a cobra's hood. Red, glowing gems inlay most of the jewelry, giving an even more imposing feature.

Yet despite all of this, the thing about this creature that disturbs you the most are the eyes. Her eyes glow red with black sclera and they look up at you from a face that is distinctly that of your sister's. Brushing aside a lock of long, brown hair with unnatural red highlights, she smiles at you with a wicked, almost deranged smile.

"Rommel! How good of you to pay your dear sister a visit! It has been too long!"

You feel cold all of a sudden as you remember the woman from before, your sister when you had met her not so long ago. The woman from before was determined and hard bitten, but had a fierce vigor despite the pains that must have been inflicted upon her. While a picture of femininity, she didn't bother to show it off and instead only seemed to focus on her task- or at least that's what you assumed when you saw her in that brief time.

This creature before you however… is it really the same person? Where Helene was serious faced, the Apophis smiles at you with an almost insane glee, as if she knows she is all powerful. Her feminine features, exaggerated some after the transformation, are on full display to make it known what she is and how she wishes people to look and lust after her. If it weren't for her speaking to you and the pit in your stomach, you'd have seriously thought that she was a different person entirely.

Of course, she very well could be a different person now that you think about it. Looking over at the discarded urn and remembering the presence you felt, you begin to wonder who this Apophis really is…

Shaking your head, you stand up tall and say, "Helene, is that really you?"

"But of course, dear brother, though I go by Hel'alin now." She laughs, putting a hand to her mouth. "Why would you ask something so silly?"

"You look… different."

"Ahaha, you always were a little joke maker when we were young." Waving a hand at the other Lamia, she hisses, "Take him away to be fitted for battle like the others. Bring me a woman next time to bestow the gift upon."

"Of course, your highness." The wounded Lamia says, ushering the man out and leaving the two of you alone.

Hel'alin slithers down from her throne and draws her body in a circle around you before sliding her voluptous form up close to you. Her breath is hot on your face and you can see long, pointed fangs in her mouth as she caresses your cheek. "Ah… you have traveled so far and been through so much… I was afraid you and I would be enemies. Yet here you are, in the middle of my lair, just you… and me…"


24ca18 (140) No.326644>>326645 >>326899

File (hide): 335960456b0f222⋯.png (5.17 MB, 4768x3838, 2384:1919, HeleneandHel'alin.png) (h) (u)

>>326643

"Helene, stop this." You say as you feel her breath on your neck. She pulls back, eyes looking confused for a moment before she furrows her brow. Looking at her squarely you want to ask if it's really her but… you can't bring yourself to do it. Gripping your hand tight, you say instead, "I'm here to talk about fighting together against the Pharaoh."

Cocking her head, she pulls away, yet still has her tail around you as she thinks. "Mmm, is that so? My servants have noticed you have quite the… interesting addition to your party. Though why do you think I need you?"

"Because your forces are at the stalemate and the ones in the Palace are surely dead by now. The Pharaoh will win this if you don't have our help."

She sighs, "When did my sweet little brother become so very… logical?" Shaking her head, she leans in again, eyes gleaming with a different sort of malice. "You know, I don't really need your compliance in this. I could always just induct you into the cult with my gift."

Feeling incredibly tired, you say, "So, the slave has become the slave master? You saved me all those years ago so you could enslave me now?"

To your surprise, you she her expression flicker. The malevolant smugness vanishes, replaced by a horror as she grabs you and pulls you in to a tight embrace. "Twins no Rommel, I don't mean to- I just want to keep you close and protect you now that you're here with me again." You feel something wet on your shoulder and look over to see the Apophis crying.

"Helene…?"

"I read your letter, but I… I couldn't stop. We had spent too much securing the relics, had too much bloodshed. With the Royal Guard returning I… I had no choice but the become the Apophis and… and…" You feel her sharp nails dig into your [Trenchcoat] as she hisses, voice taking on that sadistic edge,

"I took the gifts of the ancients into myself and BECAME the Apophis. I will break this Pahraoh and usher in the rule of the Apophis once again!" Pulling yourself away from her, she looks at you with those wide, almost insane eyes again. "And then, no one will ever take you away from me again, dear brother!"

Looking into those eyes you feel confused. This Monster before you was not the person from moments ago. Was… was this Helene now or was there something else, hiding under the surface? Confusion and doubt swim through your mind at this, but you push it aside to ask, "What are your forces doing?"

"Hmm? For now we are consolidating. I will soon have Hent-Ateh destroy the forward lines of the Guard while the cultists move in and take more converts."

"I see." You say, wanting to pull away. "I believe then I will figure out a course of action with my party then too." As you make to walk away, you feel her tail tighten around you and you find yourself once again face to face with the Apophis. Beginning to sweat, you watch as she sniffs your neck and then sighs.

"Did I mention how good you smell? You know, in this form now, I am not truly your sister any longer. Though it is early in my rule, I could use a consort, and I can't think of any I'd rather have than you-?" She cuts off as you touch your hand radiating [Ice] to her scales, making her jump back in surprise. She's clearly not used to her new body yet.

"No." You say, stepping away. Giving her one last look, you shake your head and say, "We'll be in touch." Before she can say anything further, you walk out of the room and rejoin with your party, heading upstairs. Ebe turns to you with a confused look as you enter up the stairs, but you hold up a hand to forestall her until you reunite with the others and pull away from the building before erecting a [Privacy barrier] and explaining everything that happened.

"Ewww." Sylphie says, shuddering. "That's seriously fucked up."


24ca18 (140) No.326645>>326646 >>326651 >>326669 >>326675 >>326709 >>326933

>>326644

"I don't much care for it either." Selene says, sighing. "But Monsterizing through relics like that… how disturbing Ectria is."

"What do we do now?"

{H-Help!!} A voice echoes in your mind, making you look about in confusion as one of Polah's familiars, a rat you haven't seen before appears. The sending is frantic as he looks for help. {The gangs are taking the opportunity to fight for goods and territory and they're going to destroy the whole Tajir district if they aren't careful! Mistress Polah is in danger!}

"Gods…" You mutter to yourself. "I really don't need this right now."

{They aren't at her house yet but please, help her! She can't fly out of the city because of the guards on the walls, and even if we took them down, she refuses to leave!}

The little rat looks at you with little rat eyes. {Please?}

{Rommel…} Erwin sends. {I don't think we have the time for this.}

{No, we don't.} You send, feeling miserable. The rat looks at you with confusion and you're forced to send, {Listen, I'll… I'll think it over, okay?}

{I… okay.} The rat sends. {I know she didn't seem like it, but she did like having you around. It was… good for her.} The rat scampers away, leaving you with more conflicted feelings. Great…

"Eh?" The Grand Wizard says, looking at you with confusion. "What just happened?"

Explaining it all to the group, you rub your forehead and say, "This explains those hooligans we fought in the Tajir district, and the fires."

"Should we help her?" Ebe asks, looking worried.

"I…" You say, worried yourself. While you liked Polah and all, going back and helping her would require dividing some of your party to do so. Unlikely they'll return in time to help out the group in any meaningful way if you make any kind of attack- or if the enemy attacks.

Thinking about that, you look off toward where the Pharaoh's forces should be and frown. Why would they just be waiting? There had to be something more to this than just that…

With an uneasy feeling in your stomach, you weigh your options and decide on the best course for you, your friends… and the Violet Sands.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.326646

>>326645

Heeeeeeey! I'm back!

You get to see the full pic, it's some cool duality thing and I thought it was neat. Also, Oh no! Oh goshes, I guess she really was the Apophis. Rip. I'm so sorry. If only you could have stopped it.

Anyway, oh and it turns out that Polah is in trouble too. Yeah there's a lot happening in the city at the moment.

But y'all should figure out what you want to do going forward eh? The next update could just be recon if you want, etc etc

Yes, I know about talking with Selene and the Wizard again about dangers of the Apophis, but there was uh… limited time again. Sorry!


725c56 (20) No.326651>>326709 >>326791

File (hide): 0c51c1e1e0e98b2⋯.jpg (102.12 KB, 1200x600, 2:1, DPSGZ90VwAUZd4G.jpg) (h) (u)

>>326645

Can we just make a magical nuke and wipe out this whole country?

nah, but right now it seems like the violent sands can't be trusted to lead this country and we'll have to take them out. But let's ally with them for now since the pharaoh seems like the bigger threat

As for what to do with Polah, I think we should try to rescue her. Let's send Erwin, Slyphie, Alice to help her

Finally the battle plan, This part I'm a little unsure of, I'm thinking lets help the violet sands by taking out the pharaoh's soldiers with long ranged attacks and leave them to try to take over their stronger forces in the pharaoh's headquarters and hopefully the rest of the party returns while they thin themselves out


aaf2c9 (15) No.326654>>326669 >>326675 >>326709 >>326755 >>326791

There's something else at play here. We're missing a piece of the puzzle and it's fucking important. Why would the pharoah and her troops be so confident of victory? It doesn't make sense unless they have something they feel guarantees it. I mean it could simply be overconfidence and arrogance but knowing ace I do highly doubt it. More likely there is some kind of weapon/spell the pharoah has that she plans to use. In fact it wouldn't surprise me if a previous pharoah foresaw the apophis returning and prepared a counter measure for the eventuality. Part of me wants to say that the temple of the twins has something to do with it but I'm not sure.

We should send at least someone to protect Polah, likely she'll just be dealing with looters so one person could help her easily enough. Zoras for example is physically imposing as it is not to mention her combat skills. I'd say send her, that way we keep our strongest fighters and protect polah.

we should teach the GW how to headpat.


2ad4ba (5) No.326660>>326709 >>326791

I think it only fair to send some help to Polah after what she did for us. Zoras, and maybe Alice, too should be enough to thwart whatever threat facing Polah (which is hopefully just looters.) With the addition of Selene and the GW, this also shouldn't compromise the combat prowess of our party too much.

As for our main task, some information gathering seems in order. Recon near the front line seems a little too risky for Erwin. Maybe we can find a Violet Sands member around who was at the front lines who may have seen something or heard something that will give us a hint as to what the Pharoh is planning with this lull in the fighting. Me thinks it may be related to how the Pharoh was able to capture Selene and GW.

Speaking of which, this may be a good opportunity to ask them about their encounter with the Pharoh, as it may also offer us some clues about whatever is about to happen.


0a2572 (1) No.326669>>326709 >>326791

>>326645

>>326654

>Why would the pharaoh and her troops be so confident of victory?

They do stiff have the magical "fuck you" macguffin that shut down the monster lady and the grand wizard, don't they? That could account for a lot.

Speaking about that, I'm all for helping Polah, but regardless of who else goes, I think we should keep Alice with us. Aside from her sword, she has no metaphysical fuckery to remove, so if people's powers or whatever get removed or sealed or something she's probably one of the best assets we have. Tabitha might lose some of her power or have her legs stop working, so that's a concern, since I don't think we're sure of how the pharaoh's ability works.


727ef0 (15) No.326675>>326682 >>326791 >>326854

>>326645

Does Polah really need help? I mean we are going to anyway because she is precious, but Polah should be well enough to take care of some looters. Griffons are really strong creatures and on top of that she has a small militia of familiars she can make Dire.

It looks like we have a little bit of time before things really kick off again, So my thoughts are lets take GW with us, clear out the immediate ruffians and use his knowledge to set up wards around the building. Wiz could use the practice anyway to get back into magic slinging shape and we don't have to leave a party member to babysit. We might miss the kick off of the new battlefront but we should still be able to join in after we get done.

>>326654

We could totally fit in one more headpat session with Polah before we leave and then give the dumbstruck Wizard some pointers while he badgers us on the way back

So Ace, If we had brought Veronica along instead of Tabby, Would she be able to exorcise the grape slut out of our sister? It doesn't seem so much like monsterization as it does possession. Sounds like she's got 2 personalities floating around in that head.


0c6eca (17) No.326682>>326709 >>326791 >>326860 >>326933

>Polah needs help in the Tajir District

The Bazaar is there, right? We should do what this guy >>326675 says, and on the way back from helping Polah, make a detour to that smoke shop we were dragged off to while shopping and loot some Turquoise Herb. If that one stoner wasn't just blowing smoke before, we could use it to have a less stressful conversation with Dollora later. Some divine guidance would be nice and maybe some assistance in getting that purple, incestuous bitch out of our sister. Plus, if we have even the slightest chance at headpatting a goddess, then, for the sake of all wizardkind, we MUST take it.


cb66b1 (18) No.326709>>326712 >>326716 >>326755 >>326791

>>326645

All the major players on the field are finally revealed. It is time for the final battle. Which means that this is the perfect moment to get all our exposition, since both sides are at a stalemate.

>"Why don't you two just twin plasma blast the palace?"

Let's get this elephant in the room out of the way first. The wizard might have moral objections about using spells of mass destruction, but Selene would not give two shits about it. Everyone inside the palace is either part of the Pharaoh's crew or only in it for the profit, save for the potential slaves inside. If the threat of the prophet is as big as GW says, then he better show some balls and nuke the damn place to the ground. It's not like he showed much concern for the citizens of Ectria when he unleashed a death cult on them as a distraction for the establishment.

>"How did you two loose again?"

They said so in passing but we need details. They have been in captivity for months. They must have thought of some way to bypass the Pharaoh's bullshit total magic nullification powers. That was seriously embarrassing and we need to make sure this won't happen again by making a foolproof bullshit plan of our own.

>"What is the prophet actually trying to achieve and why did she keep you alive?"

This is about as subtle as Phalia's massive bulge. What kind of endgame are we looking to prevent here?

>"What sort of history did dwarves, ectrians and the ancient wizards have?"

This one might have a slim chance to succeed but it's worth asking GW and Selene about the Hentateh. They must have done their homework about the country before setting out with the kind of resources both of them have at their disposal. Even if they don't know anything, we must inform them about her and that she will turn on us the moment the pharaoh dies. She is the actual, real final boss and we will need to blow her the fuck away with a plasma blast with no trace left, as soon as we purge the evil spirit from our sister and kill the prophet.

>"How do you forcibly banish a malicious revenant from a possessed body?"

Thankfully Helene was not fully consumed but this won't last for long. GW is the prime expert on the subject, having worked with and studied the principles behind this phenomenon for years. If anyone in this world can pull this shit off without the use of expert level divine magic, then it's him and we will need Helene as clear headed as we can get for the final stretch.

With these five out of the way, we can start the battle plans. First off:

>>326651

>>326654

>>326660

>>326669

>>326682

STOP BEING RETARDED!

This is the only person who spotted the obvious trap >>326675/ Polah has a dozen of fucking trained familiars that can go dire on a whim and I will bet my ass fiendish as well.

What kind of badass fucking looters are these that they can take all of those things on and a fucking griffin on top of that?

What happened was just what Polah was worried about. She did not cover her tracks that well because we were forced to rush the rescue plan.

The pharaoh found out that the two people that could UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES escape, are gone and cornered the person who helped them.

She is being held at sword point and told to lead us to her for an ambush, that is the only logical explanation.

Now as far as what we do about it? First tell the rat familiar spying on us to show his face, then have GW shame him by saying that his honorable ancestors would be disgusted with his lies and cowardice. Then have him tell us exactly what kind of enemy ambush we are looking out here for under the promise that we will rescue his mistress.

Then we send GW and Selene for a "warm up" before the final battle. They have been cooped up for a while and need to do some "stretching exercises". Annihilating a district full of guards should work out well. The enemy numbers will get cut considerably and will show Polah exactly why we were so adamant about breaking those two assholes out and why it was worth it.

Once they are done, GW can just fucking fly himself while carrying Selene bridal style after us, like he displayed in the epilogue. They will catch up in no time and will be fully ready to wreak havoc.

And while they do that…

We make the tank.

And we PLOW THAT SHIT RIGHT THROUGH THE ENEMY LINE!

All the way to the fucking front gates of the palace. Blow them off the fucking hinges with a flame lance dual cast with Sylphie's galeforce and roll inside, letting the entire violet sand force move in.


cb66b1 (18) No.326712>>326713 >>326716 >>326791

YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.

>>326709

Oh and I vote for this for our "ride in and fuck everyone up" theme.


cb66b1 (18) No.326713>>326716

>>326712

And by that I mean have Ebe fly in the sky and blare it at full volume with her divine metal guitar.


f94392 (18) No.326716>>326723

File (hide): 14d117818a33fc7⋯.gif (360.44 KB, 540x300, 9:5, headbang.gif) (h) (u)

>>326709

>>326712

>>326713

Fantastic ideas right here.


9dc016 (4) No.326723

>>326716

Agreed.

Lets just hope the GW can do something about it. If not, we will probably need to kill her.

It's a shame she is crazy and your sister. Superpowered snek waifu would be neat.


63a8b1 (6) No.326755>>326791 >>326933

>What do you do?

Polah needs our help but not too badly so a small party should be enough to help her out. Those who don't go to help out Polah should sneak around the palace perimeter with us and spy on the guards there via methods like audio tap to see if anything is out of the ordinary or if anything of note crops up, because as >>326654 points out something is fucky here and we need to find out what before we can do anything otherwise we're going to get royally fucked by a surprise attack of sorts. It might also be worth pointing out the odd behavior from the prophet to our sister to advise her against doing anything brash that could end poorly for the cult and for her as to stop this entire mission from going to shit. Dollora did tell us to protect what's important to us and stopping our sister from doing something that has a good chance of getting her killed would follow that advice so it's maybe a good idea.

>>326709

>It is time for the final battle.

We haven't visited the chasm yet and there are 3 major threats at play here who won't all be dealt with in these events, Hent-ateh in particular has been built up throughout the story so it would be a waste to kill it off so soon like bacon pimp. We aren't quite done yet.

>Polah being in trouble is a trap

I'm not so sure about that. For one thing we weren't spotted going to and from Polah's house at any point nor when we were entering and exiting the dungeons else the guards would have done something, and we didn't leave any other evidence except the gates being busted but that shouldn't implicate Polah in any way. Another thing is that Polah never leaves her house so the guards shouldn't even know she exists let alone where she lives, making locating her questionable. A final thing is that the guards wouldn't bother with setting up bait and would just proceed to torture like they do with every other prisoner, and i doubt the rat would hide this from us when saving his master is his highest priority and the knowledge of her being in immediate danger would speed us along in helping her.


24ca18 (140) No.326791>>326860 >>326899

>>326651

>>326669

>>326654

The Pharaoh wields tons of power and has divine blessing, so she says. She is a prophet afterall. Besides, she may not have shown all her cards anyway…

As if you could TEACH such skills you barely understand yourself

>>326660

You know, if I recall, the Grand Wizard knows a spell that lets you see distant things but can't hear anything… goshes now what if there was a spell which allowed you to listen too?

>>326669

True, Alice is a rootin, tootin, kick em in the face

>>326675

Polah is tall and imposing, but did she really strike you as a fighter? I wonder…

Besides, the main worry is fires spreading, or her being forced out of her place, which it sounds like she refuses to do for some reason.

Going there with the GW seems like something interesting though!

Veronica may have been able to do something like that. Not in the way you think though.

>>326682

I… am not certain that will work how you imagine it will. But if you want to derp around in the bazaar, sure…

>>326709

Yeah should ask why not. Maybe they appreciate the architecture? Of course, he didn't much think it a death cult at the time.

Sure, we can learn more about how they lost I suppose.

Asking about Hent-ateh eh.Maybe! Same with banishment, well… we'll see about that one. Perhaps if Veronica was here…

This would be a good time for the tank, yeah.

>>326712

I think it would certainly be a different type of… uhh song, but similar? I guess?

>>326755

Looks like it's a little divided on who should go. I'll check it out tomorrow and see what we got, yeah?

Oh hey, you remembered the Dollora thing. Wonder if that means something? Probably not, you should protect Tabitha instead.

At the moment, Hent-ateh is your friend!

But other threats… hrrrrrm, Could there really be more?

Also, it's incredibly doubtful guards are in that area of town besides the walls. The south partof the city is basically lawless at the moment.


5de9eb (1) No.326803>>326807 >>326825 >>326933

Am I the only one worried about all the Anubi in the upper echelons of the cult? And Ace's dedication in mentioning there's always one around?

/x/ time:

The Anubi are a secret cabal formed by the Pharaoh to infiltrate the Violet Sands and act as spies, that's how Poolah is in danger, how Ebe's mother got caught, and a few other coincidences. The nice smugglers that brought us into the city are probably dead or in danger too.

The Pharaoh is going to do some sacrifice-myself-to-open-a vulnerability-of-the-Apophis type bullshit. Since the Pharaoh is dead, and Hent-ateh is "The creature summoned by the ancient Apophis to destroy the Pharaoh", Hent-ateh's goal will be accomplished and she will presumably go away (but not before forcing us to fight her anyway, I'm sure). During the temporary vulnerability, one of the many anubi kills Hel'alin. The city guard expected to enforce martial law for a little while so politics get sorted out, but we throw a wrench into that plan somehow and everyone that could effectively lead the country ends up dead.

The Pharaoh is dead, but is revealed to be a self-sacrificing and loving monarch with some slaving traditions, the Apophis is dead and turned out to be crazy, the country is in chaos with multiple factions competing to fill the power vacuum Afghanistan-style, and we're the bad guys.

And I think the Khepri know about all this, and were planning on ransoming the Urn back to both the Pharaoh so this plan goes smoothly, and the Violet sands, just because they can.


cb66b1 (18) No.326807>>326825

File (hide): ae0757d17cebfdf⋯.jpg (196.56 KB, 1226x720, 613:360, 1441945237762.jpg) (h) (u)

>>326803

>The jews danuki (((khepri))) are behind everything.

Probable.


24ca18 (140) No.326825

>>326807

Danukis of the Dunes, some call them :^)

>>326803

Ooo interesting conspiracy theory. Let's see how that plays out.


24dbec (3) No.326854

File (hide): 36a85e4bed6ea32⋯.jpg (119.03 KB, 1280x720, 16:9, gandalf_exorcism.jpg) (h) (u)

File (hide): ada95e4d6bce698⋯.jpg (17.98 KB, 640x272, 40:17, exorcism.jpg) (h) (u)

>>326675

>Would she be able to exorcise the grape slut out of our sister?

We can do it ourselves, the power of friendship is stronger than any thot


0c6eca (17) No.326860>>326899 >>326933

>>326682

>>326791

Yeah, it's a stupid idea, but I am curious what would happen if we were to somehow headpat Dollora. Probably something like a world ending catastrophe as the opposing forces of Solos and Dollora collide. Still worth it


b86046 (1) No.326899

>>326644

So, Helena isn't completely lost to the Apophis.. can we put the 'genie back in the bottle' and leave Helena ok, but still changed?

>>326791

>Polah being in trouble is a trap

This Anon makes a gud point. There is no evidence to support that the Royal Guards knows Polah helped us. Nevertheless, a cute girl is in distress and it's un-manly to leave a girl wanton. And once saved her, she'll need headpats.

>>326860

>headpat Dollora

If Rommel should ever encounter Dollora this is a must!! And maybe a Belly-rub too!! She sounds like a girl, who has had it rough and not in a gud way…


ecacb2 (31) No.326933>>326960

>>326645

Considering how she didn’t bite us immediately despite having the perfect opportunity to do so and how her statements about her desire to protect us only increased in intensity, going from love to apparent obsession, rather than changing to something negative like desiring our death, it seems to me that Helene’s transformation has only warped part of her personality while leaving her wants and goals intact, which is not nearly as bad as expected. Perhaps our new objective could be finding a way to stop her condition from becoming any worse? If we could do that, then maybe we wouldn’t have to turn on the Violet Sands when they inevitably take over in the Prophet’s absence and could instead have Helene pull a few strings to put Ectria in a better spot from her new position.

But back to the situation at hand. Polah being stuck is highly unlikely to be a trap the guards have better things to do than baiting us (like dealing with the cultists) and, as >>326755 points out, they shouldn’t know about her in the first place, so I say we should save Polah because she’s a cute she has been greatly beneficial thus far and has the potential of being of further use to us, as it’s likely she’ll stick with us for a while following the loss of her home and her not really knowing where to go next. As others have said though, Polah isn’t in that much danger right now since she’s only really going to have to deal with looters and the fires, so we should be able to get away with sending a very small party to help her.

In terms of who to send, Zoras is a pretty good choice here seeing as her venom can disable pretty much any threat she may come across, and since she likely isn’t going to be doing much for us here, this being a result of her large size making stealth harder and her combat skills leaving something to be desired in comparison to everyone else in our party sans Ebe, it would make sense to send her somewhere she can be useful, so we should definitely do that. Erwin is another ideal option, as he would allow us to keep in touch with the away party so we’re updated on how things are going and we can cast magic through him which is something we haven’t done since Kittering I believe in case magic is required for something, so strongly consider sending him with Zoras. Other than those two, Sophie would be the next logical choice in my eyes as everyone else is either too useful in our current conundrum or has a skillset that is useless for that particular task in the case of Ebe the lack of a quick [Privacy Barrier] means she can’t really do shit without bringing more looters towards her or friendly fire and I’m not sure how well she’ll fair in direct combat and the lack of guards in the area means she’s mostly safe from being targeted if spotted, so consider sending her as well if needed.

As for the rest of us, once again do what the smart anons have suggested and hold off from rushing in until we know we can get away with it, as we want to avoid a 'Sylphie gets shot event only worse' at all costs. Skulking around areas where the Royal Guard are present to search for clues as to what might be coming and how we would go about dealing with it is a better option, so proceed with that instead. And consider trying to get a look at the two temples in the eastern side of the capital while we’re at it, because anything out of the ordinary, like a seemingly unnecessarily large number of guards standing around the area, being spotted there would be a big indicator for the definite location of the Prophet’s Achilles heel and it would help to know where we should be headed should an assault take place for us to have the biggest impact on the outcome.

>>326682

>>326860

>Turquoise Herb

I'm fairly certain the whole "allow one to commune with the Gods" thing was a figure of speech rather than literal statement, else most priests would be out of a job. And besides, even in the incredibly unlikely scenario that Dollora allows us to do something like that, she'll probably just say "Solos did it better" with no other reaction and make us feel inadequate in comparison to the supposed source of our curse.

>>326803

>The Anubi are a secret cabal formed by the Pharaoh to infiltrate the Violet Sands and act as spies, that's how Poolah is in danger, how Ebe's mother got caught

But neither of those two events have anything to do with the Violet Sands knowing something that could have potentially been passed onto the Royal Guard, so that logic sort of falls apart.


24ca18 (140) No.326960

H-Hey guys.

I sort of… lost track of time/ had some calls/ DM's I needed to respond to and I only wrote like, 1k words.

Ehm. I'll have to make it up tomorrow then. Sorry! If you have any other questions, please don't hesitate to ask!

>>326933

I would be difficult to get into the Lesser temple due to all the people there looking for succor. The Greater temple likely has a lot of Guards around them.


2ad4ba (5) No.326973

Pairing up an Audio Tap with one of GWs Unidentified Flying Turds would make a fantastic impromptu reconnaissance drone for us to investigate the riskier parts of the city


24ca18 (140) No.327095>>327096

>Story continue

It's not even really a question, when you think about it. Polah did right by you and besides, you get a feeling that she's a little… shy? Her words to you were anything but, yet when she spoke normally it was almost cute in a way with how awkward she is. Thinking on it more, the way her familiars seem so concerned about her and the way she acts, you actually wonder if she's gone outside in the past few years.

Sighing, you raise your hand and say to the group, "I need someone to go check up on Polah."

"Eh?" Zoras asks, cocking her head. "That bad, huh?"

"Her familiar thinks so."

The Girtablilu's eyes flicker to the side for a moment before muttering something under her breath and then nodding her head. "Alright, I'll do it." When you give her a questioning look, she shrugs and says, "To be honest, I'm not too keen on fighting the Royal Guard again. Gangs? Oh, I can bloody well fight gangs, but that battle with the Anubis in the tunnel was a little over my head, you know?" She gives another furtive glance to the side and you notice her looking toward Hent-Ateh.

"Besides… I'd rather not be anywhere near that thing, you understand?"

"Yes, I do." Ebe whispers, giving a furtive glance to the abomination. It… her head moves unnaturally toward her as she does so, forcing the Ghandharva to look away sharply before shivering. "Can't you just have your sister tell that thing to leave?"

"I don't think that's happening." You say, feeling a little sick. "I think it might be best to give Hele… Hel'alin a little space right now."

Everyone looks rather awkward at that and you groan inwardly at being the source of it. Look, you just confirmed that your sister has become a Monster from ancient times and is possibly controlled by the spirit of a dead one of said Monsters. Given how she also wanted to make you her consort, it's not exactly a good time for you.

Of course, she did also seem genuine there for a moment, showing something that reminded you of the past but- no, it's too much to hope for something like that, right? Helene is gone and in her place is Hel'alin. And yet, you can't fully accept that there isn't something of your sister there, underneath all this. In a way though, you hope that there isn't, because it would be easier to continue thinking her dead like you did all those years ago.

Unable to fully banish the thoughts, you turn back to Zoras and say, "Please, go and check on Polah. Get her to safety in the Mina district if you can, though I assume you can find somewhere safe within the Merchant's guild?"

The Girtablilu raises an eyebrow. "And what makes you think that?" At your insistent stare she chuckles, "I suppose it would be the obvious choice, wouldn't it? Yes, there are personal guards around the place, guarding it and they respond well to Ammon's name. Some of them, anyway."

"Thank you." You say, nodding to her.

"It's fine, just… not certain I'm going to be returning you know?" She shakes her head and sighs. "Well, it's been fun anyway. Wonder what it would have been like to join you on the rest of your adventures."

"You'd have seen a ruin filled with tons of priceless ancient Ectrian artifacts…" Alice mutters, to which Zoras cocks her head.

"Huh?"

"Oh." Alice says, snickering. "Nothing at all. You take care now!"

The three Cat o'Ninetails look at each other with knowing looks, their ears twitching as they clearly heard that Alice said. In turn everyone says their goodbyes to Zoras and she departs, skittering away from the battle lines and toward Polah's place of residence.

Watching her go, you look to Erwin and send, {Follow her.}

{Eh?} Erwin sends back, confused.

{She's pretty capable and can take care of herself, but in case she gets in trouble I'd like someone else there to help her. Besides, having eyes and ears out there would be helpful.}

{Aww, can't you make Alice do it?}

{Erwin, you're the only one I can trust for this. Besides, we kind of owe Polah some and I'd rather not risk you out here if I can help it.}

Erwin mentally sighs. {Oh very well. Only because I like you.}

Kneeling down, you pat the little guy on the head and he sniffs before walking over to Sylphie. The Monster pats his head and he gives you a snide look before scurrying off after Zoras. You know he'll be fine or else he wouldn't have agreed so easily. Ah damnit Polah…

"Heh." The Grand Wizard says, shaking his head as Erwin scampers off. "Seems you have a cheeky bastard for a familiar too."


24ca18 (140) No.327096>>327097 >>327159 >>327164

>>327095

Sophie winces as he says this, but her father holds up a hand and shakes his head, "Don't. It's been long enough and Bubs had a great life, alright? Now isn't the time to get all sentimental."

"He's right." Selene says, crossing her arms. "We're going to need a plan of attack."

"Yes, we will." You say before squaring off with them again."But I think there's a few unsolved questions before we go into that."

The twins look to each other with surprise at your sudden change of tone and even Tabitha furrows her brow. Selene and the Grand Wizard look at each other for a moment before nodding and turning back to you. The Monster Lady holds out a hand and asks, "Very well, what else do you require?"

"First things first." You say, pointing toward the Palace. "Why don't you just [Twin Plasma Blast] the Palace? Why did you go through all this subterfuge in the first place?"

Selene sighs, "Well, once we realized going in and doing this diplomatically wasn't going to work, we made our way into the Palace for some regicide. I'll admit it flat out."

"I'd say that seems difficult to do, but we accomplished it easily enough." You say, shrugging.

"We also had a riot going on and scouts beforehand." Ebe sniffs, giving the two older members a sideways look.

"We had some help as well." The Grand Wizard says. "Among other reasons, we promised not to destroy the Palace. It's best that you just know that destroying it would not be ideal for anyone involved."

"Besides, I do not believe such a thing possible any longer." Selene adds. "The power that the Prophet current wields would negate such a spell."

Your eyebrows raise. "How does she have something that powerful? Can you explain again what exactly happened?"

"We entered the Palace, took out some guards without much trouble and faced the Pharaoh." Selene says. She looks a little agitated as she continues. "Bitch casts a few measly pieces of dark magic before taking a staff from behind her throne and chanting something."

Her husband nods his head. "We were too late to stop her and when she had finished a low thrumming of magic came into the air. I could feel my bones shaking at it and when we looked at her again her eyes were glowing purple, same as the staff. I tried to cast spells but the seemed to slide off of her."

"I tried to get in close and slit her throat, but something repulsed me." Selene adds, looking angry now. Before I knew what was happening, she'd grabbed us with something invisible. I tried to free myself, but she uh… smashed my head into the ground a few times."

The grand wizard mutters to himself before sighing, "Same, to be honest. The worst part about it is that she looked pained in doing so, as if bringing us down was the worst thing she could have done." He shakes his head. "Last thing I remember was what sounded like a chorus of voices laughing and the Prophet shouting in anger."

Shaking his head, he shrugs. "Something like that. Killed a damn dragon and we got beaten by some woman with delusions. How shameful."

Tabitha grumbles as Selene continues. "Next thing I know I'm in that cell alone. I tried to use my magic but nothing was working and I found myself drained dry of power soon enough. It was only then that they brought him into the cell as well with that collar and a lot of bruises."

"Magic nullifying collar." The Grand Wizard sighs. "Fucking things are outlawed in Deleor. Must have gotten one by black market trade or via the Eastern countries which use them for slaving sorcerers." He holds out a hand which his wife takes before he squeezes it. "They tried to get information from me on rather mundane things such as army dispositions and the situation with Galmathoria. As for Selene…"

She looks at her missing tails and sighs as she reaches for the recently severed one. It was not a clean cut. Her voice trembles a moment before she says, "I got questions on the Monster Nation, at first anyway. As time progressed she began to grow interested in the Violet Sands, asking what we knew about them and how they were operating. I didn't care much for the cult but I once gave her an answer she didn't like and…"

"Mother…" Sophie says, putting a hand to her mouth. Her mother waves her over and she hugs her daughter before kissing her on top of the head.

"It's alright, I have seven more anyway. Just means it's more of a challenge when we play our game, right?"

"Father could always-"

"No." Selene says, shaking her head. "He's offered, but it's alright. Anything I take is well deserved, I'm sure."

"Dear, not this again." The Grand Wizard begins. "Look, I told you that-"


24ca18 (140) No.327097>>327098 >>327141

>>327096

"Ahem." Tabitha interrupts, putting a hand to her mouth. "This is touching but you two have had this talk too many times to count and we're in a war zone."

The married couple look away, abashed. Giving Tabitha a nod, you speak up. "Alright, that's good to know. I am sorry about your treatment though."

"Well, we aren't dead so that's something." The Grand Wizard says, shrugging.

"Right. As it stands, we're in position with the Violet Sands here. If we break this little siege, they're likely to assault the Palace."

"And die miserably." Alice says, waving a hand. "That story was kind of terrifying, remember?"

"Normally, yes." You say, holding up a hand. "However, we learned an interesting piece of information. Tell then Sylphie."

"Hmm? Oh!" Sylphie says, starting. She coughs and raises her bad arm too quickly, wincing and making to hold her shoulder. Her Mother looks alarmed, but she shakes her head and smiles. "Ah, don't worry about! It's fine, it's fine. Anyway…" She clears her throat. "I think the way the Pharaoh is controlling all that power is through an aether transformer."

Her Father looks surprised this time."Aether transformer? That's retard…ed…" His voice trails off as he considers this. "Actually, no, I guess it isn't, is it? But how did you?-" He gives an "Oh you" look to his daughter who bats her eyes girlishly at him. Chuckling, he waves for her to continue, muttering, "Smart ass daughter."

"Right, so, it's most likely to be an ancient shrine, right? We'd learned that there's been an increase in the numbers of guards around the High Altar of the Twins. That has to be where the transformer is!" She asks you to offer up the [Palace Map] and you hand it to her as she points to a spot in a shrine to the twins. "Here!"

Her Mother looks down at the map and frowns. "Dear… this doesn't say the High Altar is here, merely just an Altar."

"Well yeah, but why wouldn't the Pharaoh keep that kind of power close to her? The abilities of such things weaken with distance, right?"

"Our current ones, yes." The Grand Wizard says, looking over the map. "It would be the logical place for it to be, however…"

Sophie sighs. "The High Altar is in the Great Temple, isn't it?"

Her parents look at each other before nodding to her. Selene says, "Yes, it is. We went to a congregation there while in the city at first and it's most certainly there."

"So we'd have to assault another building entirely to break her hold." You say, rubbing your chin. "Hells! We can just annhilate that Temple and-"

Everyone in the bubble save for Alice turns to you and shouts, "NO!"

Taken aback, you turn to the face and ask, "What? Why not?"

"It's an ancient Temple built to both Dollora and Phallia." The Grand Wizard says, as if you should know this. "The artifacts there are priceless, and beyond that annihilating it would bring us nothing but the wrong kind of attention."

"From what? The Gods? That's-" As you say this you trail off, remembering your conversation with Dollora. Drawing your lips into a line you say, "Fine, but we'd need to be quick or else I'm sure the Pharaoh will attack us."

"Aye." Tabitha says, nodding her head. "But if we deny her that power she'll stand no chance, right?"

"Ehm." Sylphie says, rubbing her head. "Well, the transformer helps keep the power from vanishing once spent. It stores it. When destroyed she'll still have the power but she'll get weaker over time."

"So she'll still be invincible." Ebe says, looking down.

"For a time." Sophie says, nodding her head. "It's the best plan of action we have available I'm afraid."

Nodding, you say, "It's something. We can figure out the details once we take care of the threat in front of us." The rest of them look toward where the Guard would be stationed. "We need to break out of this and keep the Violet Sands from being annihilated before we can move forward."

"And for that!" The Grand Wizard says, snapping his fingers. A horrid stench fills the area as feces from gutters rise up and collect before him. He shapes it into a disk and freezes the putrid thing before saying, "Alright, time to use-" He cuts off as a chunk of rock flies foeward and shatters the feces. Looking at the stone and then to you, he huffs and crosses his arms. "Oh, so you're too good for copromancy eh?"

"Yeah, it's shit." You say, giving him a level look.

"Fuck you, it's not just shit." He begins before his wife puts a hand on his shoulder and shakes her head.

"Dear, it's shit. It's always been shit and it always will be shit. You've said you'd do more, but it's basically always shit. Useful shit, but nonetheless, this shit is shit."

"Shit." The Grand Wizard says as he sees the nods from the others. Sighing, he says, "Fine, we'll use your gay ass rocks I guess."

"I can do metal too."

"Oh fuck off."


24ca18 (140) No.327098>>327099

>>327097

Finding and shaping a cobblestone, you hold it in the air before you and the Grand Wizard teaches you how to cast [Remote sentry]. With both of you anchoring the spell, he says, "Alright, we'll get some good views from here."

>You learn [Remote sentry]

>Place sentries which are infused with your magic and will wear out over time. Can tap into and see through the sentry, but cannot detect sounds.

>Easy to pick up by other practitioners who are looking.

"Hmm." You say, rubbing your chin. "It's missing something. I'd like to hear what they're saying."

"It doesn’t do that."

"Yeah, but this does." You say, casting [Audio Tap]. The Grand Wizard watches your spell and then asks you do to it again. He watches more intently, probably with [Mage Sight] and he ends up nodding his head and smirking.

"I think I have an idea. One second."

Concentrating, he mutters to himself before holding out his hands and manipulating threads of magic before casting something onto the stone. Smiling, he says, "I think I've merged the spells well! Here, let me show you."

Following his instructions, he indeed teaches you how to merge [Audio Tap] with [Remote Sentry] to form [Surveillance]. Casting the spell yourself, you find that you can see AND hear from the device!

>You learn [NSA]

>Combing spells in a way that only someone like the Grand Wizard would, you can hear and see from the remote spot. May not use <Vox Caster> from this however.

>It stands for "Nice Surveillance Apparatus"

Sending the little stone out to investigate, you notice Hent-Ateh watching the progress before turning to you and smirking. Gods that's creepy as fuck. Turning back to your task, you focus entirely on the progress of what you see.

Initially it's just some cultists holed up in buildings or holding defensive positions in the city streets. The further you go however, you reach a no man's land where corpses lay, victims of battle. Among the dead are some human guard as well as Anubis and other Monsters. There seemed to be more dead cultists than Guard, yet the Guard are keeping their distance. How… odd.

Moving closer to the lines of the Guard, you see something you didn't expect to see. Where the cultists are tense and nervous, the Guard are relatively few and relaxed. Certainly they stand at attention, Handmaidens giving orders, but they don't appear to be looking like they're going anywhere for awhile. Frowning, you watch through the spells as they stand there.

Daring to get closer, you stealthily move the rock (which is growing rather difficult to do at this distance) closer until you can hear one of the Handmaidens speaking.

"We are to hold in position here for now. The longer the cultists sit the better, but for now we wait for our signal."

"Of course, Handmaiden. The southern team has already departed some time ago and should be closing in soon."

"Indeed. They will- What is? HYAA!"

The last thing you notice from the spells is the Handmaiden throwing a spear at frightening speeds toward the rock and shattering it to pieces, breaking your tether point for [Surveillance].

Snapping back to yourself, you shake as does the Grand Wizard, who piggy-backed onto the rock. He coughs and says, "Well, that wasn't what I was expecting. Not much of an attack force, is it?"

"What did they mean about a Southern team though?" You ask, cocking your head. "Are they planning a rear assault?"

"Possibly, but there's scouts all around. It wouldn't end as well as they'd think, though a pincer would be smart." Tabitha says, shrugging. "I think we'd have heard something by now if-" As she says this multiple cultists around you look down at their sigils in panic before turning to Hent-ateh or running for the stairs downward.

Hurriedly pulling out your own sigil, you listen in as the cultists from the way you came cry out. "They're coming!" "It's a Deathbringer! Oh Twins, it's a Deathbringer!""GEOFLEXERS!"

Panic arises around you as you sense telltale signs of magic far down to the south coming to your direction. Putting your hand on the ground, you feel with [Survey] and frown as tremors come to you. Geoflexers, huh? You'd been told by Ebe's Mother that the capital had Geoflexers, but you hadn't seen any. Besides, this is a little too much for just that and what the Hells is a Deathbringer.

Informing the others, Ebe gasps. "Deathbringer? Those are Anubis born as Monster Witches! They have no innate magic resistance themselves, but they're insanely powerful and incredibly rare! I should have known there would be at least one in the capital."


24ca18 (140) No.327099>>327101 >>327159 >>327372

>>327098

More signals come from the sigil and you groan. The front lines are seeing the guard press in again as well, seeming to notice the confusion in the cultist ranks. It seems taking your time getting here had allowed this force to move in without being seen and you would have been too late to stop it before you now HAVE to stop it.

"Damnit." Selene says, growling. "Wish I had a day to recuperate, or at least an hour to get pounded and recover my mana."

"I know what you mean." The Grand Wizard says, stretching. "Don't really feel my best either."

"Not that we have much of a choice." Tabitha says, shaking her head. "There's two fronts we'll have to fight off before we can get out of here. Question is, which one is more beneficial?"

"Both, of course." Sophie says, shaking her head. "I think it depends where that creature is going." She points to Hent-Ateh, who looks annoyed but isn't moving anywhere. Is it being ordered just to guard this place?

Damn, this is accelerating things. With a force of magic users moving up the south and a conventional force taking advantage, the cultists could be cut down and make life hard on you before you can do anything about it.

Another rumble heralds more of the magic you felt before and you feel again with your magic before your eyes go wide. A louder rumble sounds and in the distance you feel a building collapse. That's their game, they're going to collapse the buildings and flush everyone out!

Well shit. This is not what you were bargaining for. You yourself feel a little tired as well, but what choice do you have? You have two power houses who aren't at their best at your disposal, as well as the rest of your team but you can only be in one place at a time, right? How are you to deal with multiple Handmaidens?

You sure hope Erwin is in a better situation than you are, though he probably won't even make it to Polah before this is through. Well, time to decide,

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.327101

>>327099

Well, while not in time to really stop the surprise assault, you certainly are in the right place. Weird how these things work. Had y'all not shown up, Hel'alin would probably be dead!

Of course, you haven't really done anything yet, so maybe it'll happen anyway. :^)

Sorry I didn't get to ask two of the questions, but I couldn't find a good way to pose them. I can foresee one being easy to do later on the other…. needs Hent-Ateh brought up again.

Sorry no tank this time, but hey! If you want to build one now, be my guest. How long that will take, well I guess we don't know.


aaf2c9 (15) No.327120

We should leave selene and the GW to deal with the conventional forces of the pharoah and take the rest of the team with us to deal with this deathbringer. It sounds like the geoflexers and other sorcerers will be going to face this deathbringer as well. The more magic users the cultists have the better chances they'll have for success. At the very least they might be able to draw guards from the altar.


727ef0 (15) No.327141>>327161

>>327097

Bruh you damn near made me pass out with remote sentry. Good shit.

Go for the magic people. We can steal some Geoflexer techniques and they are likely more pressing anyway


cb66b1 (18) No.327159>>327161

File (hide): 455ee806690e6ed⋯.jpg (44.8 KB, 680x510, 4:3, 1507689178504.jpg) (h) (u)

>>327096

>"I tried to get in close and slit her throat, but something repulsed me." Selene adds, looking angry now. Before I knew what was happening, she'd grabbed us with something invisible. I tried to free myself, but she uh… smashed my head into the ground a few times."

>repulsed me

>grabbed us with something invisible

TCH! TCH! TCH!

Ain't this curious? I would even go as far as to say that it sounds bizarre!

>>327099

Really? A filler fight scene right before the final battle? Shame on you Ace chan! A fight scene can't be just thrown in for the sake of being there! It must have a purpose in the plot! Stakes that matter or personal investment for the characters and build up to it, however slight!

>Look! A random filler bad guy with an edgy name who was never implied to exist before, suddenly shows up to kill our sister, except she had a Hentateh on a leash and can blow that discount corrupted anubis the fuck out with her own abilities. Oh and there are some jobber geomancer bodybuilders too I guess, so the rest of the party can have someone to fight because it's hard to write a single villain fighting off your whole party and you don't want your allies to look weak by making them job so much all the time!

Disgraceful! Absolutely shameful! After that wonderful execution of a crowded battle in the bandit camp cave with the Hippo girls I had grown to expect very high quality standards!

With that said, let the violet sands deal with that shit on their own. if they are so pathetic that they can't fend off a single fucking rear attack, then they won't do jack shit in the palace anyways.

Make a tank and break through. Also stop writing when you are sleep deprived Ace, it always turns out like shit.


24ca18 (140) No.327161

>>327159

I actually can't tell what's sarcasm and what's legit critique here.

Yeah, it's the nature of these things that via choices made by the players things occur and plans change. This was going to happen it's just the timing of it made it so y'all are present. I kind of feel off about it too, but like, it's happening. A lot of this is filler because ya didn't rush the Pharaoh anyway. I do understand your points though.

Oh, and I'm always sleep deprived these days. I'd never write if I wasn't.

>>327141

I try.


12c6de (3) No.327164

File (hide): f112186f7057f1d⋯.jpg (156.05 KB, 1035x1319, 1035:1319, f112186f7057f1d464b82f4fcf….jpg) (h) (u)

>>327096

the pharao was pretty nice to the terrorists who wanted to murder her and destroy her country just to make a quick buck, like the americans did to iraq


0c6eca (17) No.327332>>327372

>More superpowered Anubi

Oh, I bet they've got sharp noses. It'd be unfortunate for them if one of our allies used his foul smelling discipline of magic to send a river of shit in their direction. Doubly unfortunate if our practice with Lava Flow gave us the idea to set that river of shit on fire. Who knows what the scent of burning turds and singed dog hair would do to them?


ecacb2 (31) No.327372

>That's their game, they're going to collapse the buildings and flush everyone out!

And destroy most of, if not all, of the residential district the majority of the local populace call home in the process. I’m starting to reconsider my earlier stance, because at least the cultists aren’t purposefully fucking over the locals in their attack and any negatives from them winning would be better than half of the capital being gone and most innocent people being dead or homeless.

>>327099

>Informing the others, Ebe gasps. "Deathbringer? Those are Anubis born as Monster Witches! They have no innate magic resistance themselves, but they're insanely powerful and incredibly rare! I should have known there would be at least one in the capital."

These Deathbringers lack the magical resistance of their kin, so they should be easy enough for us to deal with should we get the opportunity to use our magic on them, more so since they will likely be distracted with casting [Tremor] constantly and possibly trying not to fall over in the process. That said, getting to them will be tricky with the ground constantly shaking and pretty much making all movement on foot impossible, so we would either have to engage them from long distance to stay outside of the area of effect entirely or find a way to get to them that doesn’t involve touching the ground. The former is less reliable as our long distance spells are limited to pretty much Geomancy, which wasn’t exactly accurate without guidance and is a divination of magic the Anubis will immediately negate with their own powers, so I’ll advocate for the latter.

As for how to go about doing that, I’ll suggest we give Ebe a chance to shine in a way that doesn’t involve her singing by having her instead carry us by air to a distance from the enemy that we can reliable and accurately cast spells from, as this would obviously avoid touching the ground and thus being affected by the tremors. The Grand Wizard may be able to join us as well, seeing as he has that spell which allowed him to fly if the epilogue of WizardQuest is to be believed, though that may depend on how much of his strength it takes to keep such a spell up for a prolonged period of time. The only downsides to flying to the enemy is that they will probably see us coming if they look up, we won’t have many options for defence due to the lack of cover making us completely exposed and there is a risk of falling to our deaths, but the former doesn’t matter too much when we’re heading straight for them no matter what we do, the second issue can be mitigated via bringing cover with us, such as by manipulating the pieces of Ronnie to form a shield held via magic as to not add extra weight for Ebe or by having the Grand Wizard use his beloved faeces much to Rommel’s chagrin to put up a [Defense of Defecation] if he’s coming with us and in case Deathbringers are able to grab Ronnie from such a long distance, and the latter shouldn’t be a problem due to us having Aeromancy and a [Featherfall Potion] at our disposal, so we should be fine.

Once we get in range, we need to either take the Anubis out quickly or at the very least interrupt their casts of [Tremor] so the cultists can get a chance to recover. I recommend using a mixture of [Galeforce] and [Twister] with Ebe being far away enough to not be affected, mind to either tear apart or displace the opposition in a large area quickly, as we can’t really use any of our Geomancy while not on the ground and especially against opponents who are also capable of using it, we don’t have many other spells with large areas of effect at our disposal and the destruction caused by our own actions would be minimal due to everything in the area being destroyed already so we don’t really need to worry about any moral bullshit. [Twister] in particular would work wonders here as it would toss all the debris the Deathbringers have so nicely gifted us around the surrounding area, probably killing a fair number of the Prophet’s forces who lack Geomancy in the process. The Grand Wizard, if he’s joining us, can do whatever he feels like would be good here so long as he doesn’t drain too much of his mana reserves.

The others can stay behind and help out with the defence, as it should be safe enough in the backlines and the Prophet is very unlikely to bring down her full power now if she didn’t do so earlier. Just make sure they let the cultists do most of the work so they can conserve their strength for later, and also that they have [Health Potion]s on hand to ensure their safety should things go wrong.

>>327332

That would just be unfortunate for everyone, ourselves and the cultists included, though more so for us due to the proximity. I doubt it would really accomplish much either, since an awful smell isn’t going to stop the Anubis from casting.


24ca18 (140) No.327399>>327400

>Story continue

"Way I see it, the Violet Sands need to be able to fend off the physical attack from the west." You say, nodding to the others. "Our magical support isn't going to amount for much, but they don't stand much of a chance if this uh… you said, 'Deathbringer?' Is present, right?"

"N-No." Ebe says, teeth chattering as the ground begins to rumble. "Are they really going to collapse this part of the district? What's going to happen to this city?"

"Whatever drives the rats out, I guess." Tabitha says, shrugging. She rolls her shoulder and says, "You're advocating we go full out into the southern assault?"

"I'm saying we have a better chance if we do that." Turning your head over to Hent-Ateh again, you wonder why it hasn't left the post to go attack. It clearly looks agitated, wanting to revel in slaughter but it merely stands, glancing over at the entrance to the basement where Hel'alin is. This instead begs the question of why she's keeping the thing in place here?

"Edgy as the name sounds, that Anubis clearly is not going to make this easy." Sophie sighs. "I believe it would be best for us to clear that out before pushing forward into the Temple."

"My thoughts exactly." Selene says, nodding her head. "Besides, if the assault is turned away, they may retreat again, allowing us more time."

The ground rumbles again and you find people slipping off balance. Using your magic, you stabilize yourself and say, "We need to get there, fast. I'm afraid with all the Geomancy it might be difficult for the magically deficient to come."

Sylphie perks up, but her Mother grabs her arm and she winces. Selene shakes her head and says, "I see the way your arm is, you're not going out there."

"But Mom!" Sylphie protests. "They're going to kill us!"

"You're just going to fall and make things worse." She says as though the argument is over. You sort of feel like she's keeping her close for another reason though. "Dear, why don't you and Rommel go for now. I'll keep watch over here since my balance is a little… off. I'll slow you down."

"Yeah, I guess." The Grand Wizard says, rubbing at his chin. "Tabitha, I know the stabilizers in your legs are working well, but we should be enough for this, go and help out the front lines."

The Lizardman smirks, "Fine." Nodding to Alice, the two of them run off while Sylphie sighs with Sophie looking over them. Mr. Ed snorts and Ebe looks about with determination.

"I'll fly with you. Let me get in a position to sing and I'll help out."

"Too dangerous." You say, waving a hand. "If they have archers they can shoot you out of the air and the buildings can be collapsed. I can't risk you in this…" You trail off as you see her expression. Ah, of course, a residential district. Not everyone here are cultists and in fact, many buildings likely hold innocent occupants. Humans and Monsters of all sizes and species, trying to get by. Of course she's want to help.

"Hrm." You say, thinking it over as the ground rumbles. Damn, no time to consider it. "Alright, come on. We'll figure it out, but stay sharp."

Ebe nods, expression serious. [Of course!] She says in Ectrian, which makes you smirk at her.

The Grand Wizard groans and waves his hand at you. [Come on, we don't have time for this you damn whipper- oh fucking Hells, was I about to say that? Damn I'm getting old.]

Both of you stare at him as he says this in perfect Ectrian, walking past you. Shaking your heads, you catch up to him quickly. Despite his captivity, he still retains a decent amount of lean muscle and his stamina appears alright. Still, watching him shudder every so often, you really wonder if he's not trying to hide an exhaustion from you.

Violet Sands cultists, despite their furor, seem to not be able to handle this threat and run past you, some crying while others fall to the ground at the rumblings. It takes bits of your magic to keep you stabilized, but the Grand Wizard doesn't seem as well inclined. He trips at one point and you have to bolster him up so he doesn’t hit the ground in a heap.

"Old man, you're starting to be a liability."

"I'm not old damnit!"

"You just said you were!"


24ca18 (140) No.327400>>327401

>>327399

"You just said you were!"

"Ah fuck, you can understand Ectrian." He says, shaking his head. "Should have known, it's one of those innate talents they don't teach in Wizard School. Really nice-"

"Not the time." You say, stabilizing the two of you as a loud crash is heard in the distance. Looking up, you see dust rising from where something large has fallen, a building, perhaps? "Listen, I know you're great and mighty and all, but you don't know shit about Geomancy, do you?"

"I-" He pauses and then looks away. "Not really a strong suit of mine, but I can get by."

"I thought not. Look, I normally wouldn't care much if you died, but I still want to talk with you later so I kind of need you alive." Shaking your head, you continue, "Also, it would make Sophie and Sylphie sad and I like them Hells of a lot more than I like you."

"Great, they finally get friends and it's a piece of shit Wizard. Selene always said they'd go for someone like their Father."

"Ugh." You say, feeling annoyed at him again. "I don't know what I'm fully in for here, but if they knock you off balance, you're in trouble. You're tired, and I can see it, and those Geoflexers will wear you down."

"I could flood the streets with feces, this place is brimming with the stuff."

"Please don't." Ebe says, raising a wing. "That sounds uhm, disgusting."

"Hmph." The Grand Wizard sniffs. "I see no one here has any tastes in magic. Look, I am tired but I'm still a lot better at this than you are. Besides." He snaps his fingers and wind currents push him into the air. "I'll just fly and cast Solos's fury down upon them."

Cocking your head, you watch the man for a moment before your own eyes go wide. Of course! Turning to Ebe, you take her shoulders and ask, "Can you fly me?"

"Uhm. Huh?" She asks, looking confused. "Fly you?"

"Yes, like you did with Sylphie. Fly me up into the air. I'll cover us and we'll take them out."

"Uhm…" She begins before another, sharper tremor is felt. Screams come from the distance. She nods her head sharply and leaps into the air before grabbing you with her talons. She grunts as she does so and says, "Damn Rommel, you're heavy."

"All that delicious Ectrian cuisine."

"Funny. Very funny."

With the Grand Wizard hovering in air currents around you (something he says took him forever to fucking learn how to do) the two of you move toward the foe. As you pass by beleaguered and scared cultists, you inform them that the enemy is coming from the front again. They seem a little more interested in fighting physical battles and dash off without a thought. Unfortunately it's not very far you have to go until you encounter the foe.

Wreathed in dust and debris from their assaults, you see a group of human guards with two normal Anubis forming a wedge around four men in dusty brown robes and one Anubis, smaller than the others. She wears loose robes of white- which are oddly free of the dust and debris, and walks with eyes that don't seem to be focusing on anything while holding a staff. At your approach, one of the men shouts a warning and bows are drawn, firing projectiles at both you and the Grand Wizard

Figuring he has this himself, you pull forth Ronnie and use [Rock Solid] to intercept the arrows, which bounce harmlessly off your metal. The Grand Wizard pulls his disgusting feces to his defense, arrows seeming to dissolve when they come into contact with the disgusting material.

At this, the men of the guard and the two Anubis escorts low their bows, seeming annoyed. From behind the men in the robes walk forward and move into positions that you recognize. Geoflexing forms eh? Well that's not much of a problem, from what you saw you don't think there's really much of an issue with being up-

A fist sized chunk of rock flies at you and crunches a piece of Ronnie, forcing Ebe to fly out of the way. The men thrust their fists out at you, driving up pieces of debris and detritus toward you with their odd magic and the two of you have to dodge and use your shields to block the rocks. Growing annoyed at your own damn shtick being used against you, you make to cast something when the Grand Wizard thrums with power a moment later.


24ca18 (140) No.327401>>327402

>>327400

A bolt of energy flies up into the night sky. Even though it's clear, clouds seem to form and the air cackles with power. Looking at it in confusion, you gasp and have Ebe fly you lower as a moment later a horrific crash of lightning crashes down into the ranks of the enemy, temporarily blinding you. When you vision clears, you look on in surprise at what you see.

In front of you is a shield of rock from the ground and destroyed buildings, forming in a domed shape over the Royal Guard. It's broken in several places and smoking, but still intact. Through the holes you can see disoriented guards and the face of the Deathbringer, her eyes focused on the Grand Wizard a look of anger in her expression.

"Well." The Grand Wizard says, looking almost a little sickly. "I didn't expect that to happen."

"They're geomancers! Why didn't you use a Plasma spell?"

"Kid, I'm fucking tired alright!" He shudders and his air spell slips a little, forcing him to focus again on what he's doing. "Damnit, damnit, damnit."

The rock shield before you begins to crumble away and the men there ready their bows again along with the Geoflexers. The Deathbringer sits back, pieces of rock floating gently around her. On a whim, you try to shoot her with a [Pebble Gun] but she deflects it easily, her own Geomancy a counter to yours.

"Rommel, I think I can do this forever." Ebe says. She yelps as the rocks return to flying. The Grand Wizard continues his own defense, but despite his boasts, he starts to pant, clearly showing how much his captivity really took from him.

"Fine, fine!" You say, gritting your teeth. On the ground you might stand a better chance in combat, but defense and offense would be hard to do at the same time. You'd need to clear out all the basic troops too while you're at it. This would require something fairly devastating, almost uncontrollable and-

You blink one and say, "Oh. Right. Ebe, I'd not get close to this."

"Huh?" Is all she has time to say before you point your staff at the enemy and cast, [Twister].

The winds answer your call, whipping up into a wild frenzy before you. Rocks fired at you are intercepted, arrows thrown far off course. The broken buildings, debris, everything the damage caused by the Royal Guard created gets picked up in the maelstrom as you feed more power into it and send it their way. You can't control it now, but you really don't need to.

The Geoflexers cry out in surprise as well as the normal troops, trying to run for cover. The Anubis are unfazed by the winds, but the debris shreds them apart before they do much to stop it. The normal guard are torn to pieces and the Geoflexers try to defend themselves but they're unable to do so against the raging tempest you unleash.

As it passes through, you notice that the Deathbringer is gone as well. Doing what Sylphie showed you, you stop the spell and sigh in relief, signaling Ebe to let you down amidst the devastation. She sets you down gracefully, which is more than can be said for the Grand Wizard who drops to the ground nearly in a heap, groaning as he rubs at his backside. At your look of annoyance he snaps,

"You try being beaten nearly on a daily basis, told they're going to use your damn kids as sacrifices, and locked in a cell for three months before casting magic and see how you like it."

Blinking in confusion, you raise your finger and ask, "I'm sorry, what's that second part agai-" Something slams into your shoulder and throws you spinning to land on the ground. Before you can fully comprehend what's happening, an oppressive force bears down upon you, crushing you with massive weight.

Pushing out with your magic in desperation, you find you're being crushed by rock. Immediately, you push it off you with some resistance and flip about to see the same thing happening to Ebe. Wrenching her free as well, you yell at her to get into the air before you trace the magic back to its source.

Rising from the ground the Deathbringer stands before you, her skin a little cut up by debris, but otherwise okay. Confused, you notice a hole in the ground near her and realize that she burrowed into the ground to avoid the tempest. Shaking her head, she taps her staff on the ground and rocks fly up around her, pointing dangerous edges at you.

Doing the same, the two of you square off before launching a barrage of rocks at each other. Using magic rather on par with each other in this field, you deflect rocks while using [Rock Throw] of your own, causing low grade [Tremors] and using timed [Pebble Guns] against the Witch. It lasts no more than a minute before the two of you back away, sizing each other up.


24ca18 (140) No.327402>>327403

>>327401

[You are quite skilled.] The Deathbring says, nodding her head. [A shame you fight for these heretics.]

[I don't so much as fight for them as I do fight against the Pharaoh.] You say back in Ectrian, to her surprise.

[The Prophet works to bring us all the best. She has communion with the Twins and if not for these snakes we would have driven forward to bring their blessings to the rest of the world by now.]

[Eh?] You ask, cocking your head. [What are you talking about, blessings?]

"She's talking about the invasion of Deleor." The Grand Wizard says, narrowing his eyes. "This Prophet has talked about bringing the order of the Twins to Deleor for years, eschewing Solos. It's mostly just speech to get people in a mindset for such a war once it begins in earnest."

The Deathbringer blinks in confusion, unable to understand Deleorian. The Grand Wizard frowns at her and says to you, "We can't waste time here. You said there was no magic resistance, right Ebe? Well I have a little left within me for now, if I can get a clean shot in I'll end her."

Searching his eyes, you feel like he's keeping something from you yet you don't really have time to think much about it. As soon as you take your eyes off the Anubis, she launches her assault again, forcing you on the defensive. Bringing out pieces of metal, you find them quickly turned against you, and you're forced back, taking a few cuts before you retake control of your metals.

Ebe takes flight behind you, but the swirling rocks and stones the Deathbring wields makes it hard for her to get behind the enemy. The Grand Wizard finds it difficult as well to make a shot with his specialty, though you can see the electricity crackling from his fingertip. Why couldn't he be more useful here, for fucks sake it's embarrassing. Does he really have any purpose here?

Without an obvious opening to attack with fulgromancy, the lack of water sources her for Hydromancy, and your failure in Aeromancy, you're left with little options. A fireball would be useless here, however a well timed [Flame Lance] could kill her- expect same problems as the others, getting the opening.

That's when it hits you, although as you think of it you're literally almost hit by a chunk of rock. Coming back to your senses, you shout to the Grand Wizard in Deleorian, "Distract her for a second!"

"Distract her for a second." He says in a snide remark before drawing forth the lightning from around his hands and firing arcs of it at her. She hurriedly defends herself from the electricity, allowing you to plant your staff and concentrate on your spell. Sylphie is a lot better at this aspect than you, but you're able to do it with just some time…

The Grand Wizard's lightning snaps back to his hands and he groans before dodging out of the way of a chunk of stone. He hits the ground and cries, "If you're going to do something, do it now!"

"FINE!" You shout, unleashing the channeled power into the ground.

The Deathbringer looks at you in confusion, not aware of the magic you cast. Sadly it's too late for her to realize that you didn't cast anything with Geomancy, no. You cast a spell, but it's with pyromancy. By the time she figures it out, all she can do is scream as the rock super heats around her, melting and turning into liquid lava. Unable to form a protective layer of stone in time, she slips and begins to burn as the molten rock eats away at her, melting her into it.

Ebe has to turn away from the gruesome sight, though you watch as she dies one of the most horrific deaths you've dealt to date. Gods above, you weren't really thinking when you made this spell with Sylphie, were you? Her screams lasted longer than they should have and watching her skin slough as if it was wax while her fur burned was a sight you're never getting out of your head.

"Solos…" The Grand Wizard murmurs, shaking his head as he walks up to you. "That's… effective."

"It's done. We have other things to do."

"Right. Right." He says, scratching his chin before sighing. "It doesn't really get easier, you know? Be glad you feel revolted at this.."


24ca18 (140) No.327403>>327404

>>327402

"I said it's done." You say before summoning up a platform of rock for the three of you. Flying isn't really an option at this point anymore. Thoughts of what she and the Grand Wizard said play in your mind on the return trip and by the time you appear back you see Tabitha and Alice walking back, laughing with each other.

"The way you fought that Warden was damn impressive!" Alice says, nodding her head. "I never would have thought to trip her with that spear like that."

"Well, you have to adapt on the battlefield." Tabitha says, nodding to you as you approach. She raises a hand and asks, "I take it things went well?"

"Yeah." You say, nodding your head. "Well enough. We managed to take out the Deathbringer and the Geoflexers."

"Hopefully no more of those Deathbringers in the future." Ebe says, shaking. She was a piece of work.

"I had it under control." The Grand Wizard says before sighing and looking to Tabitha. "How fare you?"

"Drove them back. Seems when they noticed the ground stop shaking they thought the jig was up and they retreated. Their lines are too strong to break still, so we're back to where we were."

"Well that seems like a waste of time then." Sylphie says as the rest of your party returns. "What do we do now?"

"It's not quite a waste of time." You say, looking at the Grand Wizard. He cocks his head, but you just shake yours and continue. "I think we need to capitalize on this and break through their lines before they recover. We need to reach that Temple."

"Where the Royal Guard are in full force, yes." Selene sighs. She also looks at her Husband before shaking her head. "I think it's obvious now we're not in the best shape at the moment. Would be nice if we had a day to rest."

"I might need more than a day." The Grand Wizard sighs. "But some meditation could help me clear my mind and recover some mana."

"Meditation, hmm?" Selene says, raising an eyebrow. "You know, I could use a mana charge myself…" She nods over to a vacant building nearby and the two whisper before she says, "We'll be back. We need to ah… meditate."

Before you can say anything to the contrary, they vanish. Grunting, you think over your options on how to break through. While you may be able to [Lava Flow] all of them, that's a lot of work and it leaves you very exposed. Alice and Tabitha are good at what they do, but they'd need to clear the enemy and that's unlikely to happen. If you can break their lines though, the Violet Sands can move in after you and keep them occupied as you head through to the Temple.

But how to do that safely? What you'd ideally need is something large, mobile, and protective. Thinking about it critically, you ask the others and they all think on it too. Alice is the first to speak up saying, "Sounds like you want to build a leyway here in town."

"While excellent, that would be quite impossible." Sophie says, glancing over to the building where her parents went.

"Yeah, not certain how to we could replicate something like that."

"Well, didn't Rommel make a big iron wall or something in the dungeons? Just put that over one of his rock boards, right? Boom, there you go."

"That's stu…pid…" You begin to say before thinking it over. That's… actually not a bad idea. It would make mobility quite easy and building a frame over it means you don't have to focus on the plates the whole time, just moving. Hells, If you want, you can make ports for the others to fire magic out of it. Smiling broadly, you take Alice's hand and say, "Alice, you're a genius."

"Huh." She says, rubbing her chin. "Maybe my Dad was right, I should have been an engineer."

"Y-no, nevermind." You say, looking around. "Where am I going to get that much-Ah." You grab a nearby cultist and tell him to have the Apophis order iron and steel brought to you. He does so, mainly from the crazed look in your eyes. You could have spoken to her yourself but… you're still not really up to that at the moment.

Hent-ateh watches you with a curious expression as men and Monster bring scraps of metal that you form and meld together, maintaining appropriate thickness as you form a shell over the largest size board you can create. As it forms shape, it draws the attention of more and more people though you're too busy working your magic to notice, lost in the joy of what you're finally doing.


24ca18 (140) No.327404>>327405

>>327403

The Grand Wizard and Selene, beaming and a little sweaty, walk out of the building to have a blast of sound very similar to a honk blare at them. Blinking their eyes in confusion, they look out before them as a hunk of metal formed in a boxy, angular shape slides toward them. A turret-like device swings in their direction and from it a hatch opens. They look on in confusion as you stand up from inside and wave a hand at them, calling,

"Get in, we're going to Temple."

"What the Hells is this?" The Grand Wizard asks, walking up to the construct, running his hands over it. "How did you? What is the point of this?"

"To break through their lines." Tabitha says, sitting on the side of the vehicle. Unfortunately there's only enough room to fit you, Sylphie, Sophie, and the their parents. It's super cramped though.

Alice waves from the other side. "He's going to drive us into them so I can hit them with my sword!"

"Please." Tabitha sighs. "I already made that joke."

"Girls, please, you're both deadly." You say before explaining the plan to the two of them. Selene looks skeptical, but being able to be in with her daughters assuages her fears and the Grand Wizard merely seems excited to be in the vehicle.

As they load up into the cramped device, you look behind to see Mr. Ed prepared for the assault also, decked out in a custom barding you made for him with spare metal. Sylphie says he likes it. Searching the sky, you see Ebe flying low enough not to get shot, but ready for what you have in mind.

Around you the Violet Sands prepare to come from behind, this all having been explained to the Apophis. Hent-ateh looks greedily at being allowed to be loosed as well, though only in your wake. Gee, thanks sis, how sweet of you not to use your murder device as the front line assaulter instead of your brother.

"Hey." The Grand Wizard asks, rapping on the inside. "What do you call this thing anyway?"

Lowering yourself back into the vehicle you say, "A tank," before closing the top shut.


24ca18 (140) No.327405>>327406

>>327404

It begins with a low thrumming from a distance, a sound that shakes the souls of the Guard stationed around the Violet Sands lines. They're confused and yet excited as it picks up in intensity for a few moments before drifting lower as something appears from the lines before them. A vehicle like a carriage made of metal without anything carrying it beyond a disk of stone underneath carrying two women atop it. It doesn't move terribly quickly, and eventually it stops just inside of bow range.

The leading Handmaiden raises a hand, heart pumping in her chest as the strange music begins again. She makes ready to order them to fire when she hears the words from a feminine voice say clearly,

"Do you like, my tank?"

The music suddenly increases in intensity and speed as the vehicle races toward them was faster speeds. Still slower than she'd feared, it's coming straight for them. The women atop raise shields before them, swords held in their other hands while a horse gallops behind. Surprised, she falters in her orders for a moment before remembering her station and ordering a volley.

The arrows rain down upon the vehicle to no effect, the women blocking them well and the horse changes speed to avoid the hail with sense far greater than an ordinary animal should. Gripping her spear tight, she orders one more arrow volley before calling for swords and pulling the archers back to have troops with shields and other weapons before her. If only the damn spellcasters were still here they could have finished this easy! As it stands, she calls for Wardens to undo their wards and charge the device.

"Guess you're ready, cause I'm waiting for you! It's going to be so exciting!" The voice sings, music seeming to amplify the charge of the vehicle. Some of the men falter in the face of this but the Wardens leap toward it, weapons ready.

One warden is cut down by the woman with a glowing sword while another tries futilely to break the armor plating with her weapon. She dents it in a place, but before her eyes it pops back into back as if by magic. A slit opens up on the top and a pebble fires into her head, dropping her to the ground as the vehicle continues forward.

[No!] The Handmaiden cries as her Wardens are cut down or left behind in the dust. More slits open in the vehicle and gouts of flame shoot from it, roasting men while leaving the Anubis unharmed. Rallying the others to her defense, they prepare to stop the thing in its tracks.

"Going to take my tank. Going to see me. Going to drive along until I CRUSH you!"

The line never stood a chance. The men and Anubis in the front are crushed before the solid bulk that rams through them, opening up their lines. Swords clear the sides and the horse charges through afterward as Guard move out of the way, screaming and confused. The lead Handmaiden had tried to stop it, but leapt out of the way soon after it arrived. Ordering her forces to turn around for another engagement, figuring it would be slow to turn, she becomes confused as it why it just keeps going forward.

[They have broken through! After it!] She cries amongst the broken bodies around her, a blessedly small number all things considered.

[Handmaiden, we cannot!] A man shouts before something dark and inky impales him through the chest. The Handmaiden turns and comes face to face with an unnatural grin and purple, glowing eyes.

"EHAHAHAHAH!" Hent-ateh laughs into her face before resuming the slaughter as the rest of the Violet Sands pour in, that heavy music still playing.


24ca18 (140) No.327406>>327407 >>327415 >>327416 >>327479 >>327620

>>327405

Your tank crashes through the closed doors to The Great Temple of the Twins, shattering them into splinters. The body of an Anubis guard pinned to the door from the collision slides off, slick with blood as you slow the vehicle. Mr. Ed gallops in behind you and the two sword wielders dismount, shields held before them as they turn about.

The charge into the Temple broke the lines of the Anubis present, their attacks as innefectual as those from the line before. The ride here was fairly short, but it's been brutal on you and even with the ice spells cast by Sylphie, you're still sweating from the confines. Opening up the tank, you revel in the smell of fresh air, even if it's tainted by blood from your rampages.

The others dismount too, taking a breather that you have for a moment anyway. Outside the Royal Guard would make their way in shortly, but inside it's fairly quiet all things considered. While the smaller Temple clearly had a lot of commoners present, this place is practically empty, though you are merely in the outer sanctum.

The layout of this Temple, as Selene told you, is a large, outer water with a sanctum inside with various gardens devoted to Phallia. Inside of that is the Inner Sanctum where the services are held, though based on the size of the place there has to be plenty of side chambers and even deeper areas. Would the High Altar be just inside the Inner Sanctum like that?

Finding no threats in the Outer Sanctum, you look down a path to the Inner Sanctum, the door of which is closed. It's probably barricaded from the inside too. As Sylphie crawls out you ask, "Once we get inside, what do we do with that thing?"

"Once we identify the device correctly we can either break it or short out the magic on it." She looks to her father who nods in agreement. "Anyway, let's not cause too much collateral damage, the Gods really do pay attention to these places."

"I'll try. Wouldn't want to break that Mirror that's supposed to be in there either." You say, shaking your head as you remember what Ammon told you. "The outer guards will be here soon, we'll need to make this quick. There's bound to be guards inside too."

"What's the plan then?" Alice asks, looking up as Ebe flies down into the Sanctum from above and making a hard landing. The Ghandharva puts a wing to her chest and breathes out heavily before nodding to you and smiling.

"Damn that was scary, but it felt good playing that sound. Very invigorating."

"Yeah, it was." You say, having not heard too much of it due to being inside the tank and focusing on keeping it moving, but the gesture is nice. You could at least feel the music. "Anyway, glad to see you're safe."

Hearing the voices of the Anubis outside, you prepare to give orders when all of the magic users in your group pause as you feel a pulse of magic from within. You can't really describe what exactly it is, but it makes your spine tingle and your eyes are subconciously drawn to the plants nearby. Do they look a little different to you? No, guess it's your imagination.

A little more careful, you stand tall and think. You're here within the temple and because of your tank, getting in was easy, but how are you going to accomplish your task? Looking at the reliefs of Phallia and Dollora, you wonder if there's anything else you want to do here as well.

{Oh hey.} Erwin sends out of the blue. {The fighting has left Polah's area, but Zoras seems to be on really good terms with these supposed gang members.}

He mentally hesitates before sending again, {Ah, sorry, am I interrupting something?}

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.327407

>>327406

Oh shit, you built a tank!

How much. Maybe you should name the tank. Maybe later I guess, you're about to be attacked from the outside, though it's a fairly defensible position with only one way in really unless someone scales the walls. Or you close the wall off.

Hey, it's a freebie I guess.

Oh hey, guess Polah is alright though so that's nice. I mean, probably some fires to put out but yeah.


cb66b1 (18) No.327415>>327418 >>327455 >>327508 >>327620

File (hide): b9b564383eccab1⋯.png (Spoiler Image, 195.02 KB, 643x537, 643:537, Look_at_(you).png) (h) (u)

>>327406

>You can't really describe what exactly it is, but it makes your spine tingle and your eyes are subconciously drawn to the plants nearby. Do they look a little different to you? No, guess it's your imagination.

SET THEM ON FIRE

There is no such thing as being paranoid.

Tell Erwin to slowly and carefully regroup with you. As for the temple, magesight everything. An item like that is bound to emit some sort of energy and in fact it has just now so trace it until we reach it. Fuck subtlety, blow the doors open if they are locked and get ready for a fight.

Find a statue of Phalia inside and deface it by adding a bulge on it's crotch with our geomancy.


8baa8d (1) No.327416>>327508 >>327620

>>327406

Have Rommel try and contact Dollora again… and maybe Phallia.

It wouldn't surprise me much if the Pharaoh is have grape sneks talking in her head.


727ef0 (15) No.327418

>>327415

Yes, We are doing that to a statue. We aren't even defacing it, We're simply making it more accurate since these lesser creatures can't truly understand their Gods form. Phallia should be happy with us…


0c6eca (17) No.327422>>327508 >>327620

Oh cool, the tank thing actually happened. All it's missing is Hent-ateh's head as a hood ornament, but that comes later…

>"You try being beaten nearly on a daily basis, told they're going to use your damn kids as sacrifices, and locked in a cell for three months before casting magic and see how you like it."

>use your damn kids as sacrifices

What concerns me now is how we're delivering those sacrifices directly to the Prophet's important and probably sacrificial altar. It would really suck if she restrained us with her invisible "fuck you" powers, gave us a thank you, then murdered one of the twins as we watched.


24dbec (3) No.327455>>327508

>>327415

Wouldn't phallia being a futa (the actual phallia not the statue) be /chaos/ since goddesses are technically monster girls? I'm just saying


725c56 (20) No.327479>>327508

File (hide): 7407e2bbbeecd5a⋯.png (312.24 KB, 512x724, 128:181, __tituba_fate_grand_order_….png) (h) (u)

>>327406

It's best if we just keep moving on

We could cause a small controlled tremor and use the destroyed floor to seal any doors and windows(maybe leave a tiny opening for erwin)

We should also see if we can collapse the metal in the tank into small dense metals for later use


24ca18 (140) No.327508>>327790

File (hide): a264e0a6317bee3⋯.png (2.51 MB, 3690x2000, 369:200, Phallia.png) (h) (u)

>>327415

Wew. That's certainly going to put you in the Goddess's favor by making it anatomically correct!

She does not have a penis

>>327416

Maybe!

As far as contacting Dollora or Phallia, this would be the right place. Wasn't there supposed to be some artifact here for that?

>>327422

Tank was memed for this entire story, so we fnally had a good reason (and the materials) to make it happen. Also, not certain that hood ornament would stay in the corporeal realm.

And man, that would be terrible. I doubt that might happen though, but maybe you should tell them not to go anyway.

>>327455

Sir, this is image below 100% bonafide Monstergirl material Artist's rendition, may differ from true Phallia

>>327479

You could probably add to Ronnie, but you don't have that much space left. Maybe one of the twins could hold your tank for you in their bags?


259741 (1) No.327540>>327547

i feel like i've missed to much to know what to add i just want to ask

did you guys ever make the sand blast particle cannon spell?


cb66b1 (18) No.327547

File (hide): c4c198c00700a94⋯.jpg (42.37 KB, 1000x607, 1000:607, Understanding the Fibonacc….jpg) (h) (u)

File (hide): c4c198c00700a94⋯.jpg (42.37 KB, 1000x607, 1000:607, Understanding the Fibonacc….jpg) (h) (u)

File (hide): fadec2793b2fbf9⋯.png (245.8 KB, 590x287, 590:287, ymzji.png) (h) (u)

>>327540

The <Spin> and <Magnetism> upgrades necessary to turn Rommel's [Pebble Gun] into a [Coilgun] will probably only show up in the sequel at this rate, as they would require him to learn about and understand the concept behind the Fibonacci sequence as well as improving his fulgomancy to a level where he can combine it with metallurgy.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fibonacci_number

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coilgun


ecacb2 (31) No.327620>>327646

>>327406

We’ve managed to breach the Great Temple of the Twins, which is neat and all, but we still have the problem of the Royal Guard outside, who are going to be following us very soon. Even if they don’t come after us, they’re still stopping the Violet Sands from joining us and it would very much help us if the cultists were to lead the charge into the Inner Sanctum in our place so we can avoid unnecessary injuries and casualties from barging into the unknown, so I’m of the opinion that it’s in our best interests to deal with the outside threat before proceeding. We could possibly go out to pincer the Royal Guard between us and the cultists to achieve this, but staying put in a defendable position and throwing spells at them should have a similar resulting effect, so stick to that. Also, since the Inner Sanctum is likely filled with enemies that could break out to attack us at any moment, it’s probably a good idea to barricade the entrance to the Inner Sanctum with whatever we don’t use for defences as to keep them in place until a time when we’re ready to face them.

Other than that, there are only really two things worthy of mention action-wise right now, as there isn’t much else to do or respond to. Firstly, the plants have been hinted at being a problem for us, so it would be a good idea to stay away from them for now until either we can confirm they are harmless to us or we don’t have a choice but to go near them -- furthermore, I’ll advocate for not cutting or incinerating the plants until they actually become threat to us or such actions are deemed necessary, seeing as their destruction would almost certainly anger Phallia, which is something we should really try to avoid. Secondly, make sure Erwin keeps us up to date on the situation outside, because it would help to be aware of any events or threats that we need to react to from our own position in advance and Polah still isn’t safe where she is now so we need to be ready in case our magic is required for anything on that front.

>>327415

Making jokes at Phallia’s expense is one thing, but defacing her statues held within in what is probably the biggest temple of hers is a huge insult towards her. Mocking the gods never ends well for anyone, and while I doubt Phallia or Solos for that matter would immediately smite us upon taking such actions, I can be pretty confident that doing that will not end well for us at all. Let’s avoid pissing off the gods or their worshippers any further than we already have.

>>327416

Contacting Dollora took us out of commission for a long time, so I would advise against doing that when we’re in the middle of a civil war. Saying a quick prayer to her or Phallia on the other hand might be worthwhile, if only to say “sorry about trashing your temple and what we’re about to do” or something along those lines to reduce any anger either of them may have towards us following our actions, so perhaps we could do that while we still have the opportunity.

>>327422

Considering we don’t know where the Prophet actually is and there is a good chance she would stay near her Achilles’ heel in order to protect it were she to feel threatened, this is definitely a valid concern, even with the possibility of such statements merely being made to lower morale rather than actually being a part of her plans. Best if we keep the twins close and let someone else, like the cultists, run into any traps the Prophet may have set up for us before we do.


24ca18 (140) No.327642>>327643

>Story continue

{Erwin?} You send, blinking in surprise. {You- oh, wait, you said Polah is fine?}

{Yeah, I guess so? Everything is drawing closer to the Merchant's guild anyway and Zoras isn't really… going to her house.}

{Huh? Where is she going then?}

{With these gang members I guess? I don't know, this all seems weird.}

You'd like to parse all of this but instead you merely send, {Fine, as long as Polah is fine. Come to the Great Temple.}

{Ehhh, alright, fine. I'm on my way. You stay safe!}

{You too.}

Finishing with that conversation, you turn back to the others and say, "Alright, let's get inside before they reach us."

"Don't want to post guards at the door or anything like that?" Alice says, cocking her head.

"Why?" You say, snapping your fingers. A wall of stone rises up before the destroyed doors, sealing the outer walls. The sounds of furious Anubis on the other end come followed by clinking noises as they try to break it. For good measure, you reinforce the wall.

"We'll be good for abit unless there's another way in." You say, nodding to the others.

"I… yeah." Alice says, looking disappointed as she sheathes her sword.

"Be careful." The Grand Wizard says, standing close to his daughters. "Temples like this do draw the eyes of the Gods and at the moment we don't want to piss off either of the Twins."

"So you're saying not to step on the grass?" Sophie asks, to which her father affixes her a blank stare. She smirks before waving a hand, "All in good fun father, let us head inside."

Walking the short path into the Inner Sanctum, you still can't shake the feeling that there's something wrong about the plants here. While an exotic mix of plants from all over the world, they don't really seem malevolent or anything. Just… plants.

Shuddering, you continue forward as the sounds of fighting are heard behind you. You're not certain what to do with your tank, but bringing it inside here is a little much anyway. Besides, no one's going to damage it, right? Maybe you'll collapse it later, though at the moment you have plenty of big boy Ronnie to work with.

The doors to the Inner Sanctum are massive, double doors with reliefs of Phallia and Dollora carved onto each side, their hands cupped together as if forming an archway. Both you and the Grand Wizard use your [Mage Sight] to search for traps, but find nothing out of the ordinary beyond a quiet glow about the place. It permeates through everything and it makes you feel a little at ease, like when Dollora spoke with you before. Shaking it out of your system, you direct Tabitha to open the doors.

She does so without issue, gingerly testing the doors and getting resistance. Turning back to you she shakes her head and you sigh. Great, they barricaded it. Well, it would be easy to break it open however you've already desecrated one section of this place so maybe doing it again wouldn't be the best idea. On the other hand, you've already desecrated one section of this place so maybe doing it again won't change anything.

Feeling like you're running out of time, you walk up to the door and take one of the geoflexer stances you practiced. Remembering some of the forms that the ones you fought used earlier, you follow through as the power forms in your core and you become one with the earth here.

"What's he doing?" Selene asks, cocking her head.

"Extreme yoga." Alice says, as if this answered anything at all. The others merely shake their heads and watch as you draw the energy within yourself and then propel it forward with a wave of rock that smashes into the door with such force that it splinters the wood as it slams into the door. They budge open some, a crack appearing between the doors. Another blow of the same kind forces back the barricade and shatters the image of Phallia from the waist down.

"Daaaaaaaaaamn." Alice says, rubbing her chin. "Stronger than I thought you were."

Taking a few deep breaths to steady youself, you nod to her and say, "I thought I made that obvious before."

"Yeah but it's kind of hot to see in action, right?" She turns to the others and you get mixed reactions from embarrassed glances to the side from Ebe to Tabitha's admiration and finally Selene's thumbs up. She pats her husband on the head when he gives her a critical eye however.


24ca18 (140) No.327643>>327644

>>327642

"Alright let's get the rest of this open so we can get Mr. Ed in. Be ready for an attack though." You say, making forward into the Inner Sanctum. Tabitha and Alice go in first, sliding over part of the barricade, a stone pillar, and then wave for you to enter. Climbing over as well, you look around the chamber with your staff raised.

The first thing you notice about the vast chamber is that it's empty. Looking confused, you turn your head to take the whole place in with confusion. The room has two side passages at the front where you've entered, leading to other rooms around the temple. Above you is a mezzanine where you suspect important members sit for worship. In front of you however is the large worship chamber with row after row of empty pews facing toward the center of the room where an Altar sits, devoid of implements.

The twins climb in as you look about the room in a stupor. All along the walls enormous stained glass is inlayed depicting the twin Goddesses. Facing the west are those depicting Dollora, both as the beautiful angel she once was and then the monster she had become. The dark tinged glass lets in moonlight to bask the silent chamber in while those depicting Phallia the maiden and Phallia the lover to Solos are absent of light.

Tabitha walks over to you, shaking her head as she sheathes her own sword. "I don't understand, there's no one here."

"I don't either." You say, shaking your head. "Were we wrong? Is that not the High Altar?"

"It's the same one we saw beforehand…" Selene says, confused as well. "But there were plenty of guards in this place, not to mention the Priestesses, all of which could wield either dark magic or biomancy. Where did they go?"

"They have to be somewhere here. Someone had to have put up this barricade." Ebe says, nodding to the assortment of items blocking your entry.

True, someone had to be present to barricade this place, but where did they go? Frowning, you open your [Magesight] to scan around the room and find nothing but that ever present glow. Even the statues of the Goddesses around the room were devoid of any sort of extra energy. In fact, now that you think about it, isn't it weird that the altar is absent of power?

"Hells." The Grand Wizard says, his eyes snapping back into focus. 'That's nothing more than a slab of rock. We've been duped."

"But… but why would they go through so much trouble to guard this place if it's not what we're looking for?" Sylphie says, her ears down. She looks like a hurt kitten, though it takes you a second to realize why. The poor thing really thought she had figured it all out and now it's been taken away from her- a waste of time.

"Sylphie-" You begin before being interrupted by Ebe.

"Uhm… maybe they hid the real altar?" The Ghandharva asks, trying to be helpful.

You make to say that it couldn't be the case when you pause and think about it. It's entirely possible they could have done that, otherwise why have so much defense here? True, they were close to the Violet Sands lines but they realistically wouldn't want to capture this place- it held little strategic value for them. In which case they have to be hiding something.

"Well." Sophie says, hand on her chin. "We might as well explore. I'm afraid if we don't find anything we're back to square one."

Everyone nods and continues forward into the worship area. Like most Temples to Dollora, there are sections where no pews are to allow larger Monsters such as Centaurs or Girtablilu to sit. Unlike Deleorian Temples, however, the Ectrian Temples to the Twins are lined with various flower pots, each with elaborate and beautiful flowers. Vines are allowed to grow indoors and Biomancers coax them into lovely patterns dedicated to the Goddess of Plants. In normal circumstances it would make for an awe inspiring sight but these are not normal circumstances.

A cursory search around the worship chamber leads to nothing but some discarded rags and a few crumbs. The altar, as nice as it is, just sits a hunk of dead rock, lacking any and all magic. With nothing to show for it, you regroup with the others at the altar and convene.

"I'm starting to think this was all a decoy." You say, anger in your voice.

"How would they know we were coming here?" Sophie asks, consternation in her voice. "Only Ammon would have known that because he told us."

"Ammon or Zoras…" You mutter, thinking it over. What Erwin had said earlier… Zoras couldn't… she wouldn't… would she?

"I don't think she'd do that." Ebe says, shaking her head. "Zoras wouldn't play us like that."

"Well whoever did, I wonder to what end?" Tabitha says, annoyed. "Wasting time? To get us out of the way? They had plenty of time to do whatever they wanted when we were on the other side of the city. What does this all accomplish?"


24ca18 (140) No.327644>>327652 >>327657 >>327963 >>327964

>>327643

"We could check the other wings of the Temple?" You put in, though it feels a little hollow. What's to say they wouldn't just be wastes of time either? Gritting your teeth, you cross your arms and turn your head to the side, noticing a marble statue of Phallia next to you. Standing there in a dress of stone leaves, crown of thorns in her long hair, she looks at you with a smug expression.

Feeling even angrier at this, you channel some of your power to the statue and shape the marble to be anatomically correct. Under her skirt is now a pronounced and decidedly masculine bulge.

A cold wind blows into the worship chamber, making you shiver and rub your arms. Where did that come from? Outside? Turning to the door, you don't see much of anything coming from there and your aeromancy can't pick up the air currents really blowing at all in here. A shiver runs down your spine at that thought and you flip about to see a cloud pass over the moon, casting the room into total darkness. That strange magic pulses again, close to you this time and you hurriedly cast a light into the room to illuminate it.

Immediately the ears of the Cat o'Ninetails around you twitch furiously and they turn up the mezzanine where a group of six figures stand. Three of them are human women dressed in green robes with flowers and leaves along them, naming them as Priestesses to Phallia. Of the other three, one is a Lamia and the other two are Desert Catgirls, all three dressed in robes of black and purple that accentuate the busts and show off far too much skin- Priestesses of Dollora.

One of the human women steps forward, a staff in her hands and anger in her expression. She glares down at you and says, "How DARE you deface a statue to the Goddess?"

"Who the fuck are you?" You shout back, feeling confrontational. "Where is the High Altar?"

"The Prophet took it to her Palace when the fighting began, though she left the other artifacts." Sighing, she says, "Though it pains us to have such a pathetic altar, it also freed us from the troubles of a particular watchful eye."

"What do you mean by that?" Tabitha asks, hand on her sword.

The woman sighs. "I was told to make it so any unwanted guests would leave empty handed, but you had to go and do something unforgivable." Flipping her long hair braided with leaves, she says, "Fine then. Capturing the ones with the nine tails would curry favor with the Prophet anyway and accelerate our Mistress's plans."

"I have no idea what you're talking about." Selene says, her tails coming up to shield her daughters. "But I'm not letting you touch my children!"

"Mother…" Sophie says, looking to her parent. She shakes her head and turns back to the Priestesses. "When you say Mistress, do you mean Phallia? What do the Priestesses of Dollora have to say about that?"

"Hmm?" The Phallian Priestess says. "Oh, they're fine with it as well, aren't you?"

The Lamia slithers forward and as she does the clouds move away from the moon, casting her in ethereal light. Your eyes go wide as you see the emotionless expression in her eyes and the signs of vines crawling up her neck from inside her chest. The two Catgirls show similar signs with various plant life crawling up and around their bodies.

"Oh Gods." Alice says, hand tightening on her sword hilt as you see her grow truly angry. "I've seen this before. You crazy psycho bitches didn't-?!"

The Phallian Priestess snaps her fingers and you feel rumbling as the vines laced all over the temple interior reach up from the walls and swell in size, becoming dangerously large. Your group steps in close together as they writhe around you, drawing in close. The Dolloran Priestesses leap down from the upper level, hitting the ground with bone jarring force, they though they only seem to stumble for a moment before fixating their emotionless eyes upon you as dark magic forms in their hands.

Around you, moonlight filters in, illuminating the faces of the statues that watch as your assailants draw in close. The bestial face of the Monster Dollora glares at her sister statue and it's funny really, seeing that smug face of Phallia look at you, massive bulge now mocking your situation. The irony is not lost on you as all signs indicate that you're about to get fucked.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.327646

>>327620

The last update really didn't leave you a lot of options, did it? Well, hopefully you have your options now…

Yeah apparently the altar could be moved, who knew? Sounds like the other relics are in the back though, but thankfully someone had the foresight to piss off these priestesses so they'd come out of hiding and try to kill you!

No wait, that's a bad thing. I'm sure you can talk them out of it if you want to though.


725c56 (20) No.327652>>327853 >>327963

File (hide): c22c70d7f51ac87⋯.jpg (1009.14 KB, 900x1259, 900:1259, __hammann_azur_lane_drawn_….jpg) (h) (u)

>>327644

This place really limits the kind of magic we can use, we can't use the heavier versions of geomancy or pyromancy without destroying this place. Let's use aeromancy to defend ourselves from the plants. I think Cryomancy will be our best bet, If we use [flash freeze] and [shatter] We could kill the vines and use pebble gun on all but the leader, Save her for questioning after incapacitating her


7e1933 (5) No.327657>>327658 >>327672 >>327687 >>327695 >>327790 >>327853

>>327644

You know what? Fuck it. Fuck these priestesses. Fuck their futa goddess. Fuck the pharaoh. Fuck this whole mess. Fuck this whole damn country with its slavers and bullshit and making your sister all weird.

Burn it all down. The sooner we roast these bitches and their stupid vines, the sooner we can go push the pharaoh's shit in,


cb66b1 (18) No.327658>>327687 >>327853

File (hide): bb0ca577b51b42c⋯.jpg (66.93 KB, 479x491, 479:491, cuphead.jpg) (h) (u)

>>327657

I agree vehemently. Fire is always a good solution in these kinds of situations. GW would know all about it, having firebombed a matango back in the day.

And if it for some reason that doesn't work, then all we would have to do is to just use more fire.


9dc016 (4) No.327672>>327682 >>327853

>>327657

I agree. Trying to be the good guy here is starting to be more problematic than it is worth. I'm sure the gods would get a good laugh out of us burning the fuck out of these stupid priestess and there dumb ass plants. Hells, burn the leader in molten rock made from her shitty little alter for kicks.

On that note, we need to add a molten rock cannon on our tank somehow. And ramming spikes, can't forget those.


cb66b1 (18) No.327682>>327853 >>327964

YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.

>>327672

>Hells, burn the leader in molten rock made from her shitty little alter for kicks.

Melt the support under the Phalia statue instead so it tips over and crushes them as the coup de grace for dramatic irony. But not hard enough that it instantly kills her, so that her trapped form can get acquainted with the slowly approaching wall of flames.

Memes and pyromaniac tendencies aside though, how exactly do we subdue the Dollora priestesses? From what we learned in illusionist quest, they look like they are past stage one of Phalia's indoctrination, but not quite on the same level as Chalan's "blessing" was.

GW ain't got shit on Frankie boy on the subject but I wonder if he can pull that seed of corruption shit out of their brains based on Alice's poorly informed but important account, since that is where the control originates from from. Tobias learned it from Anderson based on the result of the autopsy performed on The Crow.

With that said, freeze the lamias to trap and subdue them first, then see what we can do. Their witness accounts could be vital, possibly crucial in the things to come, I suspect, if it's not too late for them yet and we save them.


0c6eca (17) No.327687>>327693 >>327695

>>327657

>>327658

If we're going down the wanton destruction route, then at some point we absolutely must remove the bulge from Phallia's statue and fire it at one of her priestesses. The opportunity is too funny to pass up.

As for the Dollora priestesses, I'd say hit them with a Mana Burst to see if it fucks with their mind control, but if we just end up disabling our own magic, it's not worth it.


139688 (1) No.327693>>327712

>>327687

>but if we just end up disabling our own magic, it's not worth it.

What about using [Reverse Polarity] once they're subdued?


727ef0 (15) No.327695>>327853

>>327687

No one is going to deface the bulge. Maybe we can somehow find a way to pin one of them under it but whatever we do the bulge is not leaving the statue.

>>327657

Return of Old Man Rommel, But this time he releases the fire that burns inside him? Dope.

After the fight we can try to meditate and apologize to Dollora for burning her temple down. I don't get the feeling her and Trapking are getting along currently so I doubt she'll be to mad.

Also lets try to incapacitate the Dollora priests and experiment on them afterwards. I'm wondering if maybe we can kill the parasite with some surgical precision strikes of cryomancy Pay particular attention to the vines we see growing inside their necks. If we make a small incision and grab hold of the vine we can can freeze it and just have it snake along the rest of the parasite. In theory that is . Having GW present and his knowledge of plaguemancy might lead to something as well.

I really feel like trying to get on good graces with Dollora will pay off. Saving her Zombiefied chosen would do that


0c6eca (17) No.327712

>>327693

It would be better to attempt disabling them before the fighting even starts, and it could take too long to get a lock with Reverse Polarity to matter.


605a83 (8) No.327790>>327853

>>327508

I'd teach that goddess to live up to her name if you know what I mean Did you ever commission one of Dollora?

>>327657

Pissing off the priestesses is one thing, but I don't think burning down what is probably one of the largest temples to Dollora and Phallia is going to be good for us. Pissed off goddesses can be a pain to deal with.


24ca18 (140) No.327853

File (hide): 17198138300aa10⋯.png (1.12 MB, 2622x1563, 874:521, Dollora.png) (h) (u)

>>327652

Aye, Cryomancy a good bet here.

>>327657

That's just the Deleorian speaking. Ectria is a rich and diverse nation. Just because things are great in Deleor doesn't mean you should take it out on Ectria!

>>327658

Ecclesiarchy approved statement

>>327672

I see we wish for more fire. Fire seems to be what the end goal here. How's that gunna play out cotton?

Spikes can work. Since a cannon in this situation would be just a large barrel you can fire a rock through, I'm not certain "Motlen rock" is really gunna fly with that.

>>327682

Sadly the Grand Wizard would only know small bits and pieces about this before heading to Ectria and losing contact with Deleor.

But hey, maybe Alice is wrong? Guess we can try to fix them and find out! Tho it might be difficult with all the fire. Ah, you'll figure it out.

>>327695

Sounds astute! Fire always works well. Always.Makes great friends.

>>327790

See pic related.Artist took liberties with Phallia, but beyond the sword this is a pretty good representation of Dollora.

You seem to be in a minority at the moment for flames and fire. Maybe you can convince the others of this?

Otherwise it's looking like fire.


ecacb2 (31) No.327963>>327964 >>327968 >>327972 >>327973 >>327979 >>328108

>You'd like to parse all of this but instead you merely send, {Fine, as long as Polah is fine. Come to the Great Temple.}

Because leaving Zoras, someone in the employment of fucking Ammon, to her own devices without us having any way of keeping her in check and neither us or her actually doing much of anything to help Polah is definitely not going to backfire on us in some fashion later on by leading to some very unfortunate circumstances. Nope.

>>327644

Welp. We’ve already cast the first stone and apologising won’t make much of a difference at this point considering what the priestess has said, so we might as well play with the hand dealt and go all in against the priestesses because we don’t really have a choice otherwise.

The plant life surrounding us is the immediate concern due to how it limits our movement and will likely disable anyone who gets too close, putting them in a perilous position, so we should prioritise killing as much of that off as possible while the others handle the priestesses. Of the many ways of dealing with the plants, there are three options which are more effective than the others: burning the plants, freezing the plants and tearing the plants apart with Aeromancy.

Burning the plants sounds good on paper and would allow us to focus on the priestesses once we get a flame going due to how the fire would quickly spread, but there are a number of issues with it. First of all the plant life isn’t going to be dry, so it may take some effort to get a blaze going, second of all it doesn’t immediately kill anything the moment they ignite, which means we would have to deal with vines which are now on fire and flailing about madly until they finally do perish, and most importantly it would have the unfortunate effect of destroying the rest of the temple, which would be very bad for us, partly because Dollora and every follower of the Twins might be a bit miffed, but mostly because we would be destroying a building we’re in the middle of, which is just asking for us to be buried in the rubble, not to mention the artefacts the Prophet left behind would be lost to us as well, meaning we can’t use them ourselves, and we wouldn’t be sure if the supposed source of the Prophet’s powers was destroyed or disabled in the destruction unless we checked, which would lead to a lot of wasted time because we absolutely have to be sure otherwise we stand no chance. With all those cons in mind, as well as our lacking strength in the divination from not using it very often possibly leading to weaker results, I’m not sure if it’s the best idea though who cares, fire is going to win at this point, but we could make it work so long as we prevent the temple from collapsing around us.

Freezing the plants as per the suggestion from >>327652 makes the most sense to me out of the three. It would kill the plants nigh instantaneously via causing the water in their xylem’s to freeze and expand, ripping apart the internal tissue, we can cast it over large areas to kill a lot of vines simultaneously so it’s faster than fire, we have some proficiency in the divination unlike with Pyromancy so it won’t take much out of us to cast, there isn’t much risk of negatively affecting Tabitha’s combat abilities due to the temperature drop being localised and away from the fighting, and it wouldn’t cause much, if any, structural damage to the temple so we wouldn’t have to evacuate mid-fight or lose potentially loot. Consider using this over fire, or at least mix and match the two in different areas to get the best of both worlds without causing one option to negate the other.

Tearing the plants apart with Aeromancy is pretty self-explanatory in why it would work. It does have the issues of being pretty much limited to [Galeforce], a spell we still don’t have the best control over and which has a good chance of injuring anyone nearby as well, and not actually killing the plants if they have some form of regeneration as magical plants are wont to possess though, so best use it to compliment the other two options rather than as a main course of action.


ecacb2 (31) No.327964>>327973

>>327963

>>327644

With the plants dealt with, either temporarily or permanently, focus should be given to the priestesses, whom our party should hopefully have been able to handle up to this point. Phallia’s priestesses probably only have Biomancy at their disposal considering their goddess, so they shouldn’t be much of an issue following their main threat being taken care of; just put a rock between each of their eyes to end them swiftly before they can do anything else, no point trying to repair relations with Phallia when her followers are adamant about killing us and she has sinned against her sister. Dollora’s priestesses are trickier as a result of them having dark magic at their disposal, but we should be able to simply throw up a [Build the Wall] whenever needed to block any projectiles like we did against Lady Aliph and then attack them with Cryomancy to exploit the reptilian and Ectrian weakness whenever the opportunity presents itself to great effect.

That said, we might want to do what others have suggested and try to save Dollora’s followers from Phallia’s control rather than just killing them outright if we can get the opportunity, because it would help garner favour with Dollora and the priestesses may be able to help us in some fashion if we’re successful but mostly because Phallia is a shit and setting her back might be beneficial to us. Granted, we probably won’t be able to do shit considering how the plant parasite thing is already deeply entrenched inside each of the priestesses and how none of the magic users present are either Franklin or some kind of Druid, but Dollora would appreciate the sentiment even if we fail and would be content with her followers no longer suffering at her sister’s hands, so it’s worth a shot nonetheless. What >>327682 suggests about getting the Grand Wizard to do it with Alice’s ‘assistance’ should work well enough, seeing as the Grand Wizard was successful at removing Mantango spores from his own and his companions’ heads and this should possibly follow similar principles.


725c56 (20) No.327968>>327979

File (hide): 0ab046c0b52da4d⋯.jpg (108.34 KB, 670x1005, 2:3, DQZhrwFVAAIpFdp.jpg) (h) (u)

>>327963

>Because leaving Zoras, someone in the employment of fucking Ammon, to her own devices without us having any way of keeping her in check and neither us or her actually doing much of anything to help Polah is definitely not going to backfire on us in some fashion later on by leading to some very unfortunate circumstances. Nope.

This is a good point, is there anyway we can get to polah's frequency? If not we should have erwin at least check on her at least


725c56 (20) No.327972

File (hide): 82afada883393a6⋯.jpg (429.97 KB, 750x608, 375:304, Grizzly29.jpg) (h) (u)

>>327963

>Because leaving Zoras, someone in the employment of fucking Ammon, to her own devices without us having any way of keeping her in check and neither us or her actually doing much of anything to help Polah is definitely not going to backfire on us in some fashion later on by leading to some very unfortunate circumstances. Nope.

This is a good point, is there anyway we can get to polah's frequency? If not we should have erwin at least check on her at least

Let me post goddamnit


1753fe (2) No.327973>>327979 >>327986

>>327963

>>327964

This anon has a point, freezing the plants is better idea than setting the place a light. No matter how gud the idea is. Technically the temple has already been defiled. Really really want to wink the finger at Phallia's statue and then fire a [Pebble Gun] right into her forehead! The Goddesses are watching after all.

I get the feeling Phallia is trying to muscle in on the other Gods territory. Could the Prophet also have a seed in her head? And that laughter was Phallia's?

It wouldn't surprise me if Phallia setup/provoked Dollora to attack her. Getting her exiled/banished, to have Solos all to herself.

After the fight, tidy up the mess a little. Give Dollora's statue a kiss on the cheek, a headpat and a "Sorry for the mess, Mom". Dollora is the maker of human womankind and monsters after all. She deserves abit of love!


24ca18 (140) No.327979>>327981 >>327986 >>328014

>>327973

Oh for the love of the Gods…

I finish eating dinner and I think it's tied up between fire and no fire. Either that or it's 4-5 and I can't tell cause one of them is ambiguous.

Hrm. Well I can't update on Sunday (work and then christmas party) and this matters so I'll delay updating until tomorrow. Make your voices known if you have changes of opinion or you're lurking.

>>327963

Hey man, no one much seemed to care and just wanted Erwin back, so here we are! Good luck finding her again.

>>327968

You could have Erwin try to find one of her familiars I suppose, or go to Polah's place. It's likely she's still there from what it sounds like.

Oh and I guess the next pic I have being done should be sometime this weekend. Anyone got any other suggestions they'd like to see?


0c6eca (17) No.327981

>>327979

I'll vote no on burning the place down, then. Rommel can still be pissed off while throwing ice around anyway


727ef0 (15) No.327986>>327988

>>327979

I also change my vote to freezing shit, It makes more sense in this situation.

Also this >>327973 regarding the Dollora statue, Minus all the gay shit. Just give the statue a headpat and apologize for wrecking the temple.


b0b798 (7) No.327988

>>327986

>Just give the statue a headpat and apologize for wrecking the temple.

>give headpats to a statue of a goddess, and headpats to the BBEG of the story and completely break/trivialize the final boss fight


c0fcfa (5) No.328014

>>327979

Ice sounds good.


9dc016 (4) No.328017>>328021

I'll settle for anything as long as we get some trophies for the rape tank. How about any flags, symbols, heads, and weapons from the Pharoah forces and strap them to the tank so we can strike more fear Into the ones we don't ram into paste.

Also spikes, you can't have a murder buggy without spikes.


aaf2c9 (15) No.328021>>328096

File (hide): 1a09a612791f15b⋯.jpg (52.96 KB, 398x308, 199:154, IMG_5355.JPG) (h) (u)

>>328017

Sage you shit!


9dc016 (4) No.328096

>>328021

I'm a new fag who can't do shit. Keep bullying me until I learn how to be a better fsggot.


63a8b1 (6) No.328108

>What do you do?

We could use the chance to cool off so let's chill out for a bit and spam ice on the priests and the vines. Try studying the magic controlling the vines with our magesight while we're at it, we could pick up the basics of biomancy that way and that knowledge may help out eventually if something ever calls for it. Also make sure at least one of Phallia's priests lives so they can direct us on how to remove their god's gifts from Dollora's priests after some interrogation, because we aren't going to figure that shit out on our own.

>>327963

Zoras risked her life to save Ebe a while back and it wouldn't make sense for her to do that if she was planning to betray us now. We don't need to worry about her.


24ca18 (140) No.328144>>328145

>Story continue

The Dolloran Priestesses lead the attack. You've really only seen dark magic once and you blocked it fairly easily, but with three of them unleashing the purple light toward you things became a little different.

Selene steps forward, raising her hand and forming a shield of darkness, absorbing the magic into it before dispersing the shadows around her. She grits her teeth as she does so, shaking her hand as if she'd injured it somehow. Before anyone can react much further, the three charge at you, the Lamia leading the way as the Catgirls scamper after her, a rage in their features.

Apparently whatever happened to them didn't make the three any slower because they close the gap with you with incredible speed. Something about this doesn't seem right, but you only have time to snap fire one burst of [Cold Prison], catching a Desert Catgirl's legs and freezing her in place before the other two arrive, weapons formed of darkness appearing in their hands.

They were met by Alice, who immediately steps forward, sword held out before her, a fury in her expression. You think back to what she said when speaking to the Phallian Priestesses before and wonder if it has anything to do with her rage now. As it stands, she begins to swing her sword with furious blows, catching the dark weapons and rebounding against them. You have a feeling mortal weapons would be destroyed by that touch of magic, but Energischwert merely kept glowing like usual.

"Alice, wait!" You begin to cry before something wraps around your leg and hurls you into the air. A disgusting sense of vertigo fills you as the vine flails you back and forth, keeping you from seeing or even thinking straight. Crying out, you begin to cast [Fireball] but the vine suddenly shudders and drops to the ground, throwing you with bone-jarring force to the floor.

Something shakes your shoulder and you see Tabitha standing next to you, pointing you at the vine that just held you. A sheet of ice covered the base of the thing, the distal part drooping and dead from the sudden freeze. Turning your head, you see the Grand Wizard holding Sylphie's shoulder and pointing her toward the vines as the two of them begin to cast cryomancy spells against the vines.

Of course… cryomancy. Plants aren't exactly fond the cold nor fire, but at least this won't burn you down with it. Though you felt slightly more toward burning everything down a few moments ago, you're beginning to see the benefit in the ice. A pity you didn't think of it yourself.

Watching the parent-child duo a moment longer you feel a sense of jealousy despite yourself. Sylphie was your apprentice… or something. Shaking your head, you roll out of the way of another vine that comes crashing down toward you and cast [Flash Freeze]. The vine explodes from the sudden freeze after you [Shatter]it. Staggering to your feet, you hear the Phallian Priestesses above chanting something.

A loud scream comes from the Desert Catgirl trapped in the ice. She'd been casting dark magic spells, her hands still open to her, with little effect but to keep Selene out of the fight. The Cat o'Ninetails had been using her magic to block the magic of the spellcaster, her other daughter keeping her safe from the vines. It seems that despite her long life, she was still in the same boat as the Grand Wizard and her own magic reserves were greater than her stamina would allow.

The Priestess puts her left hand to her head while the other sticks out to the side, trembling furiously as something ripples and undulates under her skin. With a sickening noise, vines burst forth from her arm in a shower of blood and she begins to laugh maniacally, the effect punctuated by choking sobs. The writhing mass of vines slams into the ice binding her and she frees herself before staggering toward Selene.

"By Dollora…" Selene whispers, taken aback by what she's seen. Sophie stares in horror at the sight for a fraction too late to stop the changed Catgirl from charging them, still laughing. The arm of vines extends and strikes out toward the two, being stopped only by all of Selene's tails and a few of Sophie's. The remaining tails slam into the Catgirl's torso, piercing her skin and shredding her already indecent clothing. Blood trails from the wounds as well as green liquid and the girl stares at them with green, glowing eyes before pulling back and putting her hand to her chest.

Underneath her skin, vines crawl and writhe, mixed in with the flesh. They pull at the corners of her rent torso, pulling it together again and rekniting the host. With the process complete, the Priestess charges at them again, seemingly oblivious to the pain, her arm splitting into multiple, flailing vines.


24ca18 (140) No.328145>>328146

>>328144

What in the name of the Gods is going on here? Plants inside their bodies doing… this to them? Swatting away another vine with your power, this one far more sluggish since the priestesses aren't controlling them currently, you look up toward them and see them staring down at you as if looking at ants. Shouting, you fire a piece of rock at them with [Pebble Gun], striking one of the side women in the chest.

You blink in surprise as she staggers backward, coughing up blood as a pool appears on her robe. Honestly, you thought they'd cast a wall of vines or something to block the shot, but wow, this would be easy. You ready up two more shots when the priestess you shot before staggers toward and you notice a vine crawling out of her chest, pushing your rock out of her body as more vines writhe under the skin of her neck.

"Well…" You say, feeling a little more worried than before. This was supposed to be a fairly easy fight, but these freaks all had plants in their bodies! Ducking under a vine that you shatter apart in a fine mist of ice, you grab Ebe and push her to the floor as Mr.Ed kicks a vine away before rearing up and crushing another one before Sylphie can freeze it. Looking ahead of you, Alice is fighting fiercely with the Dolloran Priestesses.

You're surprised to find it an even fight, Alice unable to get a decisive edge against two of them despite her skill. Their swordsmanship is quite impressing as well, especially the Lamia who darts in and out to strike while the Catgirl presses Alice back. Unfortunately Tabitha is pressed into fighting with the altered Catgirl, dealing wicked blows with her burning sword and keeping her from regenerating as quickly.

This leaves you and Ebe unoccupied. With the enemy pressing in close to your friends, casting spells is too dangerous, but you need to take the pressure of them somehow. Searching around your group, you realize the easiest to free-up would be the Grand Wizard and Sylphie, their task mainly on keeping the vines at bay, though they just seem to keep coming. If only you could defeat their source!

"Ebe!" You shout to the Ghandharva, keeping an arm on her back and her head down low. "Can you fly me up to the balcony?"

"I-I can try!" She says, looking up at the destination, then to you. Nodding at her, she leaps into the air, gaining altitude quickly before swooping through grasping vines and diving for you. Holding your arm up, she grabs it in her talons and you once again feel the world lurch underneath you. The Priestesses look at you with some alarm and a sea of vines strikes at you but they all freeze and explode into a storm of ice as Ebe screams at them, her voice amplified somehow. Unable to glance down, you have to assume that Sylphie both froze the ice and cast that spell, knowing Ebe would scream. Damn she's been improving.

Dusted in frozen water, Ebe basically throws you into the seating as she finishes her dive, using her wings to keep herself from colliding into the wall as she beats backward. Tumbling backward into a pew, you shake your head from the blow and look up in time to raise your staff and catch the hands of a Priestess diving for you.

The one you shot before, her eyes glowing green, attacks you with razor sharp fingers, augmented by biomancy, and you take a few scratches before kicking her off you. She stumbles backward and the other two glare at you, raising her hands and gathering magic. The side priestess holds a seed in her hands, magic infusing it. It begins to sprout, but before it can you find out what exactly it is, a familiar voice shouts,

"KABONG!"

Sveth's guitar slams into the head of the Priestess, making a wicked dent in her skull and dropping her like a sack of bricks. Ebe staggers back after the blow, holding her guitar with shock and surprise before she drops it, going ashen.

It's all the distraction you need as you drive your staff into the belly of the hurt priestess, forcing her backward. She gasps as air is forced from her infested lungs and you follow up by firing the [Chain] from your pocket, lancing through her body by forming the end into a tip. It hands there, spearing her through, and she screams before turning her rage upon you and shouting,

"You are nothing compared to Phallia's blessings, little WIZARD!"


24ca18 (140) No.328146>>328147

>>328145

Grabbing the chain, she pulls herself along it toward you, fury in her eyes. You stare at you with pity as you say, "For such a cold bitch, you're not going to like this."

"Wha-?" Is all she has time to say before ice forms along the chain and into her body. Her eyes go wide as you expand the ice through her, her chest expanding as it's filled with sharp, frozen water. Eventually it bursts and shatters, destroying her internal organs as a torrent of blood spits out her mouth, that too freezing under your relentless magic. Releasing your magic upon the chain, it falls to the ground, carrying the hollowed out corpse with it.

With a gesture, you retract the chain into your pocket, shedding it of blood before turning to face the Priestess clearly in charge. The one on the floor still lays there, head bleeding from the wound Ebe inflicted. Did she not have a similar ah… "blessing?" Either way, she doesn't seem to be a threat, so you square off with the Priestess who looks at you with annoyance.

"This isn't how this was supposed to go." She sighs, shaking her head. "But it's not too late, I suppose. The blessings of Phallia are many."

"Looks to me like you're turning people into Monsters."

Her eyes glow green with an inner rage. "DON'T YOU DARE SAY THAT!" She points at you with an accusatory finger. "You're supposed to be a Wizard, one of Solos's chosen! Why would you fight for Monsters? You should instead fight for mankind, alongside your brothers and sisters under Solos and Phallia's light!"

"I used to think that way." You say, finding something welling up inside you. "But I can't deny that Monsters have feelings, that deep down they fight and hurt the same as us, that they bleed and love just like people do. Perhaps they way they go about it is wrong but… but it's a damn sight better than whatever… this is." Waving your hand down at the battle below, the changed Catgirl still fights, her body becoming more and more unrecognizable as she becomes wounded.

"Stand down and I won't kill you."

"Doubtful." She says, shaking her head. "Of course you'll kill me, at some point. Besides, if I give myself up then I would be betraying my Goddess. Her work has just begun, the seeds are finally sprouting. All she needs is proper fertilizer and it will all grow faster than anyone can believe."

"What the fuck are you talking about?"

"No matter." She says, pulling out a vial of something. Uncorking it, she dumps a handful of small, white objects onto her hand and then blows them at you. They race toward you in a cloud and you get a distinctly terrible feeling looking at them.

Quickly casting [Gust], you disperse the cloud so that they fall around you, dusting the corpse of the dead priestess as well as the ruined wood. With a word from the Priestess, the white specs, which you realize are spores, suddenly burst into life, digging deep into the corpse and the wood, destroying and consuming what they can to grow into red-capped mushrooms, sprouting in a forest around you.

[Ice] flows from your fingertips as you freeze the things, but you're too late to stop all of them as some of the survivors explode into clouds of spores, making more of the mushrooms all around you and forcing you to blow them away and step back, confused. What's her game with all of this?

Unable to fire a [Pebble Gun] at her due to being pushed back, you hesitate and miss one of the mushrooms as it sprays spores at you. Hastily pushing most of the spores away, a few touch your hand and you understand her game.

The spores burn as they touch your skin, causing extreme agony. Dropping to the ground, you scream in pain and try to wipe them off you, succeding in making your other hand flare up in pain. Mushrooms don't appear on your skin, thank the Gods, but the pain! It's unbearable! Blinking tears from your eyes, you watch as the Priestess looks to Ebe then shakes her head and walks toward you, spawning more of the mushrooms. They sprout around you and you suddenly feel like a beast before hunters, their bows aimed at you, ready to lose for the kill.

The priestess looks down at you with that imperious gesture once again before shaking her head. "Your kind was supposed to be the salvation for Deleor, and the World. If only Wizards would have been delivered to Ectria, and could find the embrace of their Goddess as well. We could have done such great things together." Kneeling down, she pulls out another vial, filled with a sprouted seed. She offers it to you and says, "I can take the pain away though. Come, let us usher in the world as it was meant to be. Free of these unsightly beasts."


24ca18 (140) No.328147>>328148

>>328146

Tears streaming from your face, part of you wants to take her up on her offer. Anything to remove this pain, you'd take anything to end it. Something resonates within you at her words at well, making you consider her offer more. Rid the world of these beasts? Make it how the world should be? Ruled by humans under their Gods…? Yes, it sounds so… so…

So horrific.

The thing in the vial writhes and she begins to unstop it, not waiting for your answer before trying to force that thing on you. Vines reach toward you, grasping for your mind and an instinctive repulsion flares up in you. If this is what it means to make the world the way it's meant to be then forget it!

In a moment of clarity you cut through the pain and lash out with the one spell you can think to save you in this situation as you cry out, "GET AWAY EBE!"

The Ghandharva starts as a blast of violent air explodes outward from you, annihilating the mushrooms and their spores. Pieces of pews are thrown through the air while whole ones shatter against the raging tempest. The spell, [Galeforce], hits the Priestess full on in the face and her cries are muffled as she's thrown back with such force that she sails through the air and over the mezzanine to collide into the far wall. She sticks for a moment, her robes impaled with pieces of wood, before dropping to the ground as her clothing rips and tears.

You yourself are pushed back against the railing, feeling it splinter under your weight. The pain in your back is nothing compared to that on your hands still and you fall to the side, clutching one hand as you cast [Ice] on it to freeze the spores. It works, though the cold is nearly as painful as the spores. Panting, you look up to see Ebe drunkenly staggering, her hair a mess, a cut across her belly from where a piece of wood slashed her. She looks at you and blinks before her eyes go wide and she dashes over to you, trying to help you up.

"Rommel!" She says, patting you. "Are you alright?"

"No." You say, being genuine. "But I'll live. We need to help the others."

Ebe looks down and you see some tension release from her. "No, I don't think we do."

Turning your head downward, you see as the changed Priestess becomes encased fully in ice, only her head not frozen as she spits curses at your party. The other two back away, their eyes seeming confused, as if lacking purpose to fight any longer. Sylphie traps them in ice as well as soon as they let down their guard and they look down, dumbfounded.

"RAAAAGH!" Alice shouts, dashing at the frozen Priestesses, but Tabitha catches her arm, stopping her charge. The swordswoman turns back to the Lizardman and glares with a fury you haven't seen Alice give before. They stare each other down before Alice eventually drops her weapon and slumps, seeming abnormally tired for some reason.

"ROMMEL!" Sophie shouts at you from below. "Are you alright?"

"I asked him that already!" Ebe replies. "He said no, but he'll live!"

Sophie smirks and shakes her head before her eyes go wide and she points at you. "Look out!"

Turning your head you barely catch in time the Priestess that Ebe had downed, the rent in her skull fixed. The seed she had in her hand before has grown into a plant with razor sharp leaves that she slashes toward Ebe. The Ghandharva shrieks and swings her guitar in an arc, hitting the woman in the side and throwing her off the mezzanine. She crashes to the ground in a small heap and moans pitifully.

Ebe pants and then shouts, "T-Thanks for the save!"

Sophie makes to secure the woman and, finding her alive, takes her tails to finish her when her Father puts a hand on her shoulder and says, "No, let's take this one captive." She gives her father a confused look but doesn’t argue as he binds her with cryomancy as well, leaving the woman shivering and confused.

Ebe gently lowers you downstairs and you survey the destruction. All around you destroyed vines had broken pews and glass, turned over urns and shattered pottery. The flooring is stained with blood, water, and sap while tapestries are ruined with the stuff. The upper level is swept nearly clean from your [Galeforce], the debris all along the wall where the lead Priestess lays in a twisted, crumpled heap.

"We ah… made a mess of the place." Ebe says, giving a little chuckle before looking down. "Sorry."

"It's fine." You sigh. "Better than to let this travesty continue."

"What did they do to them?" Ebe whispers, pointing to the Priestesses. "What did they do to themselves?"

"Fucking plants in their heads." Alice says, her voice exhausted. "Fought one who had a complete transformation and she… she wasn't human anymore, that's for sure. It's…" She puts a hand to her head and chuckles, "It's why I'm on this silly quest. Beaten so soundly by… this."

Tabitha looks from her to the Priestesses and frowns. "I see."


24ca18 (140) No.328148>>328149

>>328147

"Is… there anything we can do to help them?" Sylphie asks, a mana potion in her hand. "I mean… they don't seem… it's just…"

Her father rubs his chin and says, "Depends how far its rooted I think. This plant I mean." He walks up to the Lamia and pulls back as she hisses at him before slapping her in the face. She blinks in confusion, as if not certain how to take this before he slaps both hands on the side of her head and focuses.

Her eyes go wide at his touch and she begins to drool, her eyes rolling back in her head as he concentrates. You open your [Magesight] and see an interesting sight. The magical ice sparkles with certain luminescent radiance that normal ice couldn't match. Underneath this however, you see within the head of the Lamia a green, glowing mass. It seems vibrant and full of life, but you can tell this magical exuberance isn't natural and it makes your skin crawl.

Watching further, you see an inky darkness pour from the Grand Wizard into the Lamia's skull, surrounding the green mass. It resists, but slowly the edges begin to rot away until nothing remains. You snap off your sight as the Grand Wizard pulls away, seeming tired. The Lamia's head droops when he finishes and she pants, as if having run, well, slithered, a mile.

Turning to the Desert catgirl, he does the same, removing the mass from her. When he stops before the changed one and touches her head he recoils before sighing and shaking his head. With a solemn bow of his head, he encases her in ice, and performs your [Shatter] spell after having only watched you perform it a few times in the heat of battle. Gods he's good, you hate to admit. Imagine if he was at full power?

The room goes silent then, save for the muttering of the bound Priestess of Phallia. In the worship chamber, tired from the recent struggle, you appreciate the quiet from the outside world and sit down at the altar, sighing as you rub at your forehead. Your eyes go up to the statue of Phallia and you frown, shooting her in the forehead with a piece of Ronnie. The metal goes through the stone easily enough, shattering pieces of it before you retrieve the metal. The crumbled face looks at you, almost seeming displeased, but you don't much care. Killing a priestess is worse than trashing a statue you figure, though you're not entirely certain what to make of all this they spouted about ideal world and such.

The others gather themselves up, removing the two Dolloran Priestesses from their bondage. They lay on the ground, Tabitha and Alice watching over them. The Phallian Priestess has Selene watching over her for signs of magic or interference, holding her tails to the woman's neck, prepared to saw it off if needed.

Ebe's wounds are tended to by the Sylphie and her Father while Mr. Ed softly neighs, making sure she's okay. The time to recover is very well needed, as you have to plan your next steps carefully. With the true altar moved to the Palace, this was a dead end the whole way. If the Pharaoh is sitting over the altar, you're in some real trouble.

Sighing, you turn to the state of Dollora this time. The angry, bestial nature of her face should make you feel a sort of revulsion, an anger even. However, looking at her and her followers, you understand some of the beauty in her expression. Though she may be more like the Monsters she created, she certainly kept the beauty she imparted onto them.

Standing up, you walk over to her statue and gently rub her head, saying, "Sorry about breaking your temple. I just… hope I'm doing what you told me to do."

"Mmm…. huh?" A voice says behind you.

Turning, you see the Lamia's eyes open and she looks about in confusion. "W-what's happening? Who are you people?"


24ca18 (140) No.328149>>328150 >>328159 >>328239 >>328265 >>328359

>>328148

The Lamia, Lead Priestess of Dollora, a distinction made due to the Prophet being the High Priestess of both Twins, told you everything that happened. When the fighting began, the Pharaoh's troops moved the altar into the Palace, telling them to guard this location as if it were to be attacked. Her and her disciples didn't quite understand the order, but they followed it.

When the guards had fully left, the Lead Priestess of Phallia had brought them together and attacked, knocking them out. Next thing they knew they were here. She was saddened by the loss of one of her disciples, the changed Priestess, but when she learned of what had happened she grew outraged.

"Blasphemy! These things she says are outright lies! And what they did is… it's despicable!" The Priestess holds her hands together and hisses softly before saying, "I had always thought she looked at us with revulsion, never truly believed in the teaches of both of the twins. Perhaps we should have seen this coming when the Prophet allowed separate Priestesses."

"What will you do now?" You ask.

The Lamia looks to her companion and they both sigh. "I don't know. Rebuild, I suppose? We will have to rethink much of the scripture I'm afraid and- Ah, but I get ahead of myself." She shakes her head, "We should retrieve the artifacts and store them safely."

"Artifacts?"

"Yes, many artifacts said to be touched by the Twins. Most of them probably weren't, to be honest, but some are genuine, most famously the Mirror of Heaven."

"Any others?" You ask, intrigued.

"Oh yes, the scriptures of the old Kingdoms, penned by the first Priestess of the Twins as well as the Holy rake, consecrated by Phallia and used every year to cultivate land for harvest. There's also the-"

"That's fine." You say, holding up a hand. "That’s… fine."

"Yes, indeed." She sighs, looking down. She looks back up at you and then asks, "I had no asked but… why are you here?"

Turning to the others, they nod to you and you're forced to think this over. Eventually you sigh and say, "We were here to break the High Altar of the Twins. We wished to destroy the source of the Pharaohs power so we could… remove her."

The Priestess's eyes go wide at this and she puts a hand to her mouth, considering. Her eyes flick to you and she asks, "Are you… of the Violet Sands?"

"No." You say quickly. "Though we have associations."

"Do you know what killing the Prophet would do?" The Priestess whispers. "This whole land will be plunged into Chaos!"

"Well." You say, rubbing your chin. "I suppose someone will need to fill people with hope. I saw the crowds around the Lesser Temple. People want hope and they'll need someone to fill it but… it can't be the Pharaoh, you know it too, don't you?"

The Lead Priestess looks away before shaking her head. "I don't know… but… at least you're honest. You could have killed us and yet you didn't. You show deference to Dollora and… I sense her touch upon you. For that, I am inclined to believe that you have good intentions, such as they are."

"Stay and rest if you wish. There are wash rooms in the side corridors, if you would like to use them, though I am not certain how much longer the walls will keep the Royal Guard out. If you have other questions then… let us know. We must attend to the artifacts." The Priestesses stand and walk past the captive, glaring at her, before passing by and heading to one of the side passages.

Left alone with your group, you find yourself a little cold and tired, but alive, same as your friends. You're not certain how much longer the Royal Guard are going to be kept at bay, but you probably have some time to think and plan your next steps under the watchful gaze of the Twins.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.328150>>328155 >>328236

>>328149

You survived!

Yeah, seriously, fire would have been terrible here. Had you gone with that all the Priestesses would have been killed and you'd have had nothing.

Good job.

Oh and the Grand Wizard is an expert plagamancer. Poisoning the plants in their minds with enough time is easy enough for him. Nothing to worry about.

Huzzah!

Now to wait patiently for art and stuff.

No but seriously, I have an itch and I can't recall who hasn't gotten art yet


3bef68 (4) No.328155>>328165

>>328150

rommel + ebe or rather, rommel giving ebe headpats

or maybe even a holstaur, because i actually want to see how your drawfriend would make one ace-kun


725c56 (20) No.328159>>328165

File (hide): 5ebed7352c7af71⋯.png (2.03 MB, 1240x1744, 155:218, __nitocris_queen_of_sheba_….png) (h) (u)

>>328149

First let's make sure our hands aren't completely fucked, next let's check on erwin and see if he can check on polah and maybe see if he can find zora. While this is going on have the rest of the party take a quick breather and patch themselves up especially GW and selene. While they definitely won't be at full power, we can't have them dropping on us


24ca18 (140) No.328165>>328175

>>328155

Commish yer own Holsts beardicus

>>328159

Your hands are fine, if a little stinging still. Grand Wizard checked you over.


3bef68 (4) No.328175>>328308

>>328165

but i'd someone i know who knows him was told that he'd rather spend my his money on video games and shitty gas station food/taco bell food

>our hands are fine

thank god our legs are fine as well right?


cb66b1 (18) No.328208>>328232 >>328238 >>328239 >>328243 >>328308 >>328359

>She shakes her head, "We should retrieve the artifacts and store them safely."

>"Artifacts?"

>"Yes, many artifacts said to be touched by the Twins. Most of them probably weren't, to be honest, but some are genuine, most famously the Mirror of Heaven."

STOP RIGHT FUCKING THERE!

>From thread 5

>His efforts to get back on track feel hollow following your story. You feel drained, as if you ran ten miles in the sands, and can only look at him with hollow eyes as he continues. "There is a rumor that more of the Queen's personal guard of Anubis are guarding the Holy Altar of the Twins in the capital. All manner of ancient artifacts are there, but none so more than the Mirror of Heaven, said to allow you to see the Goddesses if you are pious enough."

>said to allow you to see the Goddesses if you are pious enough

It's obviously not the aether transformer like we thought, but if there ever was a moment to get an answer to our ever increasingly desperate question of "HOLY SHIT, WHAT IN THE EVER LIVING FUCK IS GOING ON IN HERE!?" Then it's here and now.

Not to mention, Dollora would probably be the one to ask for directions on where the aether transformer is and how to smash it to bits. Hell, fuck it, let's push our luck and ask for gibs even, while we are at it.

We sort of saved her worshipers and are actively working in her interest, so she should give us some of that sweet blessings. Neither Nerg and not even Jackor were jews about it, so she can start by telling us how to free our sister from a malevolent evil spirit, so she can become the ruling queen of Ectria when this clusterfuck of bullshit is over and we can march an extra army back to Deleor to back everyone up for the grand bullshittery finale in the Craddle.


727ef0 (15) No.328232>>328238 >>328243 >>328308

>>328208

This… Is pretty fucking important. Lets do it and hope she'll see us. A blessing of some kind would be nice but honestly just getting our sister un-possessed would be pretty nice.

INB4 Dollora actually manifests in person to have the conversation with us and low key wants us to pat her head since its been millennia since she last had one and us patting her statue awakened a strong yearning for the sensation again.

Has it become clear yet that I have a headpat fetish?

Also endure the pain and give Ebe a good patting. She has actually started growing a spine for proper combat recently and it needs to be nurtured. Plus she saved our ass as well so its kinda earned.


605a83 (8) No.328236>>328238 >>328308

>>328150

I think you've done every character, but I can think of something thread relevant that you might go for Selene in Ectrian garbsince she's your waifu and all

I was going to say her and the GW, but I feel the GW is better not drawn.


1753fe (2) No.328238>>328243

>>328208

>Using the [Mirror of Heaven] to contact Dollora.

This is a gud fuckin' call. Well remembered Sire.

>>328232

Headpatting Dollora is a must. That and asking Alice how to pleasure a woman… There is nothing wrong in wanting to headpat pretty MGs! Headpat Ebe in front of Selene/everyone to show her/them how it's done RIGHT!

>>328236

>Selene in Ectrian garb

Yes please.


c0fcfa (5) No.328239>>328243 >>328308

>>328149

>>328208

Exposition and possible goddess headpats sounds like the best fucking idea.


63a8b1 (6) No.328243>>328250 >>328308 >>328359

>>328208

>>328232

>>328238

>>328239

>said to allow you to see the Goddesses if you are pious enough

>if you are pious enough

We aren't pious in the slightest towards any gods though, and definitely not Dollora. Hell we only came to terms with not hating monsters earlier tonight. We wouldn't be able to use the mirror.

We could get the lead priestess of Dollora to do it for us though. That is, if the artifact only requires piety towards one of the twins and not both because she won't be doing shit otherwise after Phallia attacked her by proxy.


727ef0 (15) No.328250

>>328243

Anon lets be real here, The mirror isn't the point. Its a gesture that shows we want to talk with Dollora, Not so much a magical item that forces the deities into conversing if the requirements are met. If she doesn't want to talk we ain't seeing shit. The "Pious" nonsense is just the clergy trying to find a reason as to why the twins speak to who they want to.


0c6eca (17) No.328265>>328308 >>328359

>>328149

We should shut and barricade the doors we Geoflexed open earlier before anything. The Royal Guard are still after us and we'll need every second we can get here.


0581ce (3) No.328308>>328324 >>328359

>>328175

Yes, your legs are fine. The reason your hands got hit was because they werent covered. Imagine if she fired the rest of the shrooms and it hit your face?

>>328208

:^)

Yes, yes, exposition.

>>328232

While Phallia manifested in the real world once it was in an area of extreme magical concentration and not for very long. Dollora doesnt do that. Sorry.

>>328236

>Selene my waifu

Nah man, if I had a waifu it would probably be Maple from Nekopara, but I aint got no waifu.

Selene in Ectrian garb would be pretty weird cause she'd have quite a few bruises and such. Course a pic with her hugging her two daughters and crying could be neat…

And there is actually a sketch of the GW but it makes him look far older than I'd imagined and eh.

Also, asking Alice for sex tips is not really appropriate at the moment. Maybe later

>>328239

>>328243

Well see, maybe when it says you can see the Goddesses its just like, a mirror that if you tilt it the right angle, pictures change and-

Well, i guess we'll find out.

>>328265

Oh hey someone with a suggestion to make sure you dont get murdered..Good idea.

Update likely to come late today since i need to run an errand after work!


3bef68 (4) No.328324

>>328308

i'm but beardicus is still waiting on a pic of a holstaur and her husbando, or rommel giving ebe headpats, from your usual drawfriend


ecacb2 (31) No.328359

>>328149

Before we do anything else, we need to do what >>328265 said and set up defences to protect ourselves from the Royal Guard outside -- we have no idea how the battle outside is going, so for all we know they could be marching into the temple at this very moment and we need to be prepared for that. Speaking of which, Erwin was on his way over to our position just after we broke into the temple which means he will likely be close by now, so we should have him update us on how things are proceeding outside, such as what actions the Royal Guard and Violet Sands are taking, the numbers, where Hent-ateh is and so on, to make sure we aren’t surprised by anything when we eventually emerge. Once we enter the warzone once more and his observations are no longer needed, send him back to seeking out Polah because we haven’t actually helped her yet and don’t know what her condition is.

With our position secured for the time being, I would recommend prioritising the handling of the surviving Phallian priestess first because the longer she is alive, the longer she has a chance to pull something on us and I’d rather not take that risk even with Selene’s quick reaction time, so turn our attention towards her the moment she regains consciousness. As for what to do to her, we should perform a brief interrogation on her to try and learn why Phallia has attacked her sister’s followers and what plans the goddess may have in store for Deleor and Ectria, as these details are rather important seeing as this is unlikely to be the last we'll see of Phallia's handiwork, before promptly ending her life and moving on. Don’t waste too much time trying to get information out of her if she seems like she doesn’t know about the topic or if she is committed to staying silent for her goddess’ sake though, because time is still of the essence right now. And if she doesn’t wake up before we absolutely need to leave, then forget about making her useful to us and just kill her -- we’re not going to be back here any time soon if at all, so there’s no point in letting her live after she has attacked her fellow priestesses and tried to kill us.

After dealing with the remaining Phallian priestess or until she wakes up I guess, we should definitely do what >>328208 suggests go talk to the lead Dollaran priestess about using the [Mirror of Heaven] to attempt to contact Dollora in a less painful and hindering manner than previously, because any insight into what the hell we need to do now or how we’re supposed to go about defeating the Prophet would be very much appreciated; we should be able to rope the priestess into allowing us to do this by pointing out how we just saved her life and how she does kind of owe us a favour or two. Even if >>328243 is correct in saying it won’t work which honestly seems likely, even if our information on the matter did come from rumours Ammon had heard about, it’s still worth a shot nonetheless as there aren’t any downsides to trying it, and, like he says, we can get the priestess to do it for us if we’re unable to use it or she doesn’t want us using it. Furthermore, we should see if we can get the priestess to part with any information regarding the Prophet that Dollora couldn’t or didn’t, as well as if she is willing to temporarily part with some of the artefacts held within the temple that we went out of our way to prevent the destruction of, as both of these would be of great benefit to us very shortly and then some. If she refuses either of these requests due to her uncertainty regarding how to handle the Prophet and the future of Ectria, then bring up all the atrocities the Prophet has committed against the people of Ectria, human or monster, from the constant taxing and threats to the most recent questionable decision to send a Deathbringer to destroy the residential district of the common folk in the capital in order to flush out the Violet Sands, and ask her once more if she really thinks the Prophet being in power is good for the country and its people. Hopefully she should come to the conclusion that the Prophet needs to be removed and change her tune towards our requests.

Other than that, we should take the chance to recuperate, lick our wounds and return to a better state of mind while we still have the chance to do so before planning our next moves and possibly, dependent on circumstances leaving the temple towards our next destination. We can’t stick around for too long, after all.

>>328308

>The reason your hands got hit was because they werent covered.

In that case, we should obtain a pair of gloves and any other articles of clothing to cover up our remaining exposed skin when we get the chance to avoid such injuries in the future.

I actually liked the Grand Wizard sketch. It would probably be more fitting for his current age though.


41cb27 (9) No.328376>>328378

Rommel still needs to belly-pat someone.


24ca18 (140) No.328378>>328382

File (hide): 6c0889875533bbc⋯.png (180.62 KB, 658x838, 329:419, jesuschrist.png) (h) (u)

>>328376

Not with a face reeking of tumblr nose. Jesus christ, I fixed that that for you.

Also sorry, it's taking longer to cool down after an extreme amount of traffic rage than I thought. Hopefully I'll get to work here soon.


41cb27 (9) No.328382

>>328378

>tumblr nose

Ok point taken. But my point still stands.


24ca18 (140) No.328402>>328403

>Story continue

While considering your options a cool wind blows in through one of the large, stained glass windows. Turning to look at it, you see a vine smashed through the depiction of Phallia and find it quite fitting. If you listen carefully you can shouts outside, though they're fairly distant and fading on the wind. It reminds you of something important, something that you might have forgotten like-

"Oh Hells, the Royal Guard are outside."

Standing up, you walk over to door you breached to the Inner Sanctum and look outside toward the Outer Sanctum walls. The stone barricade you made with your magic is still intact, though you see a few cracks in it. Looking around elsewhere, you don't happen to see any signs of the Royal Guard having entered into the area. This confuses you a little because you had to have been in here for some time, right? Or did they think to get you once you've left the Temple?

Reinforcing your wall, you inform the others before forming another one before the entrance to the Inner Sanctum. As you do, you notice the plant life outside seems a little less vibrant than before, and far less intimidating. How… strange. Well, no matter, with a few [Audio Taps] set up you'll know if anyone comes a knocking.

With that done, you return into the Sanctum to see Tabitha sitting the captive up, her back to a pew. She looks at all of you with tired eyes and shivers at her bindings. As you approach the Lizardman turns to you and says, "Seems she's good to speak with."

"Speak. Right." The woman says, chuckling. "After what I did, I expect to be sent to Nerg's embrace. Fortunately, I will be made into a flower to adorn Phallia's abode. A more peaceful life then one spent here."

Blinking in surprise, you look at the two sword wielders and they shrug in confusion. Clearly they don't know what she's talking about either. Selene walks up and crosses her arms before sighing. "Ardent followers of Phallia, while few and far between beyond the Cradle in Deleor and the Monster Nation believe that if they serve Phallia well enough she'll persuade Nerg to turn them into flowers."

The Priestess narrows her eyes, which have stopped glowing green, and says, "It's true, you heathen."

"You have no idea who I am, do you?" Selene says, looking down at the captive with the air of a monarch, despite her rather beleaguered appearance.

The woman smirks, "You're one the spawn of Dollora, the traitor. You twist and break the beautiful human form into something disgusting." Chuckling as something ripples under her skin, she says, "I used to believe that Monsters and humans could co-exist, but when I saw the true beauty of Phallia, I realized my folly. Realized everything was a lie, that the Twins were not equals."

"They're both Goddesses, though they command different powers of creation." Selene says, frowning. "Of course they're equal."

"Ha! Spoken like an unintelligent beast." The woman sneers. "Dollora sits in her little realm, stewing at her exile while Phallia seeks to change this world to a more beautiful state."

"I wouldn't call that thing wriggling in your head beautiful." Alice says, looking disgusted.

"You merely haven't accepted the beauty of it." The Priestess says. "Sister, you should not be with these degenerates. They will corrupt you and turn you into one of them someday, stripping you of your humanity!"

Alice cocks her head and says, voice cold as ice, "Way I see it, you're the most monstrous one here."

The Priestesses eyes go wide and she stretches to lunge at Alice. Not flinching once, Alice tilts back her head and headbutts the woman, causing her to stagger back into the pew, blinking in confusion at what happened. The swordswoman, a bruise forming on her head merely shakes it and says, "I do believe that you actually believe this though. I don't think it's merely from a plant in your head like with those others."

Sighing, Alice reaches out and cups the chin of the Priestess before hissing, "What did you hope to achieve by doing this to them? What is your goal?"

"Why… do you care do much?"

"Because I'm starting not to like plants very much." Alice hisses, one hand sliding her sword out of the sheath. It glows faintly and her captive narrows her eyes.


24ca18 (140) No.328403>>328404

>>328402

"We will exact revenge for Phallia. We will restore humanity to greatness. We will sow this desert with the beauty of life all under Phallia's loving embrace."

Alice sighs and lets her go before turning to you. She stands and says, "Listen, I don't really think that we're going to learn anything else from her."

"Fine." You say, feeling this is mostly correct. One last thing digs at you though and you ask, "What did your leader mean by currying favor with the Prophet? Shouldn't you hate her for being a Monster?"

"A means to an end." She whispers, eyes unconsciously darting to the two younger Cat o'Ninetails. She rights back to you and says, "Although if you're going to the Palace, I would expect that the altar would be in the Palace chapel."

Furrowing your brow, you ask, "Why are you telling me this?"

She smirks again, "A means to an end."

Shaking your head you turn to Alice and say, "Do it."

Without a word Alice draws her sword and cuts the woman's head in one swipe, blood evaporating on the blade's enchatments. In a smooth motion she returns the sword to her sheath even before the head hits the floor. Watching as little vines wriggle forth from the stump, she lifts her lip in disgust and walks away.

The rest of you watch as the plant accepts that it's dead, growing still as the rest of the body falls to the side, dead. Feeling a little sick, you turn away from the sight as well and say, "We'll burn them later. For now… we have other things to do."

"What do you think she meant by 'means to an end?'" Tabitha asks, seeming troubled. "She was rather antagonizing for most of it, but she gave up the location of the altar fairly easily. It feels…"

"Like a trap, yeah." You say, turning to look at Sophie and Sylphie before pondering the Grand Wizard's words. The more you think on it, the more you wonder about the interest the other slavers had in them on behalf the Pharaoh. But what could it be?

The Lizardman sighs and says, "Well, we don't seem to be in immediate danger, though I am a little worried about what they're doing out there."

"Maybe Erwin knows." You say, sending out to the little guy. At least one handy thing about the bond is you'll know if he's been hurt or not. It takes a few moments for a reply but he sends back,

{You've reached Erwin. I can't come to the magical link right now, but if you leave a name and aetheric signature-}

{Erwin. Please.}

{Alright, alright. Everything alright? You seemed a little… pained earlier.}

{I was, thank you for asking.}

{No problem.} He sends before saying, {Really though, I wanted to say something but I needed to focus. slipping into this part of town has been difficult.}

{Why?}

{The Royal Guard have retreated to the Palace. The Violet Sands has pushed forward but not that far yet. They seem pretty uh… motivated. I don't really understand how they broke- Oh. It was you, wasn't it?}

{Yeah, we used a tank}

{Oh, you finally built it? Cool.}

{Finally?} You send, confused. {What do you mean finally?}

{Oh come on, you've wanted to do something like that this whole time, but you just never did. Don't tell me it's not true.}

You go silent and he chuckles in response. {Ah, I know you so well. Anyway, I need to dodge patrols of cultists. They're headed toward the Temple as well as far as I can see, so I'll need why wits about me.}

{Wait, the Royal Guard isn't around the Temple anymore?}

{I don’t know, but it seems unlikely. Does that matter?}

{Maybe…} You say, feeling confused. Wasn't this area supposed to be very well defended? The more Erwin says, the more you get the feeling that this really wasn't a diversion to keep you occupied. But what could the Pharaoh be doing with that time? You probably don't want to find out.

Still, looking out at your party, you see the way the Grand Wizard sits down on an intact pew, leaning his head back as his wife sits next to him. They both sigh in exhaustion before Selene leans her head on her husband's shoulder and seems about ready to doze off.

{Anyway, we'll think of what to do once you get back here. Are you close?}

{Close enough. See you soon.} He cuts off there and you're back with only your own voice in your head.

Sighing, you turn to see Ebe walk up to you, her face concerned. "Are you alright?"

"Yeah, just tired." You say, shaking your head. "Good work up there by the way. You're becoming quite the warrior."


24ca18 (140) No.328404>>328405

>>328403

Ebe blushes and looks down. "No, I'm not that… good. When I thought I killed her, I dropped the guitar and froze."

"Yes, but you hit her again when she tried to sneak attack us."

"That's different." She says, puffing out her cheeks. "Besides, it was more… me flailing in surprise than anything."

"Either way, good work." You say, holding your hand toward her head.

She stares at the outstreched hand before licking her lips and looking about nervously. "H-Here? In front of everyone?"

"You've done it before."

"Yeah but… everyone else was getting headpats and… this is kind of embarassing."

"Do you not want it?"

"No! I… I do, I just…" She takes in a deep breath, steadying herself as her cheeks go red. She leans her head in toward you and you chuckle before making contact with your hand to begin the process.

Once more does your hand blessed with this destructive force caress her long, silken locks, parting them like a comb. As your fingertips glide over her scalp, she lets out a small moan of pleasure and melts into the caress, her resistance crumbling faster than expected. You begin to notice eyes upon the two of you, but you can't stop, your hand going on autopilot.

Your gaze drifts to that of Selene's, the Monster Lady staring at you with a deep intensity. The Grand Wizard's eyes are large as well, though he has an outraged expression on his face. You wince as you perform a rather skillful act of touching her ear while coming around the side of her head and she gasps before panting a little. Man, this is a little embarrassing, but really, you're a slave to your headpats. Perhaps all are slaves to headpats, in the end.

When you finish, Ebe staggers, her eyes fluttering a little as she had a giddy expression on her face. She looks at you warmly before they seem to comprehend what just happened and she gasps, turning beet red while looking at the others. Hiding her face in shame, she walks over to a pew and sits down, trying to curl into a ball.

You lick your lips and look at the others, their expressions ranging from amusement and awe to surprise and outrage. Feeling like you should leave, you take a step back when the Grand Wizard stands and points a finger at you.

"YOU! DID YOU DO THAT TO MY LITTLE GIRLS?!"

"Oh Gods, Dad." Sylphie says, putting her face in her hands.

"Father, please. We are adults." Sophie says, a little blush on her cheeks. "No need to get so angry."

"HE DID THAT WITH BOTH OF YOU? IS HE GOING TO MARRY YOU?"

"Dear it… is only a headpat." Selene says, her cheeks red. She coughs into her hand and says, "It's not like he held their hands or anything."

"Not intentionally anyway." Sophie says, to which her Father shoots her a glare.

"I can't believe this, I go away to a dungeon for a few months and my little girls are doing such things. Where did we go wrong?" He says, shaking his head.

"Dear, they're grown women and they can make their own decisions. I'm happy for them to finally experience these things. You know, I had my headpat by men a few times before we met."

"I know! I know I just…" He shakes his head. "They're my little girls."

She pats his back and hushes him. She gives you a nod to give them some space before returning to looking after her husband.

Getting the message, you give an apologetic look to the twins before retreating out of the worship chamber, closing the doors behind you. Sighing, you look to the side as you hear the sounds of someone talking as well as a faint, flickering light. The Priestess?

Walking down toward the source, you find yourself before an open door leading to a relatively small room filled with various objects. Inside you find the two Priestesses of Dollora arranging items and packaging them in chests, locking them up before placing them on the ground for moving. As you enter they freeze before stopping, shoulders slumping.

"Oh, it's just you." The lead Priestess says, sighing. "I am understandably jumpy."

"No, I get it." You say, looking about. "Not much guarding such relics. Were they just sitting out here?"

"Yes and no." She says. "We had some out when this began, but usually we keep the door locked."

"That's not… what I meant." Shaking your head you continue. "Anyway, what are you doing with them now?"

"Locking them up to hide elsewhere, nya." The Desert Catgirl Priestess says. Your eye twitches at that annoying thing some catgirls do, but you say nothing. "Got to keep them safe if the Violet Sands or anything malicious comes, nya."


24ca18 (140) No.328405>>328406

>>328404

"I see." You say, watching the process. The lead Priestess finishes packing a chest with some random pieces a cloth before locking it. She makes to set it aside but falters and you walk over to help. She looks at you with worry for a moment before looking down at your hands, her eyes going wide.

"Are you alright?"

"Huh?" You ask, looking down at your hands. Where the spores touched, you had red divots in the skin. It doesn't hurt, not much anyway, but it did leave a mark. Shaking your head, you say, "No, I'm fine. Neutralized them, so I'm fine. Here." Lifting the chest, you place it next to the others and then hold out your hands. "See?"

"Ah, well, thank you then." She says, nodding her head. "Let me aid you then." She takes your hands in hers and a purple glow appears. The tingling sensation there begins to numb and fade away. Blinking in surprise, you look at your hands to see them not any different just… not as stinging. She smirks and says, "Dark magic has many applications."

"I… see." You say, rubbing your chin. "Well…" You trail off as you glance to the side and notice a large hand mirror on the table before you.

The item is intricate, made of gold with an oval mirror inlaid in the center of it. On the sides of the mirror are worked depictions of a beast and a rose, both inlaid with gems. It looks a little gaudy because of it, yet at the same time you feel a certain magnetism to the piece. Reaching your hand out, you pause as the Lead Priestess says,

"I would ask you not to touch the mirror."

Halting midway, you retract your hand and say, "Sorry, I just… don't know what came over me."

She smiles warmly. "It has that effect on people. There is magic in this, something primal that draws us all to look into the mirror." Picking it up, she looks at her reflection and says, "It's said this mirror shows the Goddesses if you are pious enough. I do not know if that is true but… I have looked into it once and seen Dollora. When I did, I felt a warmth in me, something which lead me to where I am today." Holding the item close to her breast she says,

"It is a dear treasure to me, and this Temple."

"What happens if someone not pious enough looks into it?" You ask.

"Nothing, nya." The Catgirl says, shrugging. "It's just a nice mirror. Makes you feel a little bad though, I'm doing my best but I've never seen anything but my pretty face, nya."

The Lead Priestess smiles and looks at the mirror with reverence before sighing and handing it to you. "I do not know what to think of you and yours. You are not of Ectria, and yet you have the touch of Dollora upon you. You do not seek to pillage this place and yet you wish to destroy a Holy Altar and kill the Prophet. I don't believe you will see what you want in this mirror, but I believe you should take a good look anyway."

She sighs. "If nothing else, you'll see your own reflection."

Taking the mirror reverently, you hold it up to your face and look into it. Blinking in surprise, you see a man with short, silver blonde hair and beard with tanned skin that looks like it should belong to a man older than that of what the jaw line should represent. This man has tired eyes, haunted by many choices and sights no man should see. As you look closer, it takes you a moment to remember this is a mirror, and the man you see is yourself.

Closing your eyes, you shudder as you think on that. Through this journey you never really look a moment to look at yourself and see what it's done to you. In truth, not much has changed, and yet your entire worldview flipped upside down. Your thirst for vengeance has been subdued and it's been replaced by… purpose? Is that the right word?

{Your task is more important than you know… Protect that which is dear to you and do not… lose hope.}

The words spoken by Dollora play through your mind again. Funny that a Goddess should be so wise. Or perhaps, that's the entire point of Gods? Chuckling to yourself, you open your eyes and almost drop the mirror as you see not your reflection, but that of a Monster.


24ca18 (140) No.328406>>328407

>>328405

Hand clutching tight to the mirror as if with some supernatural power, you bring the mirror up and stare at it with a mix of fascination and horror. Gone is the tired man and in its place is a face as terrifying as it is beautiful. There is a decided perfection in the way her face is crafted, smooth lines and beautifully pale, unblemished skin with long, black hair framing it. However the aspects of humanity are lost there. Black, animal ears poke out from the sides of her head while antlers adorn the top. You shiver as glowing yellow eyes with black sclera bore into you, as if seeing into your soul. Delicate lips part, revealing sharp fangs as a familiar voice enters into your mind.

{Rommel, Wizard of Solos. Why do you seek me?}

The Lead Priestess gasps at your reaction, her eyes going wide. She hurriedly waves at the other Priestess to get some paper and ink to write this down, her hands clasped together as she prays to her Goddess. Gulping, you say back,

"Is… this really Dollora?"

{A foolish question.}

"Right!" You say, sweating. H-Holy shit. "Sorry to doubt you it's just… aren't only the pious supposed to be able to use this mirror."

{It is but a conduit. Your time is limited, speak your words before I return to my realm.}

Her voice is beautiful and feminine, yet tinged with the feral, guttural sounds of a beast. The contrast only makes it more beautiful and it takes all your will not to be captivated by the sight, Monster or not. A Goddess is a Goddess afterall…

"I didn't mean to disturb you but since… since you're here I… I…" You search your thoughts for a moment before sighing out, "I don't know what to do. I want to protect what's dear to me but… but I don't know how."

{A struggle we all share, even the Gods. I do not reach out to mortals, men especially lightly. Your task is more important than you know.}

"Yes, but what is my task?!" You ask in frustration. "Is it to kill the Pharaoh? To protect Deleor? Or is to it bring my friends back home safe? Am I saving Ectria too while I'm at it? Because it doesn't look like we're doing a damn good job with that Cult you started."

{Know your place.} She sends, her voice making your body violently shake as if struck. {Those who became the Apophis performed their ritual and sought a blessing to enrich themselves and thus was the price paid. What they did with such acts is the business of mortals. Should they rule it is because they had the strength to do so.}

"But the soul of one of those Apophis is inhabiting my sister! Even if I stop the Pharaoh, what then? It's been years but… but she's still dear to me! How am I supposed to protect her?"

Dollora grows silent for a few moments, her eyes looking troubled. {Had not this world been thrown into chaos, I would not give you such knowledge. But for the love of a sibling… I shall.} Her expression becomes soft, like that of a Mother's speaking to a child. {Those who resided over the Chasm and drew forth my power the first time have passed down knowledge of the rituals needed to imbue the power of the Apophis. If the spirit of this Apophis which has escaped my brother's grasp is not fully bonded, not fully accepted by the host then it can be removed with the same ritual and placed into another container.}

"Another… container? Another person?"

{That is one way.}

"But… what do you mean resided over the Chasm? Who?"

{Those who dwelled there. I cannot say more.}

"I see…" You whisper, thinking it over. Your sister she… there's a chance she can be returned to you?

{However, should you do this, you must know… your sister's form has been altered beyond return. She is seeped in my essence and is now one of my children. She may not be the same person you knew, regardless of what you do.}

"Thank you." You say, a lump in your throat. "Thank you for that information. I… thank you."

A smile touches her lips. It is small, but beautiful beyond words. Taking a shuddering breath you say, {Is there anything else you can tell me? How to stop the Pharaoh, about the magic she wields?}


24ca18 (140) No.328407>>328408

>>328406

{It is magic derived not of the land nor myself but of my brother, Heavensferth. I cannot tell you how it works, but I can say that by activating it, she has opened herself to the voices of those who tear at her mind. She has long been attuned to the whispers of the Gods, but since taking the power into herself she has grown desperate for relief from the incessant voices in her head. She cries out to the Gods for succor yet I dare not answer, for my sister's presence is always nearby.}

"Your sister? Phallia? What's she been doing here anyway? Her Priestesses did horrific things to yours and they spoke of things that I have trouble believing…"

Dollora's face twists as if in pain and she grits her teeth to say, {I have… said too much as it is. I cannot say anything more. This is the last time we shall talk Rommel, chosen of Solos.}

"Wait!" You say, holding the mirror up closer to you. Looking at your free hand, you stare at the fingers for a moment before hesitantly saying, "I know it's a futile gesture but… if you'll allow me." Holding your hand up, you bring it to the mirror and caress her image, right at the top of her head.

Dollora's eyes go wide in surprise as you do this before she closes her eyes and begins to laugh. The sound is rich and full bodied, even sweeter than the sound of Ebe's voice. As you remove your fingers from the mirror she says, {Though I cannot feel such a thing, you are the first to show such a gesture in a long time. A shame for your hands remind me of his…} She trails off before saying, her voice strained. {Remember, your mission is important, but to those around you, one in particular, you are more important than all else. Do not forget that love cuts both ways, and protect what is dear to you…}

Her image begins to fade from the mirror, but as it does, you swear you can see tears in her eyes. Did… could Gods cry? Perhaps these beings were far more… "human" than you gave them credit.

The mirror suddenly feels heavy in your hand and you place it down, shuddering as it feels like all the energy has left your body. Putting a hand to your face, you find yourself drenched in sweat and you put a hand on the table to stabilize yourself. While not as taxing as when she spoke to you without the mirror, you still feel a little drained.

"By Dollora, you spoke with her!" The Lead Priestess says, getting your attention. Looking at her, you see her looking over the notes the Catgirl took, thumbing through them. "Responses from one who spoke directly to the Goddess, something to add to the records!"

"Yes, nya!" The Catgirl Priestess says, scribbling more on paper. You watch this with fascination for a few moments before the Lamia Priestess dives into a chest, rummaging through things. When you ask what she's doing, she says,

"You have been chosen by the Goddess! A gift not granted to a man in centuries! There is an artifact here that… ah!" She pulls out a glove from the box and hands it to you.

Holding up the glove, you find it to be a little large but made of tough, black fabric inlaid with little gemstones on the knuckles leading to a larger stone on the back of the hand. You look at her and she says, "This glove was wielded by a sorcerer from Deleor who traveled the lands with his Monster wife, helping people in need. He eventually settled in Ectria after having a revelation in this very Temple and gave us this glove when he died. He said it would help channel aetheric energies more readily when worn and helped him conserve mana and energy."

Looking over the glove you try it on and it somehow fits like… well, like a glove. The gemstone on the back glows and you feel light all of a sudden, as if much of your burden was removed. Staring down at it, you create a globe of light and notice that the concentration and mana drain used to make it is less than before!

"Can I really have this?" You ask, seeming unsettled. "It's wonderful but…"

"Please." She says, touching the glove. "After what we saw, you deserve it. If Dollora would speak to you then the path is clear. You will need all the help you can get."

>You obtain [Heldoran's glove]

>Conforms to the hand of whoever wears it and reduces mana consumption by 50% as well as lowers exertion needed to cast a spell.


24ca18 (140) No.328408>>328409 >>328421 >>328638 >>328647

>>328407

"Here! More artifacts!" The Priestess says, smiling. She hands you a ring and a bracer as well. The ring is simple and inlaid with one amethyst- apparently worn by a High Priestess of Dollora and blessed by her Goddess to improve the power of a Monster Witch's spells. The bracer was worn by an odd Ratgirl monk from the east who was proficient in geoflexing. It is said to improve the strength and fortitude of the bearer.

>You obtain [Rashana's ring]

>A ring blessed by Dollora which improves the strength of a Monster Witch's magic

>You obtain [Julyan's bracer]

>A bracer worn by a Monk from the East which improves the strength and fortitude of the bearer

Holding the items reverently, you feel invigorated somehow. The Priestess digs through more items but doesn't seem to find anything else of value. She says if she does, she'll let you know, so for the moment you pocket them and think of how to dole them out. Feeling thirsty and a little hungry, you decide to see if they'll let you back inside the worship hall. Walking out of the room, you hear a curious scratching at the wall outside through your [Audio Tap].

Approaching the wall, you hear in your mind, {Hello? I have a delivery for a uh… Rommel? What a silly name.}

{We don't want any.} You send back to Erwin before lowering the wall. Your familiar leaps up at you and you catch him, smiling as he pats your shoulder.

{Did you miss me?}

{Greatly.}

{Good, so fill me in on everything.}

{I will, with everyone else. First off, how did you get in?}

{There was a foxhole.}

{That's not… I don't think that word means what you think it means.}

{There was a hole large enough for a fox. A foxhole. Sheesh, you do need me.}

Chuckling, you enter back into the worship chamber to inform the others of your uh… revelation, and get something to eat. The moon is still high in the sky and there is much left to be done this evening. The real question is…

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.328409>>328411

>>328408

Oh god, I managed to get this out in a reasonable timeframe. I was afraid I wasn't going to be able to!

Oh boy, lots happened here today, have fun with this one. I dunno if that's what you were expecting your chat with Dollora to be like, but hey, it's what you got. Have fun!


cb66b1 (18) No.328411>>328560 >>328647

YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.

>>328409

Dollora is everything I imagined her to be and more. Wonderful, simply wonderful. Such a brief appearance and yet so powerful in impact. Very well written.

So anyways, we learned a couple of very important things.

1)Dollora is being held back by something and is unable to directly intervene with Phalia's bullshit, to the point where she can't even directly speak against her.

Not much we can do about this at the moment but we should mention this little chat to Selene.

2){Those who resided over the Chasm and drew forth my power the first time have passed down knowledge of the rituals needed to imbue the power of the Apophis.}

Judgding by the bit of exposition Ephra told in thread 5, that means the first group of lamias who first drew the power and transformed. We literally have a lamia priestess of Dollora right next to us who is very favorable to us to the point of willing to trust us.

Plead for her help. Have her teach us what to do while the other acolyte carries the loot out. It's a long shot but it's worth asking. Technically Dark magic is monster exclusive but you never know.

Failing that, ask her to tag along and use her religious authority to back up our claim that we have spoken to the goddess, so the lamia who we freed from the dungeons who was the initial leader of the cult can reverse the ritual.

>You notice the San'ha urn sitting in the corner, opened and feel a shiver down your spine. Next to it sits the Eye of Ant'anha, gemstone devoid of life. They must have been used in the ritual.

Stuff that stupid ass revenant back into that stupid ass urn. We could do it after the final boss fight, but it does not appear that there is any urgency while Sylphie and Sophie are still with us and guarded by the rest of the party, so we might as well get it out of the way first.

Unfortunately, the bitch won't go down without a fight and since only we are allowed to meet the Apophis in person, it will have to be one hell of a one on one match between siblings. So arm ourselves out of the ass with the fat loot we got and get ready to fight beneath the blood stained sand.


033560 (3) No.328420>>328421 >>328439 >>328560

>A ring blessed by Dollora which improves the strength of a Monster Witch's magic

Give the ring to Sylphie in front of her parents and let the awkwardness ensue.

Not sure if we have much use for bracer ourselves so we probably should give that to one of the swordswomen. Preferably Tabitha so she doesn't get jealous of the cat.


c0fcfa (5) No.328421>>328486

>>328408

>>328420

I'm good with this division of items.


0c6eca (17) No.328431>>328439

Well, we got a glove. We should find a steel gauntlet for the other hand, that way we can shape it into an arm blade or something when we get into a melee.


727ef0 (15) No.328439>>328560 >>328647

>>328420

Make sure not to say anything about its effects either. Just tell her its for her. She'll figure it out herself but the parents will through a fit. Then give Tabs or Alice the bracer after our fun. I'm more learning for Alice because a magical "cheat" would seem to go against lizardman pride. The legs are necessary but I don't think she'd be okay with something directly effecting her skills. Alternatively, We could give it to Selene…It might help get her back on her feet and she's a big asset. I'll leave y'all to weigh the options

>>328431

I've been toying with a thought of encasing our hands in materials to make us a rudimentary melee brawler. We could supplement our strength and speed with magic. Getting punched by a decently fit wizard with an iron fist would hurt pretty bad, A magically boosted iron fist would be much more debilitating if not deadly. Blades require skill and at this point in the story we are outmatched by every opponent. But when it comes to hitting people in the face there is a pretty low ceiling


cfc051 (1) No.328451>>328477 >>328486 >>328560

The ring definitely goes to Slyphie but as much as I love Tabby I think the bracer needs to go to Sophie. Tabby and Alice are already world class fighters, Sophie needs A bit of boost to reach their level.


39b859 (4) No.328477

>>328451

I think this is a good call. Everyone else has proven their worth without artifacts buffing their performance. Besides, if we be tacticool about what we're going to do we can always observe the situation and give any of the artifacts to anybody who might need them more than Sylphie/Sophie (provided these things don't bind to a user).


c0fcfa (5) No.328486>>328560

>>328451

Hmm… I was originally good with Syphie and Tabitha, like I mentioned in >>328421 , but I think I like this better. Aside from the fact that they might need the power since they're two of the more inexperienced combatants, I feel like there's a good symmetry in giving the items to the twins.


24dbec (3) No.328496>>328560

File (hide): deaaecef2e57526⋯.png (Spoiler Image, 44.09 KB, 500x370, 50:37, 391.png) (h) (u)


24ca18 (140) No.328560>>328580 >>328647

>>328439

>>328411

T-Thanks. I'm really happy to hear that you enjoyed that little piece so much.

As far as what you learned well, you may or may not thinking about something the wrong way.

Are you suggesting that we go and deal with our sister before going to the Palace?

>>328420

It is a really nice ring, though that custom is variable based on the size of hand/paw a Monster has…

>>328439

Madman absolute madman

Probably couldn't make sophisticated gauntlets, though they may have a dubiously "blessed" item in storage.

>>328451

Poor Sophie. She a gud girl but magic so flashy.

>>328486

Fair enough.

The room may also hold other treasures, especially if you ask for it. Who knows, maybe they have something specific wink wink nudge nudge

>>328496

FUCKING

RUDE


727ef0 (15) No.328580>>328667

>>328560

A gauntlet made if adamantite that has a special enchantment of being weightless to the wielder but stupidly heavy to whoever else doesn't have their hand in it? Would make for a nasty punch.

I wasn't originally talking about gauntlets, I was being more ghetto and just sticking our hands into balls of ore and just walloping with them but if you're giving I'll take…


725c56 (20) No.328638>>328647 >>328667

>>328408

>She has long been attuned to the whispers of the Gods, but since taking the power into herself she has grown desperate for relief from the incessant voices in her head. She cries out to the Gods for succor yet I dare not answer, for my sister's presence is always nearby

This has me thinking maybe the pharaoh isn't truly evil and is just being either controlled or being driven mad. Maybe freeing her from these voices is the best anwser for this land, It at least seems like something to think about.

also for ace has the slavers been sneaking into deloria recently or has it been going on for awhile?


ecacb2 (31) No.328647>>328667

>It is magic derived not of the land nor myself but of my brother, Heavensferth.

Wasn’t it Hevensferth? I was wondering when he was going to be mentioned. Now we just need Fillos to complete the pantheon.

>>328408

In my eyes, the distribution of [Rashana’s Ring] and [Julyan’s Bracer] depends on how their enhancement properties work and how much the receiver will actually use them. If the artefacts multiply already existing power, then it would be better to give them to a person who is already powerful to enhance their strength much further than anyone else, which in this case would be Selene and one of the swordswomen respectively. If the artefacts instead add a flat boost irrelevant of a user’s power, then it would be better to give them to the weaker members of our group so they can catch up, so Sylphie and Sophie respectively. That said, I’m not too fond of the idea of giving either of the twins the artefacts since there is a good chance neither of them will get to use them much if those hints about them being potential sacrifices prove true, as in that case we would need them to stay back and away from the thick of combat to avoid getting either of them targeted and killed which would in turn waste the gifts, but I suppose there isn’t much reason they can’t hold onto them for the time being until the situation changes. As for [Heldoran’s Glove], it might be worthwhile giving it to the Grand Wizard considering his poor condition, as it would help him keep up with us in spell casting, but we’re probably going to take it for ourselves to improve our own magic because the Grand Wizard is strong enough as it is and because fuck that guy.

That aside, see if we can get into contact with our sister again, without resorting to using [Aliph’s Charm] mind, to discuss with her and the rest of our party about what the hell to do next, because we’ve hit a bit of a dead end. Perhaps we could mention some of the relevant details we learned from Dollora to see if our sister has any ideas on how to tackle the Prophet other than destroying the High Altar of the Twins while we’re at it.

>>328411

>We could do it after the final boss fight, but it does not appear that there is any urgency while Sylphie and Sophie are still with us and guarded by the rest of the party, so we might as well get it out of the way first.

Even if putting the Apophis back into the urn would somehow work, trying to do so before the Prophet is dealt with is a fucking terrible idea. If we don't have the cultists backing us then we're absolutely fucked, so there is no reason whatsoever to get the cultists to turn on us just before dealing with the Prophet by attacking their leader.

>>328439

>because a magical "cheat" would seem to go against lizardman pride

Tabitha has accepted clothing enchanted to be durable and produce heat, and is still using the same sword enchanted with durability and flames from the first quest, both of which would give an edge in combat in some capacity; I don't think she would really care about using such items, less so when it's a life or death situation like we're in now and not an honourable duel.

>Blades require skill and at this point in the story we are outmatched by every opponent.

The whole idea behind picking up weapon skills was to give us options to avoid dying horribly should an opponent get right into our face via blocking and parrying their blows, which has proven to be successful thus far. An enchanted gauntlet can't really defend against a swung sword in the same way a sword or spear can, not to mention it's a bit redundant as an offensive option when we have [Geoflexing] at our disposal.

>>328560

>The room may also hold other treasures, especially if you ask for it. Who knows, maybe they have something specific wink wink nudge nudge

I know it's a CYOA, but frankly that's way too convenient.

>>328638

>This has me thinking maybe the pharaoh isn't truly evil and is just being either controlled or being driven mad.

The Prophet has been in power for a long time she was mentioned back in the epilogue of the first quest and only recently released the power which began to torment her -- she was fine before then. Considering the condition of Ectria, how she has been sending slavers into Deleor for at least 20 years we lost everything to slavers when we were 10, if you recall and what the locals have said about her, it's safe to say she has always been a tyrant.


24ca18 (140) No.328667>>328820

Sorry y'all, going to delay the update again. As it stands there's only coming two updates this week anyway since friday I'm going out of town and will be back Sunday… only to immediately go out for Birthday dinner.

Bleh.

>>328580

Yeah… adamantium isn't happening. Steel is likely tho.

I had hoped you didn't mean ghetto ore hands but whatever.

>>328638

The Pharaoh's behavior toward Deleor has been off for a long time, however recent behavior has been more difficult to explain. Deleor has been a little bit busy to respond to it though…

As far as the slaving goes, it's only been recent that she's sanctioned it. Slavers from the past were actually Deleorian Monsters who sold some of the women as slaves to Ectrian slavers looking for high quality White women.

>>328647

Bah, it was Hevensferth. Oh well. He was mentioned in passing by Patricia once!

There's nothing terribly mathematical about it, but a stronger person would get less benefit then a weaker one because they'd feel the benefit less as it's assumed they'd already be stronger or better with mana manipulation.

As far as that comment on finding other things goes, it's to allow for requests which I may or may not give. Just allowin y'all a little something :^)


2ad4ba (5) No.328696>>328738 >>328791 >>328820

Went digging through the Wizardquest threads and found this:

>Hevensferth: God of the sky, moon, and stars, wisdom. Makes sure rhe moon rises and is out away in the morning, he moves the heavenly bodies as he sees fit. His blessings go upon those who study and learn, although he does not reach out with defined priests, thought occasionally he'll help worth an exam here and there.

Something tells me that the power the Pharoh is wielding might have something to do with the sky, more specifically, the night sky. I therefore believe that a night-time assault on the palace would be unwise. Perhaps Selene and GW can shed a bit more light on this, perhaps by asking them about the conditions under which they attempted to overthrow the Pharoh.


0c6eca (17) No.328738>>328820

>>328696

>a night-time assault on the palace would be unwise.

Agreed. Because it's night now, and because half our party seems ready to drop, we should rest, take advantage of the wash room the priestess mentioned, and check up on the others. Especially Alice, since she sort of flew into a rage during the fight. It seems like she wants to get stronger because she got her ass handed to her by plant people before, so maybe we could offer to teach her Geoflexing when we aren't in the middle of a warzone. It looked like she took an interest in it back at Polah's. We could try getting Tabitha in on it too, but is it even possible to Geoflex with mechanical legs?


f94392 (18) No.328791>>328803

>>328696

>The power of a god of the night sky that was never properly established comes back to screw everyone over in the second story arc.

inb4 Ace rips off borrows another story element from Mistborn.


0581ce (3) No.328803>>328824

>>328791

Hey. I only distinctly remember ripping off taking inspiration from two things from Mistborn.

And then half a setting from the Mistborn sequel series.

This has notbing to do with that. Ive been ripping off taking inspiration from other stories thank you very much.


ecacb2 (31) No.328820

>>328667

>a stronger person would get less benefit then a weaker one because they'd feel the benefit less as it's assumed they'd already be stronger or better with mana manipulation

In which case, Sylphie and Sophie are the best candidates, but they should be ready to pass the artefacts onto Selene and Alice/Tabitha respectively should a time come where we don't want to field the twins due to it being more dangerous than usual.

>>328696

>The night sky is the source of the power.

>Not celestial bodies in general.

That aside, the logic checks out quite nicely, so it's definitely worth bringing up the possibility to the others to see what they think about it and delaying our attack if everyone is in agreement with this scenario being the case. I will once again stress mentioning our plans to our sister, because we need the cultists with us if we want to get anywhere and having her order an attack without us being present will very likely lead to them getting routed and her being killed in the process, both of which would be terrible for us. Furthermore, we should probably find a better location to stay than the temple if we're holding off, as the current location is dangerously close to the palace and the enemy knows exactly where we are, so we won't be able to do anything without them knowing about it unless we move. Perhaps we could go back to Polah's place, as it's relatively safe and it would give us an excuse to finally help her out like we said we would.

>>328738

>We could try getting Tabitha in on it too, but is it even possible to Geoflex with mechanical legs?

>The rest of the afternoon you spend time practicing the drills on the [Ectrian Scroll of Geoflexing] along with Tabitha, who seems very interested. While she is unable to make the sand move, you begin to get a better flow of it and with a punch, you send a blast of sand forward in a wave.

From the little she's tried of it, she was unable to utilise it.

>Furrowing your brow, you open your eyes for the first time to see Alice standing next to you, clothed only in her smallclothes. She follows your motions with some derivations of her own, her breathing making her chest rise and fall with rhythmic motions. Her toned physique is odd to behold with her tanned face and white body, seeming almost comical.

Alice also appears to have not been able to achieve anything if the lack of rock manipulation is any indication. I'm guessing it's probably because the two of them are unable to use magic, but there is a possibility of it being due to a lack of proper training and understanding of the concepts behind the magic considering our own initial struggles albeit we noticed something even when we merely performing the motions without knowing what "Attune to the Earth" meant so it might be worth trying to teach them nonetheless.


f94392 (18) No.328824>>328838

>>328803

1: Elend → Blake. His wife even starts out poor and recently separated from family.

2: Wax → Clint, down to him marrying the group sperg.

3: Wayne → Tobias, minus the criminal history and normal way of speaking, but adding Wax's tendency to always wear a suit.

4: Marasi → Saya, down to being a semi-illegitimate child of someone important.

5: Elendel → Sanctifrond.

6: 1st arc main characters being referred to mainly by titles in arc 1.5.

Search your heart, you know it to be true. Not trying to insult, we all have to get our ideas somewhere. Fiction is one long chain of authors ripping off other authors.


24ca18 (140) No.328838

>>328824

Nah mang, especially the wax and wayne ones. Saya was based entirely on the Kandra. I will take blame for that as well as the canals and rivers of Deleor being based on those of that setting. Also when everything went magitek, I certainly had that setting in mind.

Everything else wounds me. You deny my ability to make things up on the spot.

I should eat dinner and start writing, huh


24ca18 (140) No.328895>>328896

>Story continue

The Grand Wizard leans back in his pew and whistles as you finish your tale. The others sit around, staring at you with a mixture of disbelief and incredulity at what you've been saying. While speaking they all listened with rapt attention, none of them daring to interrupt the story. It wasn't until the Grand Wizard made a move that everyone else felt appropriate to also break from their stupor, looking about as if in a daze.

"Man…" Sylphie says, shaking her head. "Chaika is going to be so jealous."

"Honestly, where is she?" Her father grumbles. "If Harmony was home they'd both be fixed in a jiff and could just fly out here."

"Dear, that's not important right now." Selene says, tapping his shoulder. He rolls his eyes and then sighs as she turns to you. Shoulder straight, she looks you in the eye and says, "It is a strange phenomenia which allows a Wizard to speak with Dollora. To say I am skeptical would be an understatement."

"I don't understand it myself." You say, shrugging. "It's not the first time I've sensed her touch, nor heard her words but I have the same questions… why me? What did I do to deserve the attentions of the Goddess of Monsters? Hells, I didn't even like Monsters until recently."

Your companions (sans Alice) look at each other with knowing looks, as if what you said was patently false. Jerks. Tabitha is the first to cough into her hand and say, "Well, that's certainly changed recently. Perhaps Dollora saw in you something worth helping?"

"Hmm." Selene says, hands folded in her lap. The way she eyes you makes you feel like a peasant before a Queen. It makes you feel self conscious and your back itch as she dresses you down. Pursing her lips, she says, "What does she mean by your task?"

"Well, originally it was to find you two and then beat- I mean, discuss something with your husband there." She raises an eyebrow at your slip-up and you continue quickly. "But she keeps saying it so… I'm not really certain. I assume she means now it has to do with the Prophet."

"That would be the logical conclusion." Selene says, nodding her head. "But, forgive me for saying this in your Temple Dollora, but Gods are rarely logical in the way we mortals perceive it."

"Ain't that the truth." The Grand Wizard sighs, his mind wandering to something.

"Well, what else could it be?" You say, shrugging. "Well, not that it matters much, it seems to be our goal as it stands."

"What of your sister?" Sophie asks, crossing her arms. Everyone looks from her to you and you sigh, figuring it would come to this.

"I-We, will need to tackle that once the Pharaoh is gone. To lose the support of the Violet Sands will be too much at the moment."

"Of course." Alice begins, taking a bite of some bread Sophie had handed out to people, crumbs dribbling from her chin as she speaks, "They don't much know how powerful the Pharaoh is, do they?"

Grimacing, you shake your head. "Probably not, so I suppose it is something I should broach with… with Hel'alin."

"You mean Helene." Tabitha says, standing up tall. "If you believe she is still in there, you need to call her by her name."

"I…" You begin before closing your eyes and nodding your head. Opening them again, you flash her a quick smile and say, "Yeah, you're right. Thanks Tabitha."

She smirks at you in response. You can't help but notice the looks at the Grand Wizard and Selene give each other at this, as well as the ones the twins share. Rolling your eyes at them, Tabitha turns as well to see Selene smirking at her. She furrows her brow and then her eyes go wide before she closes them and shakes her head.

Cocking your head, you see the Grand Wizard give you a thumbs up behind them. You glare daggers at him as he gives you a shit eating grin, much the same as the ones Sophie gives. Of course this is where she learned it, of fucking course. Seriously, who let this man be a father?

"Anyway." You say, trying to move things along. "I think the biggest issue to tackle is how we're going to get into the Palace and then how we're going to combat the Pharaoh since she still has the altar."

Ebe sighs. "Yeah… we know what the Altar is supposed to be but I'm confused, what does all this have to do with Hevensferth? I didn't think he really… did much."

Selene nods to Ebe. "For someone not as acquanited with all of the Gods, you seem to understand them well enough."

Ebe stammers, "W-Well, my Mother thought teaching me about all of the Gods was important! Even if the Twins are the most important…"


24ca18 (140) No.328896>>328897

>>328895

Chuckling, Selene reaches out and ruffles Ebe's hair. She cocks her head at the gesture and Selene pulls back and looks at her hand with disappointment before sighing. "Yes, well, Hevensferth has always been the odd God out beyond Jackor. He was never really interested in the mortal world and as far as we can tell his interactions were more upon the heavens than down to the earth like his brother, Sveth."

Continuing, she sits up straighter and talks as if lecturing. "While he will, on occasion, grace someone with his presence for their sharp mind, he does not have any Monsters dedicated to him so far as we know and he does not have a form of magic granted to people."

"So…" Alice asks, chewing on some jerky now. "How did he give his power to the Pharaoh?"

Selene ponders this and then looks up at the ceiling. She frowns and says, "Dear, it was night when we assaulted her, yes?"

The Grand Wizard, trying to mash together two pieces of flatbread around some meat before heating it, looks at his wife and says, "No, it was the middle of the day. We were told not to wait until night, and all things considered, getting in was fairly easy."

Selene clacks her tongue. "A little too easy all things considered."

"You slaughtered like, ten of them in half a second!"

"Well. I suppose." She says, shrugging. "Gods, it feels like a lifetime since I had that much energy. Captivity did me no favors."

"But dear, look how slim-" He cuts off as his daughters slap hands over his mouth. They give their mother wide grins as she glares at her husband.

"So it was day time and not night?" You ask, looking at her with confusion. "I thought Hevensferth was in charge of the stars and the moon?"

"All heavenly bodies." Sophie says, holding up a finger. "Even the sun. In fact one of his tasks is to move the sun."

Rubbing your chin, you think this over and turn to Ebe. "The one who trapped the Apophis into the staff, it was Pharaoh Kissa, right?"

"Yes. She famously rid the sands of their presence by trapping them within her staff. They couldn't stand before her and were said to have their very essences trapped within the staff." She shuffles nervously. "It sounds like it was true though, that the Rites of Pah'sen allowed her access to all this stored power but at the cost of releasing that terrible power back into the world."

"She didn't have any kind of connection to Hevensferth, right?"

Ebe frowns, "I don't… think so? It was said she was very intelligent and during her rule literacy increased hand over fist. Some saw her as a beacon of radiance and called her the Sun Pharaoh."

Eyes going wide, you open your [Backpack] and pull out the [Runic Rubbings] and the [Oculus of Henhotep]. Scanning them again, you look at a specific section of the runes. While the runes described in detail how Pharaoh Kissa destroyed the Apophis without mercy, they also described her with phrases such as, "shining like the sun" or "blinding brilliance."

Thinking back to the picture glyphs on the pillar, you remember the image of her staff shining like the sun and her driving away the moon and…

"It's too many coincidences." You mutter to yourself before standing. "I think her power derives from the sun."

The Grand Wizard and Selene look at each other before cocking their heads. "Now that you mention it." He begins. "There is a lot of sun being let into that Palace."

"But that's a common theme, especially among Dolloran buildings to allow moonlight in." Selene says, waving a dismissive hand.

"Yes but the larger windows were facing East."

She frowns and crosses her arms. "I don't buy that she is powered by the sun, Hevensferth or not."

"She might not be." You say, nodding your head. "But the staff might. Hevensferth does not have a magic of his own, but the power of the sun is impressive, yes? Imagine if he gifted a weapon with that raw power of light to drive away evil spirits?"

"Seems rather convenient." Sylphie says, frowning. "But how would that trap them into the staff?"

The Grand Wizard snaps his fingers. "Ah! The blessings of the Apophis were magic granted by Dollora, right? If that magic was banished from a body, then it would normally dissipate. What if that staff was an aether battery? Storing up power from those she defeated until it was nigh bursting with power!"

Sylphie nods her head, intrigued. "In that case, it would be simple to use the an aether transformer or even the sun to keep it from dissipating!"

"Wait, wait." You say, holding up your hand. "Are you saying that the sun itself keeps this staff from losing power?"

The Grand Wizard grunts. "Probably not, even if it is an item touched by the Gods. But it might enhance such power, or at least keep it stable without an aether transformer."

Groaning, you say, "So, for instance, if it came to morning and the Pharaoh was still alive, she could…"


24ca18 (140) No.328897>>328898

>>328896

Sylphie's eyes go wide, "She could probably leave the Palace and exterminate the Violet Sands with impunity."

Everyone goes quiet at that. You're still working under and assumption, but if there was truly such a time limit then things have grown even more dire than before. Thinking on it, it all makes sense, the actions of the Pharaoh's troops playing mostly defensively, or at least trying to block the Violet Sands in. If not for your arrival, they'd likely have kept them at least contained until morning. As it stands, however, they just need to defend the Palace until then. Gripping your hands, you look out the windows and see the night sky but wonder just how long you may have.

"Shit." The Grand Wizard says, gripping his robes. "Well, there goes my nap."

"We don't have as much time to waste then." Tabitha says, stretching. "We should ready to move out then. This isn't the most defensible position in the world and we're too close to the battlefield."

Everyone nods and sighs, standing up and readying themselves to go. As they do, you watch their weary movements and battered bodies. This night as been rough on everyone and the times of rest you have are short. They need something… Hells, YOU need something right now or you'll collapse without anything to show for it all.

Holding up a hand, you say, "Wait."

Everyone turns to you and you say with purpose. "I think we should all take a bath."

Everyone goes quiet at that, staring at you with confusion and surprise. As the words process through your mind, you groan and say, "Gods damnit, I didn't mean it like that." Sighing, you continue, "Look, we have a moment to rest and recover, we should take it. They offered us a place to bathe ourselves and at least look somewhat presentable before fighting the enemy, we might as well take it."

Alice raises a hand and you say, "No Alice, we should not do co-ed bathing." She lowers her hand.

"I don't see why not." Selene says, shrugging. "Everyone here has seen naked men and women before, haven't they?"

"Dear." The Grand Wizard says. "I'm not bathing with my adult daughters and they aren't bathing with a man."

"Honestly, when did you become such a prude?"

"When my eldest daughter got married to an Illusionist."

"It was a nice wedding." Sylphie says before gulping and turning away.

"Fine, take turns." You say, waving your hand. "I'll go last as I need to follow up on a few things before we go anyway."

"Need help with that?" Tabitha asks.

You look to her and shake your head. "No, I don't think so. It's some things I should do alone."

"I see. Well you don't have to shoulder these burdens all along anymore." She smiles at you before blinking and then turning away, muttering something that makes Sophie's ear and corner of her mouth twitch.

"Thanks. I mean it." You say, nodding your head. Turning to put the [Runic Rubbings] back, you remember something in your pocket and pull out both the [Rashana's Ring] and [Julyan's Bracer]. You can't really use these, not as much as others can. Thinking it over briefly, you nod your head and address Sophie.

"Here, the Priestess found something you might like." Tossing her the bracer, she catches it with one of her tails and looks it over, cocking her head.

"A bracer? Not exactly my style."

"It's enchanted, put it on."

"Oh, very well." She says, putting the bracer on. As she does, her eyes go wide and she looks down at it before looking at her hand. Staring at a pew in front of her, she thrusts her tails forward and they slice through it with minimal effort, reducing the object into splinters in moments. Blinking in surprise, she looks at you and says, "Wow."

"Supposedly it was used by some Eastern Monk. Figured it could enhance your combat abilities."

"I feel stronger than mother." Selene eyes her daughter who gives her mother a respectful smile.

"Woaaaah." Sylphie says, looking over the bracer. "That's so cool!"

As she looks at her sister's new item, you look down at the ring in your hand and nod before walking up to Sylphie. Coughing to get her attention, you say, "Sylphie, I have something for you too."

Sylphie's eyes go wide at this and she turns to you with barely contained glee. Thinking of something clever, you ask her to hold her hand out, palm side down. She does so and you take the [Rashana's Ring], sliding it onto her finger. Despite the fur, it's a rather good fit.

The Cat o'Ninetails looks at the ring, then to you, then back to the ring before her face turns beet red. Everyone else's eyes also go wide, especially the Grand Wizard's who practically bug out of his head. Sylphie's mouth works soundlessly as she stares at the ring, tears forming in her eyes.


24ca18 (140) No.328898>>328899 >>328906 >>328935

>>328897

Looking at her expression, you feel utterly confused until you notice everyone else looking at you with that shocked expression. What's most interesting is the surprise and hurt on Tabitha's face, though you can't fathom why they'd- oh shit.

"R-Rommel I didn't know you… I don't know what to say…" Sylphie squeaks out, shaking. "B-but if you really mean it… then…"

"No no no nonononono!" You say, holding your hands up and waving them furiously. "That's not what I meant at all, it's a magic ring! It's magical!"

"You pat my daughter's head before me, and then do this? Do you think this is all a sick joke?" The Grand Wizard says, anger on his visage. "You fucking faggot! This is not how you do this sort of thing!"

"Gaaaahh!" You say, throwing up your arms, "I didn't mean it that way! It's a ring that makes your magic more efficent! Gods, I didn't mean to look like a proposal!"

"Oh." Sylphie whispers, her expression dropping. "I see."

Gods, she actually thought you were proposing to her and she… liked the idea? Well this is going to be awkward going forward. She rubs her face against her arm and says, "I'm going to bathe." Before anyone can say anything else she walks out of the room and down the hall, though you don't thinks he knows where she's going.

Sophie sighs and says, "I'll go too." She shakes her head at you before leaving.

Holding up a hand, you drop it slowly and sigh. Well this time here has been thoroughly awkward. Looking to Ebe, she squeaks and does a flying hop over you before landing and following after the other two.

"Well." Selene says, folding her hands in her lap. "Next I suspect you'll go bareback on someone before us?"

"I can't win here, can I?" You sigh out.

"Nope." Alice chuckles. "But at least you're funny. I'll go guard them." She gets up and dusts herself off before patting Mr. Ed and walking to guard the others as they bathe before her turn. Tabitha follows her, looking annoyed for some reason which leaves you with the two parents, a horse, and a fox.

"Just so you know." The Cat o'Ninetails says. "If you did go balls deep into someone before everyone, that would be fine by me."

"Dear, please." The Grand Wizard groans.

"I'll go take care of… that other stuff." You mutter to yourself before walking out. As you do so, you hear the two whispering to each other about how to get dirty before their bath. You shiver in time with Mr. Ed, who clearly doesn't care for the thoughts either.

{You like to embarrass yourself, huh?} Erwin sends as you stand in the antechamber of the Inner Sanctum.

"And you, Erwin?" You mumble before sitting down and pulling out [Aliph's Sigil]. Looking at the device, you press it to your forehead and hear the words spoken by the cultists.

With their victory breaking through the lines of the Royal Guard, they've pushed closer to the Palace, but are holding defensive lines. You hear reports from cultists sounding in about their whereabouts, including a group coming to secure the Temple. As you listen in more, the voice of Hel'alin sounds, silencing all the other voices.

"Once the way to the Temple is cleared, I shall arrive myself. We will use the Temple as a staging point to assault the Palace itself. Be vigilant brothers and sisters, for we will rule once this night is through."

Relaying this to Erwin, the fox considers before speaking. {Well, if you wanted to talk to her, this makes things easier.}

"I suppose. We'll have to greet her committee first."

{Might want to let the Priestess know. This is kind of the exact reason they're locking things up.}

"Right…" You mutter, getting up and walking over the room with the artifacts.

They're still working at it, locking up items, though a small pile sits next to them, mainly of what looks like junk. As you enter they jump again before sighing in recognition.

"Ah, you're back so soon." The Lead Priestess says, nodding her head. "Can I help you?" Telling them what is about to happen, she frowns and says, "The Apophis is coming here? That is dire for our situation. We may needs hide these artifacts sooner than expected. At least the most important ones are locked away."

"Great nya. I wasn't looking forward to this nya…" The Catgirl groans and grabs a chest before walking to a side chamber where you see a hole cut into the ground. She sets it down in there before moving to get another one.

"Thank you for the information." The Lead Priestess says. "Do you require other aid? I have found some other artifacts, though on closer examination they may not be useful unless you like a recipe for a heavenly cake." She leans forward and whispers, "It's not divine, but don't tell your taste buds."


24ca18 (140) No.328899>>328900 >>328957 >>328987 >>329006

>>328898

Looking at the pile of junk, the one thing that sticks out to you is a gauntlet made of steel on the table. The Lamia follows your gaze and says, "Oh, that's just a leftover from an old armor set. It's good steel, but otherwise nothing special. We should give it away."

"Hrm." You say, thinking about it. Punching things would a gauntlet would be handy but… ah you'll think it over. Shaking your head, you say something that's been bugging you.

"Priestess, Dollora spoke about those who presided over the Chasm would hold the way to remove the spirit of an Apophis from the woman it inhabits. Thinking about it, weren't Lamia those who were there so long ago? Weren't they the ones who first summoned the Apophis?" Leaning forward, you ask her, "If you know anything on how to help with such a ritual, please tell me."

The Lead Priestess looks confused, turning to the Catgirl who shrugs. Tongue flicking nervously from her mouth, she says. "I… do not know of such a ritual. While it is true that Lamia have lived there for ages, I am not related to them, or if I am it is very distantly. I do not think I can help you with what you ask."

Crestfallen, you say, "Oh. I see."

"But I'd heard that one of the leaders of the Cult was captured? I assume she'd know the ritual if she yet lives?"

Perking up, you remember the bruised and beaten Lamia from the dungeons. Maybe if you asked she would tell you the steps? But no… she might figure it out and then things would go poorly. Yet if they were coming here…

"Priestess. With the Apophis coming here to use it as a base of operations, I suspect she will bring the Cult leader with her as we freed her from the dungeons earlier. I doubt they'll harm a Priestess of Dollora but… perhaps if you asked, she might give you secrets of the ritual?"

The Lead Priestess looks pensive. Closing her eyes she says, "I would ask why this matters so much to you, but I cannot deny that Dollora has chosen you for some purpose. Perhaps this is it after all, to remove the abhorrent power of the Apophis." Sighing, she says, "Very well. I will ask for you if I can.

"Thank you." You say, holding out your hand to take hers. She looks at you with confusion and a blush on her face before smiling and pulling herself closer.

"Although perhaps if you gave me a little more… convincing I could do more for you…" She leans in very, uncomfortably close and whispers, "What would the semen of a man chosen by Dollora taste like, I wonder?" At these words the Catgirl pokes her head into the room, eyes sparkling.

"Are we talking about sex, nya?"

"Uhhh." You say, pulling back. "Nope, I'm good, thanks!" Bowing to the Priestess, you make your way from the room amidst giggles and disappointed sighs.

Settling back down at your spot in the antechamber, you find Erwin smirking at you. Grumbling to yourself, you sit down next to him and think about everything going forward until it's your turn to bathe. It seems no one wants to bathe with you, so it's just you and Erwin in the surprisingly large baths. The water is easy to warm with your magic and you relax in the waters, feeling some tension melt away before mentally preparing yourself for what's to come.

When the cultists arrive soon after you get you, your whole force is there to greet them. They seem surprised as you lower your walls, but they recognize you and give you no trouble. Once they've deemed the area secure, if confused at all the destruction, you wait for Hel'alin to arrive.

Surrounded by armored guards and Hent-ateh, the Apophis arrives into the Outer Sanctum, giving you an unnatural smile as she approaches. Holding her arms out wide, she says, "Brother! That you would welcome your sister warms my heart!"

You notice out of the corner of your eye the form of Liala, still a little worse for wear despite time and healing magic, slithering into view with more cultists behind her, the San'ha urn held in her grasp. Flicking your gaze back to your sister, you grip your hand on your staff, [Heldoran's glove] snugly in place.

"Yes… sister, we have much to talk about."

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.328900

>>328899

Those are some fine digits I must say…

Oh hey, sister came to greet you, isn't that nice?

Honestly the whole "sun power" thing seems pretty much a gimmick, you should really take a nap. It's fine.


41cb27 (9) No.328906>>328909 >>328987

>>328898

>Rommel puts a ring on Sylphie's finger

The Ultimate cuck-tease to all Sylphiefags, so close and yet so far. :-D


24ca18 (140) No.328909>>328912 >>328924

>>328906

Y'all literally asked for this to happen


41cb27 (9) No.328912>>328957

>>328909

I didn't!

I wonder what Tabitha reaction would have been like?


c0fcfa (5) No.328924>>328928 >>328987

>>328909

We asked to give her he ring, yeah. In retrospect, I'm surprised none of us was savvy enough to tell you to avoid doing it in any fashion that resembled a proposal. We're not smart people some times.


727ef0 (15) No.328928

>>328924

There seems to be a disconnect then because it felt like most of us wanted exactly this because of how funny it would be. Ace delivered and it was great


0c6eca (17) No.328935

There's a perfectly good steel gauntlet sitting in the artifact room, alone and unloved? Might as well take it, it's not like it has been cursed to bind itself to the first person to wear it so we can't remove it later. R-right?

>>328898

>Giving Sylphie hope then ripping her heart out

Oof. Time to apologize for being a dumbass.


cb66b1 (18) No.328957>>328958 >>328987 >>329188

File (hide): 97db537a0745999⋯.png (452.11 KB, 785x757, 785:757, 97db537a07459999b1cabe806c….png) (h) (u)

>>328899

No matter what anyone says, this shitpost was worth it.

>"I see. Well you don't have to shoulder these burdens all along anymore." She smiles at you before blinking and then turning away, muttering something that makes Sophie's ear and corner of her mouth twitch.

Yea, yea, we get it Ace, we need to make Tabitha more personally involved in Rommel's story, we'll get to that when she helps us duke it out with dear old onee san.

>You notice out of the corner of your eye the form of Liala, still a little worse for wear despite time and healing magic, slithering into view with more cultists behind her, the San'ha urn held in her grasp.

This can mean either:

a) Ace is making it easier for us by conveniently saving us time on backtracking by giving us the container like that.

b)This jar is somehow very fucking important.

I am willing to go with both for the time being. Maybe we can get away with this shit as easily as just smashing this stupid ass urn that is acting like a phylactery that is slowly but surely transferring the essence of the ancient monster into the new host until she completely overtakes her.

With that said, let's play along and welcome our sister with open arms and invite her inside. We need to regroup before the final assault on the palace anyway, as well as pray to Dollora that her priestess holds on to her word and gets us the information we need from the previous cult leader.

If Helene tries to act frisky around us again, tell her about the whole powered by the sun thing the Pharaoh has to buy some time and distract her.

Once we get a confirmation on what to do to break the possession, then we can play along and pretend to go with her unsubtle incestuous advances on us, on the condition that we do so in private. The only person who we will tell about this plan will be Tabitha. She will be our sole backup for when things go sour.

>>328912

Confusion. Now what her reaction will be when after the final battle Rommel challenges her to a one on one duel with a no weapons and magic ruleset and then get his ass promptly handed to him, only to present the rosewood pipe to her and tell her that while he can never hope to match her peerless skill in combat, he still wishes her to become his wife, so she can one day mold him into the man that is worthy of her. And do this while holding hands.


aaf2c9 (15) No.328958>>329082 >>329188

We should also try to smooth things over with Tabitha after what just happened.

>>328957

I agree with most of what you said except for the dueling aspect. We aren't some cuck who has to beg for her hand in marriage. We're going to fight and we're going to win!


aaf2c9 (15) No.328959

Damn captcha caught me and I forgot to sage. Sorry


ecacb2 (31) No.328987

>We went ahead with the ring bait and switch, pissing off a good chunk of our party and playing with the heartstrings of Sylphie and Tabitha in the process

Our hero, ladies and gentlemen. That was absolutely brutal and fucking hilarious.

>>328899 (checked)

Even if the whole ‘power of the sun’ thing is merely a red herring, the fact that it can even be considered a possibility means we can’t risk ignoring it. And since the Violet Sands are going to be attacking the palace with or without us and their assistance is crucial to our success, we need to do this tonight.

Helene was nice enough to show up at the temple to say hi, so we should definitely take advantage of that and discuss strategy with her, though preferably in private as I doubt Helene’s normal personality would make an appearance in public and the grunts in the cult probably shouldn’t hear about the whole ‘everyone will die in the morning’ thing to avoid any potential panicking from them. When we do get her alone or not, it’s not that important, bring up the relevant details to her on what we know about the Prophet, from the potential aether transformer Ammon mentioned which contains her power to what Dollora told us regarding Hevenferth’s interference and the implied time limit we now face, to get Helene up to speed and to see if she can share anything of worth to us herself -- related to this, consider mentioning the source of our information as well, as Lady Aliph would have probably mentioned how we’ve been in communion with Dollora to Helene any way and this titbit of information would help legitimise our statements. Once we’re both as informed as we can be, work with her on planning what the course of action is so we can have synergy between our two groups and also to hopefully get us in a position which doesn’t involve us leading the charge like last time, before heading back to our party to brief them on what we’re doing. Oh, and bring up Hent-ateh and what she plans on doing about it once this is all over as well, because it would be beneficial to know what we’re getting into once or if, you never know the Prophet dies.

With any and all planning out of the way, we should also speak to Sylphie, perhaps once more in private, before setting anything into motion to apologise for our actions regarding the ring and for getting her hopes up like that, because while it was funny and ultimately unintentional on our part, it was still exceptionally cruel to break her heart like that. Words probably won’t accomplish much, especially so close to the event, and it will be awkward as all hell for the both of us to discuss, but we don’t really have the time for her to come to terms with what just happened on her own and it would be for the best if we attempt to salvage what we can of her trust in us, rather than leave her as she is now, when the greatest threat to our party thus far looms near and we need everyone at the best the current circumstances will allow them to be to deal with it. Even if we fail to repair anything, we would have at least helped alleviate some of the anger those close to her hold towards us by showing we’re not irredeemable, so it’s worth trying nonetheless.

>>328906

All none of them, apparently. Poor cat didn't even get a single vote.

>>328924

No one opposed the idea when it was brought up, so the implication was that everyone who didn’t say anything was fine with it, consequences be damned. I know I was.

>>328957

I’m going to oppose this once again. Success or failure, the act would be an attack on the Apophis which the cult will not take lightly, and we’re surrounded by them with no escape routes.


725c56 (20) No.329006

File (hide): af327a1021252cf⋯.jpg (137.66 KB, 1113x1200, 371:400, DQ6mQ00W0AECrz1.jpg) (h) (u)

>>328899

I say let's work together and let her cultists take care of any of the pharaohs soldiers, basically use them to get to the chamber faster


24ca18 (140) No.329073>>329082 >>329083

I'm glad everyone enjoyed watching a young woman's heart break before her parents, her sister, and her friends.

Welp, guess it's time to talk to sis. I think one person said not to do this alone? Just confirming unless people had anything else. I'll get writing when I get home or if people keep cancelling, while at work…


41cb27 (9) No.329082

>>328958

>dueling aspect

The only reason Rommel hasn't used magic with Tabitha before is because that was just him sparring with her.

When they duel for real, Rommel will be able to use his whole spell/skillset. Tabitha wouldn't have it any other way.

>>329073

Maybe asking Big Sis Helene when she's behaving about how best to apologize to Sylphie and why Tabitha was so unhappy. In fact talk about lots of shit, ask her what happened to her.. see if she knows what happened to our parents.

If she gives good advice, give her a headpat… is that incest?


725c56 (20) No.329083

File (hide): 5cf82dc072b9fe5⋯.jpg (398.45 KB, 539x800, 539:800, __medjed_nitocris_and_nito….jpg) (h) (u)

>>329073

I say let's have tabitha come with us and keep the talk with helene purely professional


24ca18 (140) No.329128>>329129

>Story continue

The procession heads back into the Temple, guards taking up positions all over the Temple like ants. You're happy to note that they haven't hurt the Priestesses, both of whom have already finished storing most of the artifacts. The Violet Sands cultists carry away a few of the relics, however they're the more useless ones that were left out as bait.

Moving back into the already secured Worship Chamber, you make your way to the Altar alongside Hel'alin. Gently tracing her fingers across the surface of the stone altar, she makes a disgusted face and says, "This is not the High Altar."

"No, the Pharaoh moved it into the Palace before the assault started."

"Typical of those coniving bitches." She spits. Incidentally she spits a little bit of venom as well, which sizzles upon the floor where it touches. Both of you look at that and she blushes ever so faintly before leaning toward you and whispering, "I am not quite accustomed to this form yet."

"Right…" You say, feeling a stab of pain in your heart. If what Dollora had said was true, she would have plenty of time to get used to it however. Looking away from the sizzling floor, you say, "I take it you mean to assault the Palace."

"Yes, we wish to take advantage of our position. With the Deathbringer expertly dealt with and many of their elite killed, they are likely to be on the backfoot. We can make this last as long as we need to until the Pharaoh is hung up like the wretch she is!"

Dark light twinkles in her eyes and you feel a shiver run down your spine. Looking into her violet visage, you can't help but cringe a little before controlling your emotions. It's just… just not how this is supposed to be. Perhaps if you hadn't seen her before as a human then maybe it would have been easier. Taking in a deep breath, you stand tall and say,

"That may not be the wisest course of action."

"Oh? Pray tell brother, why would this be?"

Looking around the room, you frown at all the cultists present. They were, for the most part, the most dedicated of the bunch, nigh on fearless. However, you can't tell if your words will unsettle them and frankly, you'd rather say some of these things alone. Or well, almost alone.

She cocks her head and narrows her eyes. Something malicious looks at you through those eyes and she hisses, "What are you hiding from me?"

"Nothing." You say, waving it off with some success. "However some of these words would better be in private. I do not believe that your followers would best be served by being privilege to such words."

"P-Private?" She stutters before a wicked grin appears on her face as she takes your arm. "I see… yes, perhaps some familiar bonding and council would be best, to bring us closer together…"

"Mostly alone." You quickly say, before wincing at her sudden glare. Holding up a hand, you continue, "I would wish to bring Tabitha with me. As an advisor."

Hel'alin's grip intensifies, sharp nails digging into your [Trenchcoat] painfully. "Am I not good enough for you on my own? Have I offended you somehow? Or do you wish me harm, DEAR brother?"

Her eyes stare at you with an almost psychopathic intensity and you feel your spine go rigid. G-Gods this is actually quite terrifying to behold. Who is in control of her right now? Or is it both of them together? Where did this complex even come from anyway, it's not like she ever really was that fond…

Memories of the past flood to your mind, ones you thought innocent at the time. The way she'd always take baths with you, or never let you out of her sight, or sleep in bed with you and… fucking hells, that was just sibling love, right? Just really, really powerful sibling love, to the point where she would sacrifice herself to save you.

Looking into those eyes again, you convince yourself that this Apophis had taken such a pure love and magnified it into an obsession. With that thought in mind, being alone with her is even more terrifying than it was before. Licking your lips, you say carefully, "While I would appreciate the… sentiments, I believe that time is of the essence and we should keep things professional." When her stare doesn't abate, you continue, "Please, feel free to bring an advisior or bodyguard of your own."


24ca18 (140) No.329129>>329130 >>329188 >>329793

>>329128

"Hissssss." She says before letting go of you and pulling herself straight. Sighing, she nods to Hent-ateh and says, "Your Apophis commands you."

The abomination, who was chewing on pieces of dead plants while smiling somehow, cranes its neck toward Hel'alin and swallows its toys. Walking over to the rest of you, it says, "What do you require? Shall I slaughter more for you?"

"No. You are to… chaperone my interaction with my brother."

The abomination looks at you with disgust. "How troublesome."

The Apophis waves her hand with annoyance, "Yes, but you may kill his companion if she so much as raises a hand toward either of us."

Perking up, the purple eyed creature turns to Tabitha and smiles broadly. She shoots it a glare, not backing down. This only makes it smile even wider, an unnatural tongue sliding from its lips across the unnerving and attractive female face.

"Very well." Hel'alin says, annoyed. She snaps and two men run up before bowing to her. "Take us somewhere private."

"Of course!" They say in unison, one leading the way for their leader. She gives you a "come hither" look over her shoulder and slithers out of the room, Hent-ateh behind her.

Turning to the rest of your party, you find them looking at you curiously. Well, except for Sylphie, who sits in the corner on a pew, legs pulled up to her chest while her Mother comforts her. Sighing, you turn to Tabitha and say, "Sorry, but would you mind?"

The Lizardman looks at you with a stone faced expression and places her hand on her sword before saying, "Yeah, that's fine." She walks up to you and looks at you before saying, "Well?"

"Ah… yeah." You say, feeling awkward for some reason. What's her problem? She couldn't really be mad about the whole ring thing, right? It's not like that would upset her, right?

Feeling off about it, you follow the other man on out into the antechamber before turning left. As you walk, you lean toward Tabitha and ask, "Are you alright?"

"I'm fine." She says, not looking toward you. "Is something wrong?"

"Tabitha, I know something is bothering you, this isn't like you."

She shakes her head and says, "Don't worry about it."

"Listen, if this is about that ring, I didn't mean for it to-"

"I said I'm fine." She says with an air of finality.

Standing up a little straighter, you continue to walk with her down the small hallway toward a room where two cultists are standing guard. You'd passed by here earlier to the washroom, so that would mean it's the Priestess's chambers. How lovely to repurpose them without asking. As you approach the man speaks with his companions and you lean over to Tabitha again.

"I'm sorry though. If I get you a ring, will that make it better?"

She shoots you a look of shock- something you never thought you'd see on her face- before she masks it without emotion. She looks ahead and says, "I'm… fine."

"Uh…huh." You say, scratching you cheek. Is she really fine? Does she… want a ring? But if you gave her one, that would essentially be admitting you actually DO like her and if she accepted it then… but no, that's not how Lizardmen work. They duel for these sorts of things, and clearly she hasn't seem interested in dueling you or anything. So it must be fine, right?

Nodding your head as if coming to some realization, you say, "I understand."

This, of course, makes her incredibly confused. Opening her mouth to say something, she's cut off as the door opens and Hel'alin calls, "Come in."

Looking to each other, both you and Tabitha adopt serious expressions and walk into the room where you find Hela'lin lounging on a bed. Her long, serpentine body lays splayed out on the small bed of the Lead Dolloran Priestess and she leans on one elbow, showing off all her curves in a rather indecent manner. She sighs as she spies Tabitha but waves a hand for the guards to close the door.

"Well, this is as good as it's going to get." She says, shrugging. "What information do you have?"

Your eyes drift to Hent-ateh, who stares at the two of you, unblinking. Seriously, this thing is UNNERVING. Coughing into your hand, you say, "Let me cast a spell to stop sounds from leaving this room."


24ca18 (140) No.329130>>329131

>>329129

"Hmm?" Hel'alin says. "You can do that, can you?"

"Wizard." You say, shrugging. The spell is cast with little effort, which surprises you. Looking at the glove, you forgot it was even present for a moment. Nodding to her, you say, "We're good."

"Interesting." She says, rubbing her chin. Snapping, she says, "Hent-ateh."

The abomination lets loose a half-laugh, half-scream that makes your bones shake. A nearby vase rumbles on the table and when it ends you feel a little woozy. Hel'alin looks at the door and waits for something. When she sees nothing happen, she looks impressed.

"Well then! Isn't that handy? You're full of surprises, dear brother."

Rubbing your ears, you mutter, "Yeah, I guess. Anyway, to business."

She gives you a flick of the wrist to continue, and you say, "You know the staff the Pharaoh carries? The one said to have housed the powers of the Apophis?"

"That accursed artifact." She hisses. "It's brilliance is an anathema!"

"Yes… we have reason to believe that with the Rites of Pah'sen releasing the power to ah… give you your current… beauty… she has been given nigh unlimited power."

"Hmph." She says, sniffing. "We shall see about that."

"Hel- ugh, sister, please." You say, holding out a hand. "You don't understand. She was able to nigh instantly subdue the Grand Wizard and the Monster Lady, two of the most powerful warriors in Deleor. While I don't contest the power of the Apophis and your followers, it's folly to believe you can outdo her without a plan."

Narrowing her eyes, she hisses, "You say you don't contest my power, and yet you doubt me?"

Tabitha's voice cuts in. "I have known the Grand Wizard and his wife for years. They had the powers to level cities and yet they were done in so easily. I have clashed with Hent-ateh, and if your plan was to have that thing fight the Pharaoh, I can promise you it will not end well."

Hent-ateh gives Tabitha an appraising look, which is almost more disturbing than the normal expression. It watches her critically before turning to the Apophis and saying, "I believe they may be correct. While I would love nothing more than to be released from this damnable contract, I do not contest the powers of the Pharaohs. I have faced it before and was sealed away as punishment."

Frowning, you look at the abomination and ask, "How were you defeated?"

It looks to you and seems about to respond before blinking and smiling. Well, you meant it out of curiosity, but it's clearly smart enough not to give away such secrets. Hel'alin speaks in the interim.

"So, you say that she is so powerful. Are you trying to keep your dear sister safe from harm?" Her smiling expression turns to malicious suspicion in a fraction of a second as she hisses, "Or are you trying to keep us from fulfilling our sacred goal?"

"Peace." You say, holding up a hand. "We have learned from a source that this power would naturally have bled away were it not for an aether transformer. We believe this item to be the High Altar of the Twins."

"So, if we destroy it, we take away her power?"

"Not quite, however it would mean it won't be infinte any longer." Sighing, you continue, "Destroying the altar would allow us to eventually overwhelm her, but she still has much of the power and we wouldn't last long if she hunted us down, which she will."

"Her forces are holed up in the Palace and along the walls. They don't seem to want to go anywhere. They're scared."

"No, she isn't." You say, "She's smart."

Hel'alin looks at you with a frown as you turn to Hent-ateh. "Tell me, were you defeated during the day or at night?"

It doesn't seem like it's going to answer until the Apophis waves her hand. It sighs and says, "Middle of the day. The staff glowed with a brilliant light, similar to the sun, and she used it to remove the ties to my corporeal form." The abomination looks at Hel'alin with annoyance, but she merely shrugs.

"What does this all mean?"

"It means." You say, shaking your head. "That Hevensferth was the one to grant Pharaoh Kissa that staff. It draws from his power, that of the sun itself. While formidable even under starlight, it's impossible to win if the sun is up." Leaning forward, you say,


24ca18 (140) No.329131>>329132

>>329130

"Once the sun rises, it's likely she will personally lead the counter-attack and annihilate the Apophis for all eternity."

Hel'alin pushes herself up, her snake half towering over you as she glares at you. "You assume much of her. I have a hard time believing such words, brother or not."

"Fine, don't believe me." You say, shrugging. "You can wait until morning, give her the chance to gain her strength, and kill all of you. I've lost my sister once, I think I can do it again."

Her eyes go wide at this and a look of horror appears on her expression. The early malice is replaced with fear and she reaches out a hand before pulling it to her chest, eyes flicking back and forth. Voice coming in a near whisper, she says, "Please… not again."

Blinking in surprise, you look at her and see not the cold-blooded Monster, but your sister. Remembering Dollora's words again, you walk over to her and take her hand. She looks up into your eyes as you say, "Then listen to me. Let me HELP you. We can only do this if we work together. Let me return the favor from years ago and save you."

Her eyes search yours and her lip quivers for a moment. She squeezes your hand tight and is about to speak before she shudders and says in a low voice, "I don't need help being saved."

Hopes sinking, you look down and say, "I see. Then perhaps you will need my aid in destroying the Pharaoh, as we did the Deathbringer."

She looks up at you with cool, red eyes and hisses, "Very well then. I will take this into consideration and let you know my verdict soon."

Her hand lets yours free and you pull away, looking down at your palm before turning to Tabitha, who frowns. Rubbing your palm, you nod to the Lizardman who walks out of the room with you. You are both escorted back to the Worship Chamber where the others watch with surprise as you arrive, alone. Walking up to them, you catch them up on what happened.

"Great, so we're stuck to waiting." The Grand Wizard sighs, shaking his head. "Well, it sounds like we may have been on the right path anyway. Her lack of understanding of that basic magic is interesting to hear though…"

"I thought, uhm, that the spirit of the Apophis would have told her most of these things." Ebe says, looking confused.

"I don't think it so much as has the memory of an older Apophis, more than it is the power and hate of such an Apophis. A shade, or perhaps kind of Revenant?" You ask this toward the Grand Wizard who shrugs.

"This is more nebulous than Revenants I know. Maybe it's been dormant so long that it's only just awakening. Or perhaps the process of this ritual makes it need to get used to it and…gah." He rubs at his head and throws up a hand in frustration.

"Well." Alice says, shrugging. "We're back to waiting."

"Not for long, I hope." You sigh. "Anyway, let's get prepared and leave if we need to."

The others nod, though the Grand Wizard and Sophie still give you annoyed looks before going back to preparations. Sighing, you look from them to the doors of the chamber, hoping that maybe the Lead Priestess would have that information for you but… well, such things aren't easy to come by. In which case, you turn back to the problem at hand… Sylphie.

You really did wrong by her with the ring thing. It's not right to do that to such a nice girl and now that you have time to consider it further, you feel like garbage. Closing your eyes and taking a deep breath, you walk toward her.

As you approach, Selene looks up at you and frowns, her tails rising on instinct. You hold up a hand in placation and say in a soft voice, "If it's not too much trouble… could I talk with her alone?"

"I think you hurt her feelings enough." She says, stroking Sylphie's hair. "It might be best to-"

"No, Mom." Sylphie sighs. "Just… can you go for a moment?"

Her mother frowns and looks between her and you before sighing and walking away. Looking down at Sylphie, you see her curled up, tails around her in a ball as she looks down at the pew. Gulping, you walk over and sit down next to her, quiet for a few moments before saying, "I'm sorry about that."

"It's a nice ring." She says. "I can feel the magic flowing through it. It will be useful coming up."

"Yeah, it will." You say slowly. "But Sylphie I… look, I know it might not mean much now, but I'm sorry for how I handled that. I wasn't thinking and… listen, you're a wonderful girl and you're smart, intelligent, and clearly got your beauty from your mother, but…"


24ca18 (140) No.329132>>329133

>>329131

"But I took things out of context but you were there for me when my father wasn't." Sylphie sighs. "I mean, I know it was a dumb crush, it's just… it still hurts, you know? I know you have eyes for Tabitha but I sort of kept telling myself that maybe! Ugh." She shakes her head. "I'm not mad at you, I'm just stupid and upset."

"That's… good to hear. It would break my heart to hear that you hated me."

She looks up at you with puffy eyes, confusion on her expression. Chuckling, you say, "Well, you didn't really expect me to travel all this way, come through near death experiences, and defy the ruler of a nation with and not come to the like all of you, right?"

"Of course not." She sniffs and then chuckles. "When you say it like that, this feels even stupider."

"The stupid one is me." You say, smirking. Nodding your head, you say, "You want your Mother back?"

"No, she was just making it worse." She pauses and thinks it over before asking, "Can you send Ebe over?"

"Ebe?" You ask, cocking your head before turning to spot the Ghandharva. Something clicks and you nod your head, chuckling. "Sure. Sure. You'll be okay for later?"

"Oh, I'll kick more ass than all of you with only one arm!" She says before wincing and touching her bad arm. "I'm pretty sure Dad is going to find out about this and give me one hells of a tongue lashing."

"Give you a tongue lashing? You blocked the shot for ME. I'm worried if you mother won't finish the job."

Both of you smile at each other and you get up to get Ebe, who hurries over to Sylphie. Looking to the others, you see the parents look at each other before frowning and scrutinizing you. Tabitha nods at you, her expression with a little more levity than before however while Sophie merely sighs and shakes her head.

With that uncomfortable bit of business done with less pain than expected, you continue forward preparing yourselves for what's to come next.


24ca18 (140) No.329133>>329134 >>329152 >>329188 >>329193 >>329614 >>329615

>>329132

It feels like it took hours, yet it was less than one before cultists return to make way for the Apophis. She appears in the ruined mezzanine and looks out over the assembled cultists (and you) like a King about to address the commoners. She speak in a slow, yet commanding voice in Ectrian.

[We have deliberated and decided to assault the Palace this evening, before morning. Gather yourselves and your devotion, for we shall overwhelm the defenders of the Palace and tear them down, revealing the beating heart of this Kingdom, the Pharoah.] She holds out a claws hand and makes a fist as if to crush said heart in her hand. [And we shall crush her, ushering in our rightful rule once again!]

The cultists cheer and make preparations as Anubis and cultists in fancier robes gather up the men and lead them toward various tasks, apparently being briefed on what they were to do. As this occurs, you cock your head, wondering how you fit into all of this when Liala slithers forward, the Lead Dolloran Priestess behind her. You notice the urn is nowhere to be seen however.

The Cult Leader nods to you as she approaches and says, "The Apophis has decided your role in this. The cult will use our power to strike at the walls, distracting them while you enter the Palace and open the gates for us to enter."

"You didn't think to consult us on this?" Alice asks, looking annoyed.

"Your input is unnecessary." She hisses. "This was as the Apophis decreed. We could open the gates ourselves, but as they are magically warded such would take time and, as we have been informed, it is off the essence."

"What happens once the cultists get inside?" You ask, frowning.

"We have soldiers quite capable of removing the guards present in the Palace." She gives a wicked smile. "Reaching the Prophet should be no trouble."

"It is likely." You say slowly. "That the Pharaoh will be in the chapel, guarding the High Altar."

"I believe we can make a suitable distraction to allow you to destroy such a device." She says without hesitation. Sadly, many of the men I fled with her slain trying to kill her, I assume. But we shall return the favor.

The cultists seem determined to do whatever the Apophis says, and yet they didn't seem keen on sacrificing themselves recently. This plan seems almost suicidal however, so what exactly do they hope to accomplish? Feeling more than a little wary, you say, "Once the altar is destroyed, she will still be powerful."

"Well, aren't you the great and mighty Wizard and company? Shouldn't you be the ones to safeguard the rule of the Apophis? With her so weakened, I believe you will have an equal chance, no?"

The Lead Priestess touches her shoulder and says, "Peace, Liala. They know what they must do."

"Of course, Priestess." The Lamia says, nodding her head. "It has been some time since I had the opportunity to speak with a Priestess again. It was invigorating."

"Indeed. I have learned much myself." The Lead Priestess says, a mask over her emotions. She nods to your group and says, "May Dollora's blessings be upon you. You shall need them."

"I see." You say, nodding to her. Turning back to Liala, you ask, "When we do assault?"

"We make ready to leave soon, plan to gather our forces at the Eastern walls within the hour. You will know we have begun our attack, we shall send signals with our few Witches." She chuckles and slithers toward the door before pausing and turning to look at you over her shoulder.

"Oh, and the Apophis would be quite sad if anything were to happen to you… quite sad indeed. Now then, come along, Priestess."

The Lead Priestess looks to you and turns to go, but as she does you notice something in her hand held behind her back. Taking it from her quietly, she leaves during the commotion on her way outside. Frowning, you look down at the item to find it a piece of paper. When no one is looking, you open it up and find it's written in Deleorian.

"This is what I could find from her. She was surprisingly free with the knowledge to a Priestess of Dollora. I do not know if it is real, but it is all I could get. May the blessings of the Goddess be upon you, Rommel."

Your eyes go wide as you look at the hastily written formulae on the bottom, reading it over before a cultist calls, "You! Are you coming?"

Stuffing it into your pocket, you reply, "Yes! We're coming!" Nodding to the others, you gather yourselves up and make your way into the Outer Sanctum and toward the assault on the Palace. Liala needs you to open the gates but she didn't specify how. Well, guess that's up to you.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.329134>>329142

>>329133

As it turns out, you don't need to do too much to smooth things over with Sylphie. She sort of understood, but it's nice to say it sorry to her. Poor girl.

Oh I guess you're going to open the gates or something. Yes, you get a choice, but do you really? Yes


727ef0 (15) No.329142

>>329134

Say fuck it and go home. Be done with these sandy bitches.

For real though, Follow the plan. We have no reason not to at this point.


cb66b1 (18) No.329152>>329162

>>329133

>"This is what I could find from her. She was surprisingly free with the knowledge to a Priestess of Dollora. I do not know if it is real, but it is all I could get. May the blessings of the Goddess be upon you, Rommel."

>Your eyes go wide as you look at the hastily written formulae on the bottom, reading it over before a cultist calls, "You! Are you coming?"

>Stuffing it into your pocket, you reply, "Yes! We're coming!"

Don't be a fag Ace, I get it that you were short on time, but give us the full text of message, so we can plan around what exactly we need to do, instead of making a wild guess about it or making a vague suggestion of "turn back and do the thing".


24ca18 (140) No.329162>>329163 >>329221

>>329152

I suppose I should have seen that response coming. Probably would have written it out more in the next update, but alrighty then!

It's just a list of ritual phrases that didn't feel necessary to write out in the update, but that The Priestess was able to get from Liala (who clearly had no issue telling her). Otherwise from what she could surmise you need what will be transferred from (Hel'alin) and what will be transferred to (Figure that one out yourself).

She scribbled at the bottom that she suspects performing this in a consecrated area- especially one devoted to Dollora- would be preferable, but she didn't seem to have time to write out much else on that fact.

Unfortunately it ends there. You'd have to ask someone else about ritual magic to learn more details, but the important parts are written there.


fb0322 (1) No.329163>>329677

>>329162

>and what will be transferred to

There was mention of maybe using a person, but as far as I can tell, there's no reason we couldn't use an object, especially something like the one she was already sealed in.


370a64 (1) No.329183>>329677

> The way she'd always take baths with you, or never let you out of her sight, or sleep in bed with you and…

You've been reading to much hentai ace


8bfcda (1) No.329188>>329189 >>329213 >>329677

>>328958

>>328957

Good idea anons. We should definitely smooth things over with Ebe. Make some time for a one on one. Can't let best girl think she isn't appreciated. Then give her a romantic kiss under the stars.

>>329129

>Hent-ateh likes to eat flowers

It'd be cute if she wasn't a psychopath. Bully material for later though.

>>329133

Makes no sense for us to break off from the Violent Sands right now. We've got a short timeframe, and now we've got the knowledge of how to get our sisters soul back in her body. Time to move on the Pharaoh.


033560 (3) No.329189>>329677

>>329188

Did you just confuse Tabby and Ebe or are you trying to sell us on the bird? If so that ship has sailed a while ago.

As far as our next course of action goes stick to the plan for now. At least when it comes to combat strategies the grapesnake seems reasonable enough.


101d60 (4) No.329193>>329194 >>329677

>>329133

The Apophis still rubs me the wrong way and is being shortsighted. That being said, the strategy is pretty conventional and places the right groups in the right places. Considering this is a huge trap, but we're gonna go in anyway, I'd suggest we split the group. The rationale being that there is significant prior warning that have been noticed and played since we entered the country. We also should get to the Pharaoh before the AS, since it's still possible that this can be resolved without (too much) bloodshed.

Keep the wizards and cats in the back, and disguised as AS fighters (talk to your new allies for this). Send Tabby, Alice, mom and Ed in first to spring the trap but avoid combat that can be differed to the AS. Put the G. Wiz in the air as over-watch (since the palace has lots of windows) his goal being to provide close air support. Erwin is to follow at range to monitor and report to Rommel.

Build the tank into a large golem with full monitoring and magic use (i think this is the first time we'll have done this) and place it under Syl's command and magic supply to access the Palace from a different route (since it's her fight too, but she's too risky to use in full combat considering how much both sides obviously want her. Soph is to be her bodyguard, under the watchful eye of the G Wiz.

Rommel is to be teamed up with Ebe, and should be based on the leading edge of the AS front under his sister's protection (preferably with the abomination). Ebe is to rock the fuck out on signal that our fighters have encountered the Pharaoh. Being embedded in the front means that Rommel has access to metals for ammo since the palace is inert. We can also provide cover to the G Wiz from aerial ambush.


101d60 (4) No.329194

>>329193

Forgot sage, sorry


41cb27 (9) No.329213

>>329188

>Fuckin' around with Ebe's heart

Leave the poor girl alone you bastard! She'll be hurt enough when she realizes Rommel is paired up with Tabitha the best girl. We don't need you fuckin' her up.


cb66b1 (18) No.329221>>329228 >>329677

YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.

>>329162

There we go, that's more like it.

So now we are at a breaking point. We are short on time and need to get rid of the pharaoh fast.

On the other hand, chances are, our neesan won't live through the night in her current state. Personally, I couldn't give less of a shit about her, since she was very underdeveloped in the story and her forced presence in the final battle and the tension around her transformation feels weak and forced because of it.

From a strictly pragmatic meta gaming point of view though, she needs to survive and get unpossessed here and now, because the rule of drama will ensure it will be too late after the final battle. And that means we can kiss bringing our ~african zulu Ectrian monster army back to evropa Deleor goodbye.

With that in mind, let's take Jackor's advice and go back. First things first: we need to find the urn. So it's time for a stealth mission for Erwin to find it, then go dire and bring it to us.

Meanwhile Rommel goes back into the temple and approaches Helene with a suggestion that it is wise to pray to the gods before an important battle like that and that the two of them should do exactly that before going in.

Hentateh is a very big problem but fortunately it only needs to be distracted while we perform the ritual. A task that Tabitha and the Hentateh themselves confirmed is very much within her realm of ability.

We also got a very MAJOR hint with this little exchange

>"Let me cast a spell to stop sounds from leaving this room."

>The abomination lets loose a half-laugh, half-scream that makes your bones shake. A nearby vase rumbles on the table and when it ends you feel a little woozy. Hel'alin looks at the door and waits for something. When she sees nothing happen, she looks impressed.

So what we need to do is to cooperate with the priestess again, to have her give us a "blessing" from Dollora that will ensure our victory in a discrete worship chamber. Go there with Tabitha, the priestess, Helene and Hentateh again under the same rule set as earlier, while the rest of our party stands guard outside.

Cast a subtle privacy barrier, so no one outside will be any wiser and then emotionally manipulate our sister again to briefly make her old personality resurface again. The reason we do that is because she, unlike the revenant, will not see it coming when we ice her form up completely at point blank range, trapping her in place and making her unable to move and resist.

That will be Tabitha's que to attack the Hentateh and at the same time Erwin, who had most likely found the urn by now, will bust inside and Rommel and the priestess will promptly stuff the revenant back into it, while the rest of our party holds the cultist commotion back.

Once Helene has regained her faculties, we tell her to make the Hentateh and the cultists to stand down and then she and the priestess spin a bullshit story about the Pharoh cursing her and us heroically breaking the curse.

Also bury that fucking jar deep underground afterward. After the final fight is over, we can come pick it up to smash it or find another use for it. Smashing it now is just asking for her spirit to merge with the Hentateh or some other stupid bullshit like that.


cb66b1 (18) No.329228>>329677

>>329221

Oh, one more thing. Before we start, show the notes to Selene and ask for her advice on the matter just in case, since she is the most skilled dark magic user among our allies and after centuries of being around must have surely picked up a thing or two about monster ritual magic.


ecacb2 (31) No.329614>>329615 >>329677

>"Oh, and the Apophis would be quite sad if anything were to happen to you… quite sad indeed.”

That phrasing seems rather suspect. We might want to pay attention to Liala when we finish the first step of the assault on the Palace just to make sure she isn’t plotting anything against us before we engage the Prophet, as she wouldn’t pull anything when we’re still needed.

>>329133

Going along with the plan is our only real choice here, as we don’t have the time to do anything else and delaying until the next night doesn’t work as the Prophet would get a hold of the situation and the cultists, our sister included, would almost certainly be dead by then. Plans about killing the Prophet and the like can wait though, as we first need to breach the outer? walls of the Palace, likely by opening or destroying the gate.

We don’t actually know much about the gate. All we can be certain about is that it has wards which protect against both physical and magical attacks, so making up a strategy is a little difficult. If I had to make a guess based on logic and Ace’s amazing drawing skills of the Palace on that map from thread 6, it’s very likely to be a proper door gate with hinges rather than a portcullis or something, and is probably going to be made of wood with some metal reinforcement as most gates are entirely metal is a possibility, but I’d think with this being in the middle of a desert and metals having high value here that such a large quantity of metal would be very rare and thus very unlikely. With this speculation in mind, I propose a few different methods of entry.

The first method of breaching the walls involves following Liala’s instructions and sneaking inside while the cultists make a distraction for us to open the gates from there, which seems like a reasonable enough plan, but if we get caught at any point we’re going to be in trouble. There are two components to this method; getting inside the walls and then finding a way to open up the gate. The first component could be achieved in a few different ways, but since we don’t have time to waste going to our original entry point in the service tunnels and both the walls and underground are going to be enchant to prevent us from breaking through them, going over the walls via [Build the Wall] in some location away from the bulk of the defending guards, so anywhere that isn’t on the eastern side north western or even just northern should suffice, would probably be the most ideal solution.

The second component boils down to what the circumstances regarding the defences inside the walls and the gate itself are like. If there aren’t too many guards near the gate itself, we could probably just take them out swiftly with [Tornado] or something and remove whatever is blocking the gate from our side before anyone can do anything about it, thus allowing the cultists to push the gates open to breach the Palace. If there are far too many guards for us to deal with quickly, then I suggest we either attempt to distract them somehow to get a large chunk to move away from the gate so we can then proceed with the ‘not many guards’ idea, or ignore the defending forces and attempt to break the hinges on the gate, which may potentially lack the wards everything else does like the cages in the dungeon did or at least have weaker wards we could disable temporarily with [Mana Burst] or something perhaps due to either oversight or confidence that an enemy would never breach the walls in the first place, to allow the cultists outside to push the gate down to crush anyone unlucky enough to be standing in the way.


ecacb2 (31) No.329615

>>329133

>>329614

Another method of breaching the walls is to say “fuck stealth” and attempt to brute force our way through the gate instead, which would frankly be a lot safer for us than infiltrating behind enemy lines and being alone if we get caught, though whether or not this would be successful is dependent on how strong the wards are and if we are capable of disabling them somehow. As for how to go about doing that, I would suggest we repurpose the nearby tank components into a battering ram of some description and try breaking down the gate with that, as such vehicles are proven to be very effective for this job and the guards are unlikely to have any counters immediately on hand due to the lack of siege vehicles in the Violet Sands’ possession prior implying a lack of need for such counters, so we should be able to do quite a bit of damage before the guards can do anything about it. While this is going on, Sylphie or the Grand Wizard could attempt to disable or weaken the protective wards on the gate with [Reverse Polarity] and whatever else they have at their disposal that might work to speed up the process, and the others could focus on protecting the vehicle from attackers.

A final method of breaching the walls is to entirely ignore it and to instead get the cultists on top of the wall so they can gain control of it and continue the assault from there, rather than being forced into a choke point the guards would have an easier time defending and being slaughtered. In terms of ways of getting the cultists up to such a height, we could continually cast [Build the Wall] underneath groups close to the wall, but since that would take too long and would take up all of our concentration, it would be better to instead create stairs or a ramp by either raising the ground outside the walls, which hopefully lacks the enchantments the ground inside has, or by taking nearby rubble and placing it in the aforementioned fashion so we can focus on other things. This method probably won’t pan out though, as the Palace likely has Deathbringers present to drop anything we build and building such a structure in the first place would take a lot out of us, even with our expertise and what might as well be a Power Glove, but it’s worth a shot if all else fails.


24ca18 (140) No.329677>>329689 >>329719 >>329855

Well howdy y'all! I've been having a good birthday weekend. Tomorrow I have a packed schedule as well and will get home late and probably slightly drunk.

Soooooo update on tuesday. I wish I had apology art ready but that doesn't look to be the case. I do have a sketch here tho…

>>329163

One would assume that no, you'd be fine using what was used before. Where Liala put it, I dunno. Clearly around the Temple somewhere.

>>329183

Yeah probably, but young kids do these things sometimes so it's sort of based on reality.

>>329188

>>329189

Soothe it over with Ebe. I see.You ain't tricking me!

Well, it's more that Hent-ateh is like ol' Xanthia. No one really understands her so it's… hrm. Might be totally normal for it to explore its environment this way!

>>329193

AS… you mean VS? Violet Sands?

I'm not going to lie, I have difficulty understanding all of what you typed. Also, Sylphie is very unlikely to control a golem, especially a metal golem. The Grand Wizard would be much better, but his geomancy sucks. So…. Yeah….

>>329221

>Underdeveloped and forced presence.

Well.. The major issue is that there were a few chances, maybe less than I'd intended, to get in better with the cult or, even at the end, even go look for them in the city, which would have offered a much larger insight into her and her choices and maybe could have prevented them. As it stood, things happened around you so this is what it is.

It's also hard to say if she'll be so far gone by then. However, the Violet Sands are mobilizing now, and while she is staying put in the Temple, there are still guards and plenty of people who can see you and what you're doing.

Liala seems very intent on you opening that gate.

>>329228

That would be a good idea.

>>329614

Seems that way.The Apophis is infallible, but you're useful so…

So basically we have: Sneak in, break down the door, sneak cultists in?

Fair enough. I think I'd like more people to chime in tomorrow about their vote on how they'd like this done.

Also, I really need to know how many people want to try the ritual now or after the assault. This is kind of incredibly important.


ecacb2 (31) No.329689>>329851

>>329677

>So basically we have: Sneak in, break down the door, sneak cultists in?

I wouldn’t really call it 'sneaking the cultists in' when the guards can clearly see the cultists running towards them up a ramp. I was thinking more along the lines of how invaders would set up very tall ladders to scale the walls, only with the ladders replaced with a much more reliable and not too steep slope to avoid complications that come with ladders such as the vulnerability when climbing and the possibility of the ladders being pushed away from the walls.

>Also, I really need to know how many people want to try the ritual now or after the assault. This is kind of incredibly important.

Save it until we’re done. Jeopardising our mission and the lives of our companions to try something that isn’t guaranteed to work when we don’t immediately need to is silly, especially when we’re still surrounded by cultists with no reliable way to get our sister alone and we’re still lacking information regarding the ritual, such as the details of the ritual magic the head priestess couldn’t get us, where the San’ha Urn is currently located if we’re using that, whether the San’ha Urn can actually be used again for soul storage or if it requires preparation first it probably will, else we would be able to store the Apophis in any generic container of our choosing, whether we need to worry about the [Eye of Ant'anha] having some effect on the conditions or not and where it is if it will, what qualifies as a consecrated area and if the Great Temple of the Twins would really count when it’s not solely devoted to Dollora and it has technically defiled by Phallia’s plots and our battle with the priestesses, whether the information given to the priestess by Liala is actually true and so on. At least if we’re successful in defeating the Prophet the consequences for failure wouldn’t be so dire and we would have a better opportunity to attempt it.


101d60 (4) No.329719>>329761

>>329677

I can't understand myself most of the time.

Let's do the grep snake's plan, and wait until after the assault to try the ritual.


101d60 (4) No.329761

>>329719

sage, sorry


41cb27 (9) No.329793>>329800 >>329851

>>329129

>"I'm sorry though. If I get you a ring, will that make it better?"

>She shoots you a look of shock- something you never thought you'd see on her face- before she masks it without emotion.

A big part of me wants to use some of the gold ore to form a ring…


3bef68 (4) No.329800>>329851

>>329793

>using a raw mineral rather than it's purified form

Ace will totally not give us a [Purify Ore] spell, right?


24ca18 (140) No.329851>>329853 >>329865 >>330032 >>330050

File (hide): 8f11883a973774c⋯.png (Spoiler Image, 3.05 MB, 6000x6000, 1:1, streasm412acetheunclean_pr….png) (h) (u)

Oh hey, a sketch of a tender scene. Maybe colors next weekend. Manos really wanted to draw the tails.

Oh and we're back to it tomorrow, it's not like there's another Holiday coming u-

Damnit.

>>329800

Nope. Monster alchemists can do that, but with all the semen you'd have to slather onto it, it's easier just to purify the ore the normal way. Less mess too.

>>329793

Give Tabitha the ol' Midas touch eh? You lewd beast you.

>>329689

Ah, very good then.


41cb27 (9) No.329853

>>329851

>You lewd beast you.

It ain't l-lewd if the feelings behind it are pure.


725c56 (20) No.329855

File (hide): ee00a44dc1fbc4b⋯.png (1.04 MB, 1109x1254, 1109:1254, 66351347_p0.png) (h) (u)

>>329677

I'd say the ritual should wait til later


d24819 (1) No.329865>>330032 >>330050

>>329851

>Give Tabitha the ol' Midas touch eh?

If we do this, I can see Rommel saying something like "until we can settle things properly", meaning a fight, of course. It's a bit oblique, but Rommel still has some issues articulating his feelings on the matter, so it feels like it fits. Also, while it does feel a bit quick, this is kind of the big "let's go try not to die" fight, so getting something like this squared away might be a good idea.


41cb27 (9) No.330032>>330050

>>329851

>>329865

I would also add into the ring, a piece of that crystal Rommel has been carrying around for ages.


ecacb2 (31) No.330050

>>329851

>it's easier just to purify the ore the normal way

So we could still technically do it with magic, albeit with little success due to our lack of training, via replicating the normal process with multiple spells rather than with a single spell cast, correct?

>the ol' Midas touch

[Midas Touch] when?

>>329865

I'm not sure if it's the best idea to be tempting fate like that. Rommel has also come to the incorrect conclusion about Tabitha's stance on the matter, so it wouldn't make much sense for him to suddenly act in spite of said conclusion unless it was to change somehow in the small window before we head out.

>>330032

The only 'crystals' we have on our person are the [Crystal Fragments] and Acilis the Quartz, and both of those would devalue a piece of jewellery if attached. I guess Acilis might have sentimental value, seeing as he? comes from our beloved rock collection, but it would probably be better just to keep an eye out for rare gemstones, via [Survey] or otherwise, after we finish up here to attach in post if we're going down that route.


cb66b1 (18) No.330087>>330099 >>330124 >>330129

>All these people offering a fucking piece of jewelry to a warrior.

>None of them know Ace's lizardman tribe lore and offer to share a smoke before the final battle instead.

Wew lads.


443a78 (1) No.330099>>330129

>>330087

If it has to be one or the other, this guy gets it. But why not both?


ecacb2 (31) No.330124>>330125 >>330129

>>330087

>Offering to do the Lizard equivalent of foreplay with someone we're not actually in a relationship with yet

You generally don't express affection to someone by requesting they perform pre-coital rituals with you, but I suppose it could work. That said, we likely don't have the time for anything like that right now.


f94392 (18) No.330125>>330129

>>330124

Refining a ring with magic shouldn't take too long. Let's do it.


24ca18 (140) No.330129>>330141

>>330125

>>330124

>>330099

>>330087

All of you are hurting me and I thought this ring thing was a joke so unless you want me to delay this, it's not happening.


ecacb2 (31) No.330141

>>330129

It's a somewhat minor point in the grand scheme of things that came up rather late and seems a bit out of place considering Rommel's conclusions on the matter, so there isn't much point in delaying things if it wouldn't change much plot-wise and you already have something prepared.


24ca18 (140) No.330151>>330152

>Story continue

Cultists move past you in a far more orderly manner than you'd expect. During your brief time since they got here, wagons full of various weapons and other supplies have arrived in the more fortified position of the Temple and the cultists move about them under the gaze of their superiors. While you figured them to be a disorganized rabble, clearly they've either understood the need for equipment or merely managed to scrounge up weapons for the troops. Likely they've come from the corpses of the fallen guards they just killed.

As you pass, you confirm this as many of the pieces of leather or lighter armor have dents or rents in them. Still, it's better than nothing, and the cultists seem enthused to have the gear. It still makes you shiver to think about how much they believe in this ideal of the Apophis that they would go so far as to throw their lives away.

Hiding your discomfort, you head toward your tank, which is thankfully unmolested. While many of the cultists trade smiles of worry and eagerness, another group stand to the side, expressions blank, weapons held ready. Frowning, you notice many of them already have arms and armor bearing the insignias of the guard. Were they some elite troops the cultists had? Maybe some vow of silence? Before you can ask anything about it, a voice catches your attention.

"H-hey!" A woman says, pointing at you. "You're the ones who defeated the Deathbringer! The ones who opened the path here!"

Head turn at those words and the cultists mutter to themselves as they notice you. Feeling nervous, your free hand drifts toward the [Chain] in your pocket as the woman who called attention to you approaches. Despite her torn robes and tussled hair, she has an earnest face and smiles at you with genuine awe. She blushes and looks down, fidgeting as she says,

"I'm sorry, I just saw you and wanted to… say thank you. The Violet Sands would never have survived without you and your help." She looks up at you and asks, "Are you going to be part of the assault?"

Your hand slackens on the chain and you look out of the corner of your eye at Tabitha who watches the exchange with a worried expression, which is more of a scowl than anything. Turning your gaze back to the woman, you blink in surprise as you realize she's not very old at all, perhaps even younger than Sophie and Sylphie. And yet, here she is, ready to give her life for some shitty ancient grape colored snake who cared nothing for her.

Though you want to tell her that, you can't help but notice the expressions of hope on the faces of the cultists around you. Though some have that glint of a mania allowed purchase in this cult, many others have the same, earnest expression as the woman before you. They truly did believe in the cult, in whatever future it would bring. They thought that no matter what, it would be better than what currently is in place.

"Well…" You say, stalling for time as you try to think of your answer. Of course, you'd already made up your mind by this point. Standing up tall, you say, "Yes. We are to open the gates for you."

"Woah, that's going to be super dangerous." She says, eyes widening. Puffing out her chest she says, "Of course, we all must make sacrifices in order to bring an end to the rule of the Pharaohs."

"Yeah…" You say, feeling a little awkward as everyone looks at you. Grimacing, you make to look for an excuse to get away when Liala's voice shouts,

"What are you doing?! Return to your stations and prepare to move out!"

The woman yips and then smiles at you before heading out with the rest of the cultists. Watching her go, you notice Tabitha walk up next to you and say, "She seems eager."

"Mmm." You mutter before sighing. "Cult's gotta get people somehow."

"Indeed." Sophie says as she and the others toward the tank. "I only hope they don't regret it."

Those words in your mind, you head to the tank and load up. Thankfully your reputation (And the crushed Anubis corpse) precede you, and no one has molested the vehicle. While you could walk, this is honestly faster and pushing it around with your magic is rather soothing. Besides, it's almost like you're not using magic with this glove on. Thinking about how tired this spell made you before, even without the glove is impressive.


24ca18 (140) No.330152>>330153

>>330151

The hatch is left open as you move, allowing you to stand up and feel the night air as you move. Tabitha and Alice sit on the sides again, as they just isn't much room inside. Though the space isn't very large, it's enough for Ebe to stick her head up, wind ruffling her feathers. Chuckling, you manipulate the metal to accommodate her and she sighs in thanks before looking about the streets. In this more affluent district the buildings are far more eccentric than the outer ones, yet they show none of the signs of the battle raging elsewhere due to the presence of the Royal Guard. If it weren't for the procession of cultists, you'd think nothing had happened here.

"I'm glad you smoothed things over with Sylphie. I thought it might be awkward in here." She says, chuckling nervously and sharing a glance with Tabtiha.

"Well, I was the idiot, she just suffered for it." You say, to which Alice giggles.

"Heh, yeah." She says before looking away. She says nothing for a long time before saying, "So, we're going to see the Pharaoh." Ebe says, nervousness on her expression. "Do you think we have a chance?"

"Of course we have a chance." You say. "We always have a chance."

"Yeah but…" Ebe trails off before sighing. "I'm scared."

Eyes flicking to her, you mentally turn the tank away from the rest of the cultists, heading on a different path from the Palace in the distance. Once secured on the road ahead you cast a little privacy barrier and say, "Are you sure you want to come along Ebe?"

"Huh?" She says before looking at the two swordswomen. "Oh. A barrier." Her expression becomes a little solemn for a moment before she sighs and says, "Yes, of course I am. I won't quit now, when I had so many chances to before. In truth, I wanted to make sure you were okay with this."

"Of course I am." You say, looking at her. "We went over this."

"Yeah, Dollora and everything, but like, are YOU okay with this?" She looks you in the eyes and asks, "Or are you doing it because of your sister?"

"Does it really matter if that's the case?" You ask. "Besides, I'll deal with that once this is over. One way or another, it has to happen at this point."

"Okay." She says, looking down. "I wanted to make sure. But you're right, it ends one way or another. I just hope that we can still be friends at least." Looking back up to you, she says with a smile, "You can drop the barrier."

Nodding, you do so, to which Alice says loudly, "What were you two talking about in there?"

"He was saying he thinks your hair is getting in your face." Ebe says, to which Alice blinks in surprise.

"Ebe! When did you grow a pair of balls?"

"W-what? I don't have those!"

"Oh, good it's still you." Alice says, miming wiping sweat off her brow. "I was afraid we traded you out back there."

Ebe pouts, but before they can banter further, Tabitha speaks up. "We're on the right path, yes?"

"Yeah, heading to the northwest side of the Palace." You say, turning more. "A little north of where we had entered beforehand."

"The goal is to get over the walls and open the gate when they're distracted, right?"

"I doubt it will be that easy." You grunt, looking for signs of danger. Thankfully none of the guard are present, likely having noticed the surge of cultists coming toward them. Looking up at the sky, you see the moon beginning to move toward the horizon. Maybe a few more hours at best until this was over one way or another.

"Of course not." She says, nodding her head. "However I suspect the strongest of the Handmaidens will be inside. I have my doubts that they'll be able to really hold up their end of the bargain. I don't trust Liala."

"Me either, she's a snake." Alice says, much to Tabitha's annoyance. Ebe smirks though and the swordswoman gives Tabitha a sly smile.

"Yes, yes, hilarious." You say, waving a hand. "But she's right. I don't much trust her either, but we're useful at the moment. She wouldn't afford to waste our potential."

"Fair enough." Tabitha says. "But what do you think happens after we defeat the Pharaoh?"

"We'll see once we get there." You say, shrugging. "But I'm sure our fighting won't be over so easily. There are still things we need to settle."

The Lizardman's eyes narrow and she says slowly, "Settle? Between… you and me?"

Blinking in surprise, you say, "What? I mean… well, we'll have to talk about going forward but-"

Closing her eyes, she smirks and says, "Is that so? You'll be ready when the time comes then?"

You give Ebe a pleading look and she shrugs her shoulders in reply. Turning back to Tabitha, you say, "I… guess?" Somehow, you swear she has a sly smile on her face from that response. Uhm… perhaps the two of you are on different pages.


24ca18 (140) No.330153>>330154 >>330236

>>330152

A voice calls down from below and you place an [Audio Tap] with a <vox caster> so you can talk without having to stop driving. "Hello?" You ask down there.

"Are we there yet?" The Grand Wizard asks.

"Do I need to turn this tank around?" You reply, frustrated.

"There, there, he's just being an idiot." Selene says, hijacking the conversation.

"How is that different than any other time?"

"You know that he's my husband, right?"

"My question still stands."

Selene and her daughters laugh while the Grand Wizard grumbles. She speaks a moment later and says, "I've read over that note. This seems to be a fairly standard ritual, all things considered."

"That's… is there such thing as a standard ritual?"

"Yes, often they need certain aspects to be correct such as a ritual phrase or certain objects arrayed correctly. This one clearly doesn't require ritual candles or sacrifices like some of them do. However the hint at area sanctified to Dollora fits with what we knew about this beforehand. She granted this power at first and can be invoked to do so again, though I bet it was a grander affair the first time."

"I see." You say, taking that in. "Do you think we can pull it off?"

"Find a vessel and yes, I think so. I don't think you're being lied to about this."

"…Thank you." You say before concentrating back on the road ahead. "I mean it."

"Yes, yes. Oh, and by the way." Her voice grows quieter as she asks, "Are we there yet?"

You cut off the magic as more laughter sounds under you. That entire family is a bunch of loons, aren't they? Maybe the oldest sibling actually had a head on her shoulders worth a damn, but you'll probably never get to meet her. Maybe that's for the best all things considered.

Despite not answering her, you actually are close to being there. The manors around you begin to show some wear and tear from looters looking to get a quick score while the guard were focused on the east side of town. Looking off to the south, you see the Palace in the distance and have Ebe inform the others of your decision. As the tank moves to a position where you have good visibility of the wall, you erect some cover from which to view without being seen.

Selene pushes up from the inside to take Ebe's place and she casts a small spell to look out toward the wall. Clacking her tongue, she says, "The guards are still present up there."

"How can you tell?" You ask, cocking your head.

"[Farsight] spell. Easy thing to cast, lets you see long distances." Sighing, she shakes her head. "Guess the assault hasn't begun yet."

"Huh." You say, looking out in the distance. "Can you teach me that spell?"

"Sure." She says, showing you the simple Luxmancy used with the spell.

>You learn [Farsight]

>Simple spell which bends light before you, allowing you to see far away objects easier.

Using the spell, you survey the walls and see guards illuminated by torches. A healthy mix of Anubis and humans walk the walls, some of them moving further toward the east. So, something is going to start soon, is it? Well, might as well unload the tank…

Getting everyone out of the stuffy confines, they mill about, waiting for the signal. Erwin sits on your shoulder as you lean back against the tank. Your familiar tells you about a few people watching you from shadows, something that doesn't escape the notice of the Cat o'Ninetails in your group, but as most run once noted, they don't bother you much. Looters probably, as anyone connected with the Palace are unlikely to be able to do anything about you to matter much.

"Think they'll be alright?" Sylphie asks, walking over to you.

"Huh?"

"The cultists. Think they'll be alright?"

"Oh." You say, rubbing your chin. "Well… no. Which is why we need to work quickly. I'm sure Hent-ateh will cause significant damage to the enemy, but clearly it's afraid to get too bogged down by those Anubis or it would have torn up the Palace already."

"Fair enough." She says, looking out at the Palace. "I don't know if I'll get a chance to say this later, but… thanks for everything."

"This seems a little awkward after that ring thing."

"Oh hush, that's water under the bridge." She says, waving a hand. "Besides, this is serious. Sophie has the same sentiments. We both know this has been hard on you but again, thank you from the bottom of our hearts. We know you don't care much for Dad but… we're still glad you helped." Rubbing at her eyes, she sniffs and stands up tall.

"And when we finish this and the time comes to save your family, we'll do everything we can to help. I can't pretend to say I know loss as much as you but if we can help, we will."


24ca18 (140) No.330154>>330155

>>330153

"Indeed, dear sister." Sophie says, walking up. Her ears twitch as she listens to everything around her, but she still manages a dignified bow before you in that tight black suit of hers, wherever she found it. Looking in your eyes you see a conviction there. "We will finish this and return home together. No matter what happens here, no matter what our parents think of you, all of you are the part of our family."

"All of us?" You ask, cocking your head.

"You, Ebe, Erwin… even Alice I suppose. All of you have sacrificed so much for us, shed so many tears with us, and fought so hard with us. How could it be any other way."

A soft smile comes upon her lips. "Of course, as much as my dear sister entertained thoughts of you joining the family in another sense, I'm sure we will not be strangers going forward."

"I… I don't know what to say." You say, a blush coming to your cheeks despite yourself.

"Heh." Sophie says, that shit eating grin appearing on her face. "Have you said your piece to Tabitha?"

"Uh… what?" You ask, cocking your head. "She… said something about when the time comes something would be settled, but I don't know what she was talking about."

The twins look to each other and smile. "Oh." Sophie says, "Yeah, I think we might be seeing a lot of each other in the future."

Raising an eyebrow, your expression turns to shock as they both basically tackle you and give you big hugs. Not knowing how to react, you place your hands on their heads and give them gentle headpats. They both smile and pull away, standing resolute. Sylphie raises a finger and says,

"You should ask if anyone wants to share a smoke with you before the battle."

"Gods, I don't need to offend Tabitha before going into battle." You say, though a smoke would be nice you guess…

The two giggle and Erwin sends, {They're good girls.}

{Yeah. You ready for this buddy?}

{Do you really need to ask?}

{Heh, of course.} You send, nodding your head.

For some reason you feel light hearted after these discussions. You're about to head into a near suicidal battle and death is likely to be your reward, and yet you feel happy just to be around these people. How odd that these people which drove you crazy before you could feel secure with. You vow to do your best to protect them and they future they want, something which displaces your current worry for your sister and focuses your mind on the battle ahead.

{Hey, hey what's that?} Erwin sends, nodding upward.

Frowning, you look to the east and use your [Farsight] to see something flying into the sky. A stream of fire hurtling in the night sky, only to explode into dazzling embers. Turning your gaze back to the wall, you see Royal Guard rushing toward the east. The battle has started, and that's your signal.

"Let's move!" You say, resolving filling you as you dismantle the tank with your magic for further use later. "We're ending this!"


24ca18 (140) No.330155>>330156

>>330154

Reaching the wall was easy. With the commotion on the other side of the Palace, no one noticed your approach, especially not with Sylphie's magic making it harder to see you at night. No guards are seen on the walls either and with a simple creation of a wall, you're up at the top of a large ramp leaping onto the ramparts.

Sophie, Tabitha, and Alice move in first, their weapons before them, but no one bars your path. Off to the east you notice forces fighting and hear the distance sounds of battle. That's not your fight though, as much as you'd like to help them. You need to open that gate as swiftly as possible!

Moving atop the wall, you notice some guards running down through the courtyards, even spying the place you entered the Palace before as you pass. It seems they found it and collapsed it again, filling it with harder cement-like material which would take longer to tunnel through you suspect. Not that you need to.

Tabitha kicks in the door to a guardhouse on the walls to find a surprised a few men and a surprised Anubis preparing their weapons. Alice charges in and slays the Anubis before she has time to react while Sophie downs the men with her tails, leaping between them and expertly puncturing their armor with the extra power granted by the bracer you gave her.

"There's bound to be more ahead." Tabitha says, blade held at her side. "It won't be this easy going forward."

"That's fine." You say, rocks floating over your hand. "We'll open that gate no matter what it takes."

At this, the door on the other side of you bursts open much in the same way as you burst into this room and a Warden by the looks of her pauses in confusion. It lasts only a moment, but it's enough for Tabitha to slide forward and drive her blade into the Monster's chest before she can activate her berserker mode. A gasp is heard behind her and you see with alarm a man stagger backward before shouting the alarm.

Dropping the Anubis, Tabitha curses and rushes after the man. You put a [Pebble Gun] into his back but the damage is done. Looking out toward the gate set in the south, you can see Guards from below the wall mobilizing and dashing up the stairs, too far out of range to hit with your magic. Ahead of you is one more guardhouse tower before the gate, but the space between you and is filling with men and Anubis.

"Hmph, they make it too easy." Sylphie says, striding forward and casting [Ice]. The stone, which normally is a great ally to the guards turns suddenly slick and many trip and fall, some tumbling off the walls toward the ground while others, mostly the Anubis, keep their footing.

Something dark rains from the sky and you cast [Deflect], causing arrows to deviate from their paths and hit the ground around you.

"Ebe! Stay grounded!" You shout, keeping up the magic as you intercept the arrows. "I can't attack them like this!"

"Right!" Sophie says. "Keep them off us, I'm heading toward the archers!"

"Got it sis!" Sylphie says, creating gusts of wind that push at the men as opposed to the Anubis, who ignore it entirely, leaping off the ice toward all of you. Sophie leaps down from the walls before they reach, and they're intercepted by Alice and Tabitha, who beat them back. When one of them appears from Tabitha's side, a sharp tail blade slams into the enemy's face, dropping her as Selene appears, aiding her daughter while also holding the line.

The Grand Wizard mutters to himself and snaps at the ice, which spikes up under some of the Anubis guards, causing them to scream as their legs are shredded by the spell. The arrows stop falling soon after, and you push forward yourself, lashing out with your chain to get past the defenses of the Anubis, tripping them up and allowing the melee fighters to cut a path.


24ca18 (140) No.330156>>330157

>>330155

Sylphie's ears twitch and she casts another sheet of ice before her as her sister flips over something in the distance before landing on the ice and sliding toward you. Smirking, she says, "Taking care of business."

"Good job." You say, looking forward. The guards further down the wall look at you with surprise and retreat, allowing you to push forward. Inside the walls, you see men running down from the stairs toward the get toward the gate itself, a large structure made mostly of ancient wood reinforced with metal. A large crossbeam sits within the wall, likely retracted by a nearby gatehouse. Great… too large to move with your magic, not to mention the spells upon it.

In the center of the mass of guards stands a tall figure in large, heavy armor, spear at the ready. They point toward the Palace and men run in that direction, likely to get reinforcements, which will make things much more difficult on you. Moving closer, you try to affect the armored Guard with your magic, but it ends up being repelled, likely which makes it likely that it's an Anubis in there.

"Stay up here." You say to Sylphie and the Grand Wizard. Give us support if we need it."

"Right." Sylphie says before nodding to Ebe. "We may need you too."

Heading down the stairs into the courtyard, you cast [Twister] before you. The raging tempests of winds strikes at the men, throwing them about in chaos, yet the solid figure does not move, spear held at her side as the magic has no effect. Dismissing the spell, you wade through a pile of broken men and shout, "Out of our way! This gate is opening!"

[I'm afraid I can't let you do that.] The Anubis says, clad in her armor. [As the Guardian of the Gate and a Handmaiden to the Pharaoh, I will defend this gate with my life.] Slamming her fist against the wall, the door to the gatehouse shuts from inside as she takes positions before it.

"We do not have time for this" You growl, readying your magics. "I'm just going to bury her in lava."

"I don't think that's going to work." Selene says, frowning. That armor is too thick and her movements are too quick in it. It will only drain your power."

"So what do we do? Time is running out."

"Distract her." She says, looking at the door. "I'll get that gate open."

Nodding, you say, "Fine, we'll do this."

"Excellent!" She says, then turns to her daughter. "Remember how to pick locks?"

"Of course, Mother." Sophie says, holding up her tails. "Shall we?"

They both break off as Tabitha and Alice charge the Handmaiden. You break the ground underneath her with your magic, figuring your ice wouldn't bind her well enough, but she steps aside from the shattered earth without any damage and parries a blow from Alice before slamming the butt of her spear into Tabitha. The two keep each other from being struck, but it leaves you in a curious position.

What did you did before with the poles won't work due to the armor, but you can't manipulate it freely, nor can you just [Flame Lance] her due to the magic resistance. Anubis are really annoying to fight sometimes! At least you just need to distract her long enough to get the gate open and-

The Anubis turns after pushing back Alice and moves toward the gatehouse, spear leveled at Sophie. Her Mother brings up her tails and parries the blow, but staggers back from the force of it. The Handmaiden takes advantage of this and sweeps the spear under her, almost catching the weakened Monster Lady to trip her. Selene narrowly dodges it, but in doing so leaves Sophie open to attack.

Casting [Build the Wall], you intercept the blow of the spear, blunting the force severely as it moves toward Sophie. The Handmaiden curses at the interruption and turns her attention back to Tabitha and Alice, who drive her away from the Cat o'Ninetails.

"I need more time!" Sophie shouts, working on the door as fast as her tails can move. She looks worried as the Anubis grabs hold of Alice with a hand and hurls her at Sophie. Tabith cries out and boosts forward with her legs to catch the woman while deflecting her path away from the young Cat o'Ninetails.


24ca18 (140) No.330157>>330158 >>330350 >>330587 >>330588

>>330156

Cursing, you slide yourself across the ground with <Rock Slide> and catch a blow meant for Sophie at the same moment that Selene does, the two of you turning aside the strike. The Handmaiden curses, but Selene takes the opportunity to push the attack, using her tails to grab the Anubis's spear arm and hold it out of the way while also pinning her legs. She looks down with an imperious face into the visor of the armor, drawing back to strike and…

Looking confused as she realizes that the tail she's raising is the recently cut one. She had forgotten it was removed. Taking the opportunity, the Anubis shouts and hurls Selene off her, the Cat o'Ninetails landing further away on all fours, looking a mix of furious and afraid. She shouts,

"ROMMEL!"

Suddenly finding yourself before the Handmaiden, you use your staff to block a blow that sends you to your knees from the power. Grunting, you create a spike of earth which shatters on the armor to block another strike. The Anubis catches the nice rock spear and then backhands you, sending you blinking backward. Lifting her spear into the air, she makes to stab it downward onto you when you summon strength within you and make the ground beneath her slide her backward.

The Anubis looks confused, but not overly concerned. Turning back to face you, she hefts her spear and charges against the flow of the earth with mighty footfalls when the loud sound of screeching metal stops her in her tracks. Turning sharply to the gate, she pauses as the large bar keeping it closed moves into the gatehouse, leaving the doors unlocked. Men atop the wall point downward and shout as the gates push open with a cry of invading cultists.

They swarm over her, and though she kills a few, she's taken down by the weight of bodies, eventually having a knife stuck in through her helm's visor and killed. The cultists cheer toward you as they swarm out through the courtyard and up the wall to support their friends who were causing the distraction.

As they pass by, you can't help but feel annoyed and yet satisfied that the cultists had a group waiting so close by for the gate to open. It's almost like Liala planned for this to occur. Infact, as you watch, she slithers into view, flanked by those emotionless soldiers. She hisses at the other cultists and looks to you, counting everyone up before smiling.

"Well now, that was quite faster than expected."

"Seems most of the guard were occupied." You say, shrugging and turning as Sophie exists the gatehouse, wiping at her brow before watching your interaction.

"Indeed. Well, you held up your first part, now let me hold up mine." Holding her hand up, she says, "March into the Palace! Slaughter everyone and make way to the chapel!"

The soldiers say nothing and you watch them with mounting dread as they march into the Palace. With each passing one you begin to realize that they don't just LOOK like Royal Guard, they WERE Royal Guard.

Thinking back to what Hel'alin was doing when you first met her, your blood runs cold as these emotionless warriors head into the Palace. Your eyes linger on the Handmaiden leading the formation blockading the Violet Sands and you curse to yourself. So this is how they plan to get into the Palace, by sacrificing these damn slaves to the Apophis.

Guard standing outside the Palace doors are swiftly cut down by their former friends, having lost nothing of their original skill. The inner Palace door is brutally chopped open with axes and the soldiers push forward, hell-bent on slaughtering those in their way. They'll fight until the last of them, one way or another unless something can free them from this curse. She said a path would be carved for you and here it is, as distasteful as it appears.

Consulting your [Palace Map], you find the chapel in the back of the Palace, to the left of the audience chamber and throne room. One way in, one way out.

As the others join you from the wall amidst the sounds of chaos and battle, Liala turns to you, smiling broadly.

"Well?" Liala says, watching her enslaved slaughter their way forward. "The time has come. For the glory of the Apophis, your dear sister…"

>"What do you do?"


24ca18 (140) No.330158>>330174

>>330157

Sorry it was a little late. There were some little connecting points here and something else for you Tabithafags but it was mostly supposed to be about breaching the walls, which I couldn't actually come up with a really tough fight for you without utter bullshit Beyond Handmaidens, which are bullshit anyway since you have one hell of an all star team.

Anyway, you have access to the Palace now and likely a large group of suicidal turned soldiers to make a way for you if you wish to just follow them. Maybe a different path? The walls in the Palace don't seem overly magically resistant, mostly just the outer wall.


0581ce (3) No.330161

woops, hit sage for all of them.


cb66b1 (18) No.330174>>330176 >>330290 >>330342 >>330587

File (hide): 6042d2e4a88a5f4⋯.gif (844.25 KB, 268x278, 134:139, ggnore.gif) (h) (u)

>>330158

Go to the second floor above the chapel, turn the floor into lava with Sylphie, Selene and GW and watch it collapse down a floor bellow, killing and destroying everything below while keeping collateral damage to a minimum.


cb66b1 (18) No.330176>>330342

YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.

>>330174

And if something somehow survives this, then we will at least have a cool backdrop for the final fight and kill off all the plants dwelling there.


0c6eca (17) No.330236>>330342 >>330588

>>330153

>Your familiar tells you about a few people watching you from shadows, something that doesn't escape the notice of the Cat o'Ninetails in your group, but as most run once noted, they don't bother you much. Looters probably, as anyone connected with the Palace are unlikely to be able to do anything about you to matter much.

Ammon's boys, probably. Gotta wonder what the fuck he's been up to here. In hindsight, that rat familiar that told us Polah was in danger may have been connected to him. It did give Zoras a reason to leave us and regroup with them. We should probably expect third party shenanigans as soon as the prophet is dead, as well as the obvious and immediate backstab from Hent-ateh.


f94392 (18) No.330290>>330342 >>330417

>>330174

Seconding this idea.

We better get our ring scene after the inevitable duel, Ace.


24ca18 (140) No.330342

>>330174

>>330176

Uhhhhhh well shit. That certainly is a plan that would kill the vast majority of what's in there, yes. The one issue is that the chapel is only one story with nothing above it. The roof is made of stone though, and you don't lack for ways to get elevated.

>>330236

Pshaw, what would Ammon be doing with people in this city? Paranoid much?

>>330290

Well. I guess it's a thing now.


725c56 (20) No.330350>>330587 >>330597

File (hide): 444052d0e70e084⋯.jpg (161.87 KB, 733x872, 733:872, 1513800514785.jpg) (h) (u)

>>330157

Lets use survey and see if we can locate the altar, if we can locate it lets tunnel to it and use epicenter to try to destroy it and anyone near it before they notice us, then try to fall back and try to snipe any of the more stronger enemies from a distance


32d4e8 (1) No.330417>>330602

>>330290

>We better get our ring scene after the inevitable duel

We shape/forge it right in front of her.


ecacb2 (31) No.330587>>330588 >>330597

>Consulting your [Palace Map], you find the chapel in the back of the Palace, to the left of the audience chamber and throne room. One way in, one way out.

>Only one entrance and exit

It’s probably worth considering finding or creating another exit at some point for us to use, because this titbit just screams ‘you’re going to have a hard time getting out once you’re done’.

>"The time has come. For the glory of the Apophis, your dear sister…"

Liala really likes to make mention of our strong relation to the Apophis for some reason, and that doesn’t sit right with me.

>>330157

Those enthralled guards are very kindly making a path for us to get to the Chapel and, since the Palace is likely crawling with guards waiting to ambush anyone that comes by, other paths towards the Chapel are less viable, so we should definitely take advantage over their assistance and follow them. Following alongside them is just asking for us to be attacked when we don’t need to be though, so hanging back and sticking to the shadows, having Sylphie use [Trick of the Light] to hide us, would be better for us in terms of saving our strength and retaining what little we still have of the element of surprise. Furthermore, we should probably break away from the enthralled guards when we get close to the Chapel to stealthily make our way there on our own, as we ideally need to put our plans into action before they mindlessly barge into the Chapel and ruin said plans or get killed while we enact our plans if they involve a lot of destruction, like the lava idea, and the time they will spent attacking the forces near our destination and distracting them will give us the perfect opportunity to do just that.

When we eventually arrive at the Chapel, we will then have to figure out how to breach the building so we can destroy the High Altar of the Twins. While there are plenty of methods which will work, what >>330174 suggests sounds reasonable enough and should have great effect not to mention the gods won’t be too angered with the destruction of the building so we shouldn’t have to worry about divine retribution or anything, so do that under two conditions. The first condition is that we check inside the room with our recently learnt [Farsight] spell before raining fiery death on all present, as it would help to know who exactly we’re getting rid of in case anyone inside somehow survives the falling lava and if, for whatever reason, there are people inside we don't want to kill as well as where the altar is located so we don’t have to frantically search for it underneath the burning and melting rubble from the roof and waste precious time that way. The second condition is that we reach the Chapel with a good chunk of time before morning comes. If we do end up fighting the Prophet here and the battle lasts a long enough for the sun to rise, the only chance we’ll have of still winning the fight is if we can control the sunlight entering the room by blocking off all places it could enter from, such as doors and windows -- a huge gaping hole in the ceiling won’t immediately fuck us over due to how the sun would have to rise high enough first, but it will inevitably do so when the sun does reach that point and the room is basked in its glory; if we’re not confident about being able to end the battle before this point, then don’t risk it. Also, enter through the front door rather than the hole in the roof. It’s easier for us and the enemy would probably expect us to jump down onto the now-cooled lava.

Should either of the two conditions not be met, then another method of entry should be used instead. One such example of a method is to have the Grand Wizard throw a few [Firebomb]s into the room, as this would have a similar effect to the previous method only with less holes in the roof. Digging towards the altar as per what >>330350 suggests could also theoretically work, but the ground is probably warded so we would only really be able to break through the walls. A final method off the top of my head would be to simply let the enthralled guards do the work for us, having them head inside first to spring any traps and die in our place, before following them inside to clean up, which could certainly work and requires the least amount of effort from us, but it’s reliant on there being many enthralled guards left and it would ruin any surprise attacks we try.


ecacb2 (31) No.330588

>>330587

>>330157

Whatever method we use to breach the Chapel, make sure Sophie and Sylphie don’t join us inside until the altar is definitely destroyed and powerless, and instead have them stay out of harm’s way with someone else in our party as a means of protection. While those hints about sacrificing the two of them are equally likely to be red herrings as they are to be true, the risk of the hints being genuine is far too great to take and losing anyone, their usefulness in the coming days regarding the many other threats we will have to deal with following the Prophet aside, at this point would be devastating for us. Having them stay back would let us avoid taking this risk, and there shouldn’t be any risk with us splitting up for such a short period of time as no one would know they’re present, thus they wouldn’t be attacked, and the group attacking the altar would be considered the bigger threat, thus we would be attacked instead.

>>330236

To be fair, the Polah situation could have led to us keeping Zoras with us if we didn’t decide to send her, as she would be unable to leave our party without arousing massive suspicion as to why she is so insistent on leaving otherwise, so there’s still a good chance it isn’t related to making an excuse for Zoras leaving. That aside, you’re likely to be correct about Ammon having a presence here, so it’s definitely something to consider for later.


24ca18 (140) No.330597

Hey y'all, really, really sorry but I've felt like shit the past 5 hours. I had hoped some chilling and coffee would help, but it hasn't so I'll have to delay this until tomorrow.

Which, unless I try to push for a back to back update, means there won't be anything past that until tuesday due to the Holiday.

I'm really sorry this keeps happening.

>>330350

That's easy enough to do.

>>330587

My head hurts too much to catalog all of this, which is unfortunate because it's necessary for the update. RIP me…


f94392 (18) No.330602

>>330417

Well duh, of course we need to aim for maximum bashfulness on her part.


ef42d2 (4) No.330653

This might not be related to the current circumstance but at some point we should redpill our sister about how she's joined a group whose pretty similar to the one that killed our parents unless that's wrong but, they are right? They have slaves and everything


24ca18 (140) No.330805>>330806

>Story continue

Mutely, you stare at Liala as she slithers away. On one hand, she hasn't done anything to harm you, and yet you feel deeply distrustful of her. Everything she does seems to be pointing toward something, yet you can't see the end of this road. Is it betrayal? Supposing it is though, is there anything you can do about it?

Looking up at the sky to find the moon on its way out, you resolve that there's not much for it. You'll cross that bridge when you get to it, or you'll die trying. Guess there's only one way forward in either case.

"Everyone ready?" You ask, folding up the map.

Your party all nod their heads, grim resolve on their expressions. They know what is asked of them, and despite trying to give them ways out, they want to stay. Hells, out of all them perhaps you have the least reason to be here and yet… something greater pulls at you. This needs to finish or else you'll never reach some hidden closure from a story you aren't aware you're reading.

"What's the plan?" Alice asks, hand on her sword hilt.

You point at the enthralled guards heading into the Palace. "We follow them to the chapel. It's probably safest to use them as… as…" Trailing off, you sigh and say, "Well, I doubt there's much to do in order to return them to their senses. Doing so may break them from what they've been doing anyway."

"Likely." Selene sighs. "I've seen the aftermath of these sorts of things after certain Monsters use similar powers."

"Might as well not make such sacrifices be in vain." Tabitha grunts, though you know she doesn't really mean it. Controlling the actions of another like this is even worse than slavery and it's quite rare for even Monsters these days to do such things without punishment. But what are you going to do? They're already like this and you don't have time to complain.

"Yeah… yeah. Anyway, we'll follow behind them as we push toward the chapel. Once we locate it, we'll keep a team down here and myself, Sylphie, and you two-" You point at the Grand Wizard and Selene. "We'll head to the roof."

"Why?" The Grand Wizard asks, looking confused. "We're to drop in from behind?

"Not quite." You say, shaking your head. "I'll let you know once we get there. Just make sure your mana reserves are full."

"Of course." Selene says, holding up a vial full of white liquid. "I filled up during the bath."

"Gods damnit…" Sylphie groans, her face turning red. "This is so embarrassing."

"It could be worse." Sophie says, patting her shoulder. "Mother could be going down on him at a dignitary dinner at the consulate again."

"Gooooooods." Sylphie groans louder.

Flicking a glance at the parents, they both look away, whistling. Rolling your eyes, you say, "Now's not the time, we need to get going."

"Of course. We can't fall into these gags every time we have a pause." Sophie says, falling in step behind you after her obvious jab. The others nod and head after you across the blood stained courtyard.

By the time you reach the Palace proper, a line of corpses wearing Royal Guard uniforms line the gate. The only way you can tell who was on your side versus who was on the other is by the way they've fallen- more casualties for yours than there's. No one ever said the Royal Guard weren't tenacious you suppose.

Walking through the ornate, open doorway, you hold up your staff and look about for signs of enemies. Nothing but the sound of battle further down in the Palace greet you. Stepping into the main foyer, you look around and whistle.

The room is massive. Hallways leading off to various other parts of the Palace align from every which way as well as an elevated walkway lining the second story of the circular room. A massive granite statue of a slender woman reaching toward the heavens sits in the center, her fingers almost brushing the ceiling but not quite making it.

Breaking away from the statue, you look to the marble floors and notice that the white and black stones are now stained with red. Only a few corpses line the floors here, riddled with arrows. Looking up at the walkways, you see a corpse on the floor. Considering the gaping wound, it was likely from one of the enthralled Anubis reaching them and driving them back.


24ca18 (140) No.330806>>330807

>>330805

Past the statue a longer, if more narrow, hallway stretches. Red carpeting lined with various paintings in stages of disarray are seen and from it you hear the sounds of battle. Pointing in that direction, you move forward again, vigilant for attackers. You see none, however, until arriving at the end of the hallway to find two paths to the right and left of a wall before you, a massive painting depicting the serene face of a woman with long, black hair and ectrian skin.

Something about it makes you shiver, but your concentration is broken when from a left a cry is heard as an Anubis wearing the colors of the guard slams into the wall. A javelin protrudes from her chest and she gives a feral cry before leaping back into the fray, obviously a warden. The crazed eyes she has however speak of enthrallment.

"Guess we've reached the edges of the welcoming party." You say to the others before nodding to Sylphie. She takes in a deep breath and casts [Trick of the Light], shrouding your group as you huddle close and move toward the battle.

Before you sits a chamber even longer than the hallway, and much wider. Along the walls sit booths and chairs for people to sit and watch those who enter and the point at the end of the room where a dais sits. Upon it sits a large throne carved to look like flowing sand which turns into the faces of the Goddesses. It sits empty, yet undisturbed as Royal Guard fight from atop the dais to drive back their former friends.

"This is going to take awhile." Alice mutters, looking over the battle. "We can't get past them this way."

A cursory glance shows you that she's correct. The enthralled guards are giving a good showing, but the Royal Guard are fighting for time rather than to win. The ground they give is hard won and you watch as more appear from a side corridor at the right of the room. Sweeping your gaze to the left side of the room, you see a closed chamber. If that's correct, then that should lead to the chapel.

Gesturing for the others to pull back, you get out of sight of the maelstrom. Once clear, you say, "Chapel is ahead, we need to get in there and destroy that altar."

"Isn't that where the Pharaoh is though?" Ebe asks, looking worried. "Shouldn't we help out and clear this room first?"

"Maybe." You say watching the battle. You'd hoped you could do a good [Survey], but with all the fighting, there's no way to get a good reading. Too many vibrations and other interference. "But we can make an even greater entrance."

Turning to the spell casters, you say, "Alright, it's time."

"Time for what?" Selene asks, looking confused.

You hold up a hand, pointing upward. "We're going to the roof."


24ca18 (140) No.330807>>330808

>>330806

A night wind whips Selene's hair about into her eyes and she grumbles as she sits upon the stone roof of the chapel. She looks to you and says, "Why are we here again?"

"Because." You begin, shielding your face from a particularly strong gust. Your other hand anchors you onto the roof with a handhold you made from the stone. "We can't go in from the bottom at the moment, and this is as good as any for what needs to be done."

"I'm quite interested in dropping down like a Batgirl and getting her." The Grand Wizard says, holding up a hand. "Just like my Eastern theatre."

"Dad, please, only nerds watch that." Sylphie sighs. She turns to you and asks, "Are you certain I shouldn't have stayed with the others?

"They'll be fine, they can look after themselves. Besides, Mr. Ed and Erwin are there with updates." You say before making a small hole into the roof with your magic. Taking a deep breath, you lower your face and look into it with [Farsight].

The chapel is larger than expected, holding about fifty pews. Statues of the Goddesses line the walls along with plants coiling around the Phallian ones, full of vivid life. At the center is a lectern with a book upon it and behind it sits a large, stone altar. Faces of the Twins are carved into the stone at each end along with various phrases of divinity along the sides.

And there, sitting upon the Altar, eyes staring forward, is a woman you recognize from the painting in the Palace. Tall and with a very feminine build, she radiates femininity, even at this distance. True to form as a Priestess of Dollora, her clothing is sparse and covers only her breasts with a feathered motif while a leotard extends downward to cover her loins. Her long, beautiful legs are wrapped in fresh cloth while her feet are bare.

Various pieces of Ectrian jewelry adorn her form, including a crown made of solid gold inlaid with an emerald and a collar about her neck extending to her shoulders. Strangely, she also has vines with beautiful white flowers weaved through her hair- probably a symbol to Phallia.

Finding yourself momentairly mesmerized by the woman, you watch as she closes her eyes and sighs out, placing a hand to her head and muttering something to herself. Clutching a golden staff with the motif of hooded serpent at the top, she looks up at the closed door and then begins to swing her eyes upward.

Catching one glimpse of those glowing, purple eyes, you pull away, heart thundering in your chest. She didn't see you right? Right?

"What's wrong?" Sylphie asks, sounding afraid. "What did you see?"

"I saw the altar and ah… the Pharaoh. She's there."

"Did she see you?" Selene asks, hesitant.

"I think we'd be dead if she did." You mutter. "Anyway, she's alone. Let's do this then."

"Do what? You haven't told us what we're doing!" The Grand Wizard says, exasperated.

"Oh, right." You say, pointing at the roof. "We're going to turn this whole roof into lava and drop it on her head."

The three stare at you in shock before turning to each other, frowning, and then turning back. Selene chuckles and shakes her head. "Wow, that's even crazier than the shit my husband here comes up with."

"I'd probably make a plan involving literal shit." He says, nodding his head. "Still, could work, though…" He trails off looking at his wife. She gives him a slight nod as Sylphie cuts in.

"That's… a lot of stone though." Sylphie says, looking worried. "Are you sure we can do this?"

"Just us two? No. But with the greatest spellcasters in the world, perhaps!"

Selene and the Grand Wizard roll their eyes but smirk as Sylphie quickly teaches them the spell you two came up with. They pick it up nigh instantly and together you back into a corner. Sparing one glance for the rapidly setting moon, you nod to the others and begin to channel mana.

Without much of a need to manipulate the rock, you focus all your effort on the heating. Within moments the rock turns molten red and nearly explodes into molten lava, dropping to the ground in a wave of liquid stone. It splashes onto the ground, instantly annihilating all the pews and the plant life, destroying the carpeting, and burning the doors leading outside.

Or, that's what's supposed to have happened.


24ca18 (140) No.330808>>330809

>>330807

As you watch the lava fall from what was the roof, a deep, powerful magic makes you very bones shiver. Staring in wonder, you see the molten rock flow down the sides of the room as it falls, parting as if a river coursing past a stone. It gushes to destroy the plant life still and damage many of the statues and pews, however the center of the room leading to the dais is free of the rapidly cooling stone.

Blinking in confusion, you turn your gaze from your section of the roof to the altar to find it intact. The Pharaoh stands there, looking about the destruction with petulant annoyance before snapping her head to the door as it bursts open, three enthralled Anubis bursting in with weapons raised. They barely have a chance to make a move before she raises her hand and a blast of something begins to tear away their flesh.

Despite their magic resistance, every step they take leads to more and more of their skin being flayed until they collapse to the ground in agony, having only reached halfway to her. She frowns deeper than before and swings her eyes to the roof, eyes going wide as she sees you. Thrusting out a hand, you feel something pull at you and it takes all of your effort to push yourself away with the stone, freeing you of her grasp.

Sylphie lets out a cry however, the hold upon her as well. Thrusting out a hand to grab her, you pull with all your might and create a wall from the leftover roof to block the Pharoah's sight to her, allowing you to pull the Cat o'Ninetails close to your chest. She breathes heavily and then hugs you fierce before her parents rush in and grab her.

"Gods, that shouldn't have worked, but I'm glad it did." Selene says, hugging her daughter as well.

"She must be weaker at night then." The Grand Wizard says, shaking his head. "It didn't feel near as powerful, and breaking line of sight shouldn't have been enough to keep her from getting you."

"Yeah, I-" You begin, but are cut off as the roof explodes underneath you. A weightless sensation comes to you before gravity drags you downward. Crying out, you manage to cushion your fall with a slope made from the cooled lava, but you still feel the impact as you hit with a solid crunch. Staggering to your feet, you gasp as something grasps you, pulling you forward.

You barely have time to register that you're being pulled toward the Pharaoh before you're floating above her, held in her magical grasp. A maniacal look fills her eyes as she asks, "Where did the girl go?!"

"The… the what?"

The pressure tightens on you and panic begins to fill your body. Oh gods, is this it? You came all this way just to die such a pathetic death? No, but… there's so much more for you to do! If you die then your friends and Deleor will perish. Not to mention your dear, dear sister.

Panicked, you struggle against the force as the Pharaoh shouts, "The girl! The one with the nine tails! Where did she go?!"

Your gaze drifts to the roof but the others are nowhere to be seen. Did they abandon you? No… of course not… right?

"I…I…" You say, feeling it hard to breathe under the pressure. Blackness begins to fill your vision and you wonder if you're about to die when shouts are heard behind you.

The Pharaoh curses and points the staff toward the door, her focus elsewhere. Instinct kicks in and you erect a wall between you and the Pharaoh, dropping both her hold on you and yourself to the floor. Hitting hard, you groan and then scamper backward as the wall you erected shatters outward, revealing a furious Pharaoh behind it. She points her staff at you this time and you erect more walls as you push yourself toward the door, scrambling in panic.

The skeletal remains of enthralled Guard line the carpet here, edges of which are singed by the sea of molten rock. Each wall before you explodes, tossing stone upon the corpses until you reach the doorway, leaping behind more Guards as they rush in, forcing the Pharaoh to turn her attention to them.

As you scramble out of the chapel doorway, you notice the ground is littered with corpses and pockets of fighting, yet more and more enthralled are pouring into the room, seeking to do their duty. Breathing heavily, you place a hand to your chest and feel your heart thundering in your chest. Her power it… it's too strong! How are you supposed to defeat something like that?

"ROMMEL!" Sylphie shouts, dashing toward you. It takes you a moment to realize it and you shout back,

"STAY AWAY!"


24ca18 (140) No.330809>>330810

>>330808

She pauses as the others run toward you, slaying any Guards with enough wit to come after you. Tabitha helps you to your feet and you stutter, "G-Get away from here! We need to regroup!"

"Is she not coming after you?" Alice asks, holding her sword up. "Why isn't she coming after you?"

"Probably has other things to worry about, but not for long." You say, trying to calm yourself. Turning your head to Sophie you say, "Both of you, you can't be here."

"What? Why not?" Sophie asks, looking hurt.

"Because she wants you. I don't know why, but she really wants both of you."

"She'll get them if we don't think of something quick." Alice says while Ebe holds your head to her chest and sings a song to help soothe your anxiety.

Another wave of the enthralled guards runs, leaving decidedly few left, battling the remnants of the Royal Guard stationed here. Where are the other cultists though? Where is Hent-ateh? Still battling outside in the courtyard and within the walls? Damnit, you expected her to be powerful but not like this!

Still, now that you're not as frazzled you can think this through. The Grand Wizard and Selene have both defined her as not being as powerful as before, and you can block many of her attack with walls. The issue is, she has time on her side and you have a finite amount of magic at your disposal. If she can catch onto whatever you're doing, she'll likely block it like with the lava. However, the fact that she couldn't deal with both you AND the cultists is something else to take into consideration.

"Come on Rommel, we need a plan." Alice says, nodding to the room.

She's right, of course. And with the looks everyone is giving you, they know it too. Time to be quick about it too, because once those enthralled guards are dead, it's likely she'll be after you too, searching to kill all of you save for the twins, though you're still not certain why.

>What do you do?


24ca18 (140) No.330810>>330811

>>330809

As great as turning the roof to lava was, sadly it's noticeable. Or at least, she had enough foresight to prevent it from killing her. But hey, you learned something today!

Gods you're in for some shit if she leaves that chapel.


24ca18 (140) No.330811

>>330810

I needed to make a new thread. Fuck me




[Return][Go to top][Catalog][Screencap][Nerve Center][Cancer][Update] ( Scroll to new posts) ( Auto) 3
413 replies | 62 images | 61 UIDs | Page ???
[Post a Reply]
[ / / / / / / / / / / / / / ] [ dir / delete / horse / lovelive / shinra / vor ][ watchlist ]